CN117242679A

CN117242679A - Rotary electric machine

Info

Publication number: CN117242679A
Application number: CN202280024320.3A
Authority: CN
Inventors: 丹羽涉
Original assignee: Denso Corp
Current assignee: Denso Corp
Priority date: 2021-09-27
Filing date: 2022-09-22
Publication date: 2023-12-15

Abstract

The motor device (60) has a motor housing (70), an electric power outlet (212), a grommet (255), and a first rotor (300 a). An electric power lead-out wire (212) is led out from the coil and connected to the electric power bus so as to be capable of being energized. The power lead wire (212) has an outer peripheral lead portion (212 a) and a cross lead portion (212 c). The outer periphery lead-out part (212 a) is provided on the outer periphery side of the first rotor (300 a) and extends in the axial direction along the inner peripheral surface (70 b). The cross lead-out portion (212 c) extends in a direction crossing the outer peripheral lead-out portion (212 a). The grommet (255) has an outer grommet portion (258) and an inner grommet portion (257). The outer grommet (258) enters between the outer peripheral lead-out portion (212 a) and the inner peripheral surface (70 b) in the radial direction, and extends toward the power bus bar side in the axial direction as compared with the outer peripheral lead-out portion (212 a).

Description

Rotary electric machine

Cross Reference to Related Applications

The present application claims the priority of Japanese patent application No. 2021-156823, which was invented in Japan, 9, 27, 2022, and Japanese patent application No. 2022-55611, which was invented in Japan, 3, 30, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Technical Field

The disclosure in this specification relates to a rotating electrical machine.

Background

Patent document 1 describes an axial gap motor. In an axial gap motor, a rotor and a stator are axially aligned. In this motor, a rotor and a stator are housed in a motor case, and coil lead wires are led out from coils of the stator.

Patent document 1: japanese patent laid-open publication 2016-96705

However, in patent document 1, there is a concern that insulation reliability in an electrically insulated state between the coil lead wire and the motor case is lowered.

Disclosure of Invention

A main object of the present disclosure is to provide a rotary electric machine capable of improving reliability of electrical insulation.

In order to achieve the respective objects, the various aspects disclosed in the present specification adopt mutually different aspects. The reference numerals in parentheses in the claims and the items are examples showing correspondence with specific embodiments described in the embodiments described later as one embodiment, and do not limit the technical scope.

In order to achieve the above object, there is disclosed a rotary electric machine,

a rotating electrical machine driven by supplied electric power is provided with:

a stator having coils of a plurality of phases;

a rotor which rotates around a rotation axis and is arranged in parallel with the stator in an axial direction in which the rotation axis extends;

a motor housing accommodating the stator and the rotor;

a coil lead wire which is led out from the coil and is connected to a connection object provided on the opposite side of the coil in the axial direction via the rotor in a manner capable of being energized; and

An outer insulating part having electrical insulation and provided between the coil lead wire and the inner peripheral surface of the motor housing in the radial direction of the rotation axis,

the coil lead wire has:

an outer circumference leading-out part which is arranged on the outer circumference side of the rotor and extends along the inner circumference surface in the axial direction; and

a cross-lead-out portion provided on the connection object side of the outer peripheral lead-out portion and extending in a direction crossing the outer peripheral lead-out portion,

the outer insulating portion is interposed between the outer peripheral lead-out portion and the inner peripheral surface in the radial direction, and extends toward the connection object side in the axial direction as compared with the outer peripheral lead-out portion.

According to the above aspect, the outer insulating portion extends toward the connection object side in the axial direction as compared with the outer peripheral lead portion of the coil lead wire. In this configuration, the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion and the motor case can be maintained by the outer insulating portion, regardless of the positional relationship between the outer peripheral lead-out portion and the inner peripheral surface of the motor case. Therefore, the reliability of electrical insulation of the rotating electrical machine can be improved by the outer insulation portion.

The manner of disclosure is a rotating electrical machine,

a stator having coils of a plurality of phases;

A motor housing accommodating the stator and the rotor;

an outlet insulation part having electrical insulation and extending in the axial direction along the coil outlet,

the coil lead wire has:

an outer periphery extraction part which is arranged on the outer periphery side of the rotor and extends along the inner peripheral surface of the motor shell in the axial direction,

the lead wire insulation portion enters between the outer peripheral lead portion and the inner peripheral surface, and does not enter between the outer peripheral lead portion and the rotor.

According to the above aspect, the lead wire insulation portion is not provided between the outer peripheral lead portion and the rotor in the radial direction. In this configuration, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the degree of freedom relating to the arrangement of the coil lead wires, such as the position at which the coil lead wires are bent, due to the lead wire insulation portion. On the other hand, the lead wire insulation portion enters between the outer periphery lead portion and the motor case. In this configuration, the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead portion and the motor case can be maintained by the lead wire insulation portion regardless of the positional relationship between the outer peripheral lead portion and the inner peripheral surface of the motor case. Therefore, the degree of freedom in arrangement of the coil lead wires can be increased, and the reliability of electrical insulation of the rotating electrical machine can be improved by the lead wire insulation portion.

The manner of disclosure is a rotating electrical machine,

a stator having coils of a plurality of phases;

a motor housing accommodating the stator and the rotor;

an outgoing line protecting part which has electrical insulation and protects the coil outgoing line,

the coil lead wire has:

the lead wire protection part comprises:

an inner protection part for protecting the outer circumference leading part from the inner side in the radial direction of the rotation axis; and

an outer protection portion which is interposed between the outer peripheral lead-out portion and the inner peripheral surface in the radial direction, extends toward the connection object side from the inner protection portion in the axial direction, and protects the outer peripheral lead-out portion from the radial outer side.

According to the above aspect, in the lead wire protecting portion, the outer protecting portion extends toward the connection object side in the axial direction as compared with the inner protecting portion. In this configuration, the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion and the motor case can be maintained by the outer protection portion regardless of the positional relationship between the outer peripheral lead-out portion and the inner peripheral surface of the motor case. On the other hand, the inner protection portion is located farther from the connecting object than the outer protection portion in the axial direction. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the degree of freedom relating to the arrangement of the coil lead wires, such as the position at which the coil lead wires are bent, due to the presence of the inner protection portion. Therefore, the degree of freedom in arrangement of the coil lead wires can be increased, and the reliability of electrical insulation of the rotating electrical machine can be improved by the outer protection portion.

Drawings

Fig. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration of a drive system in a first embodiment.

Fig. 2 is a front view of the motor device unit.

Fig. 3 is a longitudinal sectional view of the motor device unit.

Fig. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the motor device unit.

Fig. 5 is a perspective view of the motor device.

Fig. 6 is a longitudinal sectional view of the motor device.

Fig. 7 is a plan view of the motor devices constituting the group Aa.

Fig. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view of the motor device.

Fig. 9 is a top view of a power bus bar.

Fig. 10 is a plan view of a stator showing the structure of a coil unit.

Fig. 11 is a perspective view of the neutral point unit.

Fig. 12 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and shaft in the constituent group Ab.

Fig. 13 is a perspective view of the coil wire.

Fig. 14 is a top view of the stator and motor housing constituting the group Ac.

Fig. 15 is a perspective view of the neutral point unit.

Fig. 16 is a perspective view of motor devices constituting a group Ad.

Fig. 17 is a plan view of the motor device.

Fig. 18 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the relay terminal in the motor apparatus.

Fig. 19 is a plan view of the motor devices in the constituent group Ae.

Fig. 20 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the relay terminal in the motor device constituting the group Af.

Fig. 21 is a plan view of the motor device.

Fig. 22 is a longitudinal sectional view of the motor device constituting the group Ag.

Fig. 23 is a plan view of the motor device.

Fig. 24 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and shaft in the constituent group Ba.

Fig. 25 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the first face side of the rotor.

Fig. 26 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the rotor second face side.

Fig. 27 is a diagram showing an arrangement of magnets in a motor.

Fig. 28 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and shaft in the constituent group Bb.

Fig. 29 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the magnet in the rotor.

Fig. 30 is a longitudinal cross-sectional perspective view of the periphery of the magnet in the rotor.

Fig. 31 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the first face side of the rotor.

Fig. 32 is a plan view of the magnet unit.

Fig. 33 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the periphery of the magnets constituting the rotor in the group Bc.

Fig. 34 is a plan view of the inclined magnet unit and the parallel magnet unit.

Fig. 35 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the first face side of the rotor.

Fig. 36 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and shaft in the constituent group Bd.

Fig. 37 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the rotor second face side.

Fig. 38 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the rotor first face side.

Fig. 39 is a perspective view of the shaft.

Fig. 40 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and shaft in the constituent group Be.

Fig. 41 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the first rotor and the second rotor.

Fig. 42 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and shaft in the constituent group Bf.

Fig. 43 is a diagram for explaining the positional relationship of the first bracket fixing piece and the second bracket fixing piece.

Fig. 44 is a perspective view of the motor as seen from the first rotor side.

Fig. 45 is a top view of the shaft.

Fig. 46 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the motor case and the coil protection portion in the constituent group Ca.

Fig. 47 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the motor housing.

Fig. 48 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the motor case and the coil protection portion.

Fig. 49 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the motor housing and the coil protection portion.

Fig. 50 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the motor housing constituting the group Cb.

Fig. 51 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device in the constituent group Cc.

Fig. 52 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the motor case and the coil protection portion.

Fig. 53 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the motor housing.

Fig. 54 is a perspective view of the core units in the constituent group Cd.

Fig. 55 is a perspective view of the core units in the constituent group Ce.

Fig. 56 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the motor case and the coil protection portion.

Fig. 57 is a perspective view of the core units in the constituent group Cf.

Fig. 58 is a perspective view of the iron core.

Fig. 59 is a cross-sectional view of the core.

Fig. 60 is a perspective view of a core-forming plate.

Fig. 61 is a perspective view of the core units in the constituent group Cg.

Fig. 62 is a perspective view of the core unit as seen from the flange recess side.

Fig. 63 is a side view of the core unit as seen from the flange recess side.

Fig. 64 is a front view of the core unit as seen from the radially inner side.

Fig. 65 is a perspective view of the neutral point unit.

Fig. 66 is a longitudinal sectional view of the motor device units in the constituent group Da.

Fig. 67 is a plan view of the stator and the motor housing.

Fig. 68 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and stator constituting the group Db.

Fig. 69 is a perspective view of the shaft as seen from the lower side of fig. 68.

Fig. 70 is a top view of the shaft as seen from the underside of fig. 68.

Fig. 71 is a front view of the shaft.

Fig. 72 is a cross-sectional view taken along line LXXII-LXXII of fig. 71.

Fig. 73 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and the stator in the constituent group Dc.

Fig. 74 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the rotor second face side.

Fig. 75 is a plan view of the motor devices in the constituent group Dd.

Fig. 76 is a perspective view of the neutral point unit.

Fig. 77 is a plan view of the motor devices in the constituent group De.

Fig. 78 is a perspective view of the motor devices in the constituent group Df.

Fig. 79 is a plan view of the motor housing and stator.

Fig. 80 is a plan view of the motor housing as seen from the second rotor side.

Fig. 81 is a perspective view of the motor devices in the constituent group Dg.

Fig. 82 is a plan view of the motor device viewed from the drive frame side.

Fig. 83 is a longitudinal sectional view of the motor device unit.

Fig. 84 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device constituting the group E.

Fig. 85 is a longitudinal sectional perspective view of the motor case and the coil protection portion.

Fig. 86 is an enlarged perspective view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device.

Fig. 87 is a schematic vertical sectional view showing the positional relationship between the outer grommet portion and the outer peripheral lead-out portion.

Fig. 88 is an enlarged perspective view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device.

Fig. 89 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the rotor rib in the motor device constituting the group F.

Fig. 90 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the rotor second face side.

Fig. 91 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the magnet in the rotor.

Fig. 92 is a top view of the motor device.

Fig. 93 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a rotor rib in the motor apparatus.

Fig. 94 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a rotor rib in the motor apparatus.

Fig. 95 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the fixing block in the motor device constituting group G.

Fig. 96 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the fixed block in the rotor.

Fig. 97 is a plan view of the rotor looking at the first face of the rotor.

Fig. 98 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rotor in a direction orthogonal to the circumferential direction.

Fig. 99 is a perspective view of the magnet holder.

Fig. 100 is a perspective view of a fixed block.

Fig. 101 is a plan view of the inclined magnet unit and the parallel magnet unit, which are seen from the first unit surface.

Fig. 102 is a plan view of the inclined magnet unit and the parallel magnet unit of the second unit surface.

Fig. 103 is a plan view of the periphery of the magnet protrusion in the magnet holder.

Fig. 104 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the grommet and the coil protecting portion in the motor device constituting the group H.

Fig. 105 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device.

Fig. 106 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view showing the configuration of the power lead wire, grommet, and coil protector.

Fig. 107 is a front view of the grommet.

Fig. 108 is a side view of the grommet.

Fig. 109 is a view of the periphery of the grommet as seen from the radially inner side in the motor device.

Fig. 110 is a longitudinal sectional view of the rotor and shaft constituting group I.

Fig. 111 is a diagram for explaining the shaft base material.

Fig. 112 is a longitudinal sectional view of the motor device unit in the constituent group K.

Fig. 113 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the resolver in the motor apparatus.

Fig. 114 is a plan view of the inclined magnet units and the parallel magnet units in the group L.

Fig. 115 is a diagram showing an arrangement of magnets in the motor.

Fig. 116 is a top view of the tilt magnet unit.

Fig. 117 is a side view of the tilt magnet unit.

Fig. 118 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the magnet in the rotor.

Fig. 119 is a diagram showing a sequence of manufacturing steps of the rotor.

Fig. 120 is a diagram for explaining the sintering step and the bar-shaped step.

Fig. 121 is a diagram for explaining a process of a magnet base material.

Fig. 122 is a diagram for explaining a magnet side process.

Fig. 123 is a diagram for explaining a unit base material process.

Fig. 124 is a plan view for explaining the first shaping step and the second shaping step.

Fig. 125 is a side view for explaining the first shaping step and the second shaping step.

Fig. 126 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the axial gap in the motor devices constituting the group M.

Fig. 127 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the axial gap in the motor device.

Fig. 128 is a plan view of the rotor as seen from the rotor second face side.

Fig. 129 is a perspective view of an axis.

Fig. 130 is a perspective view of the drive frame as seen from the drive rib side.

Fig. 131 is a longitudinal sectional view of the motor device unit in the constituent group N.

Fig. 132 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the motor seal portion in the motor device.

Fig. 133 is a schematic vertical sectional view showing the positional relationship between the outer grommet portion and the outer peripheral lead-out portion in the constituent group E and the third embodiment.

Fig. 134 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device in the fourth embodiment.

Fig. 135 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device in the fifth embodiment.

Fig. 136 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device in the sixth embodiment.

Fig. 137 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the grommet in the motor device in the seventh embodiment.

Fig. 138 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a rotor rib in the motor device constituting the group F and the eighth embodiment.

Fig. 139 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a rotor rib in the motor device in the ninth embodiment.

Fig. 140 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a rotor rib in the motor device in the tenth embodiment.

Fig. 141 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a rotor rib in the motor device in the eleventh embodiment.

Fig. 142 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a fixed block in the rotor in the twelfth embodiment.

Fig. 143 is a plan view of a rotor of the thirteenth embodiment, looking at the first face of the rotor.

Fig. 144 is a plan view of a rotor in which a first surface of the rotor in the fourteenth embodiment is viewed.

Fig. 145 is a front view of a grommet constituting a group H and a fifteenth embodiment.

Fig. 146 is a side view of the grommet.

Fig. 147 is a diagram for explaining the first base material and the second base material constituting the group I and the sixteenth embodiment.

Fig. 148 is an enlarged plan view of the periphery of the displacement restricting portion in the motor device constituting the group J and the seventeenth embodiment.

Fig. 149 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the displacement restricting portion in the motor device.

Fig. 150 is an enlarged plan view of the periphery of the displacement restricting portion in the motor device according to the eighteenth embodiment.

Fig. 151 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the displacement restricting portion in the motor device.

Fig. 152 is an enlarged plan view of the periphery of the displacement restricting portion in the motor device in the nineteenth embodiment.

Fig. 153 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the displacement restricting portion in the motor device.

Fig. 154 is a plan view of the inclined magnet unit in the twentieth embodiment and the group L.

Fig. 155 is a side view of the tilt magnet unit.

Fig. 156 is a longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of the magnet in the rotor.

Fig. 157 is a plan view of a tilting magnet unit in the twenty-first embodiment.

Fig. 158 is a diagram showing an arrangement of magnets in the twenty-second embodiment.

Fig. 159 is a plan view of a tilt magnet unit in a twenty-third embodiment.

Fig. 160 is a diagram showing the arrangement of magnets.

Fig. 161 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a motor seal portion in the motor device constituting the group N and the twenty-fourth embodiment.

Fig. 162 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a motor seal portion in the motor device in the twenty-fifth embodiment.

Fig. 163 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a housing seal portion in the motor device in the twenty-sixth embodiment.

Fig. 164 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a housing seal portion in the motor device in the twenty-seventh embodiment.

Fig. 165 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a housing seal portion in the motor device in the twenty-eighth embodiment.

Fig. 166 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a motor seal portion in the motor device in the twenty-ninth embodiment.

Fig. 167 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a housing seal portion in the motor device in the thirty-first embodiment.

Fig. 168 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the periphery of a housing seal portion in the motor device in the thirty-first embodiment.

Detailed Description

A plurality of modes for carrying out the present disclosure are described below with reference to the drawings. In the respective embodiments, the same reference numerals are given to the portions corresponding to the matters described in the preceding embodiments, and redundant description thereof may be omitted. In the case where only a part of the configuration is described in each embodiment, other embodiments described in the foregoing can be applied to other portions of the configuration. Not only the combination of the portions that can be specifically combined in each embodiment but also the embodiments can be partially combined even if not explicitly shown, as long as the combination does not particularly interfere.

< first embodiment >, first embodiment

The drive system 30 shown in fig. 1 is mounted on a moving body such as a vehicle or a flying object. Examples of the vehicle on which the drive system 30 is mounted include an Electric Vehicle (EV), a Hybrid Vehicle (HV), and a fuel cell vehicle. As the flying body, there are aircrafts such as a vertical takeoff and landing aircraft, a rotorcraft, and a fixed wing aircraft. As a vertical take-off and landing machine there is eVTOL. eVTOL is an electric vertical takeoff and landing gear, abbreviated as electric Vertical Take-Off and Landing aircraft.

The driving system 30 is a system that drives the moving body in order to move the moving body. If the moving object is a vehicle, the driving system 30 drives the vehicle so as to run the vehicle, and if the moving object is an aircraft, the driving system 30 drives the aircraft so as to fly the aircraft.

The drive system 30 includes a battery 31 and a motor unit 50. The battery 31 is electrically connected to the motor unit 50. The battery 31 is a power supply unit that supplies power to the motor unit 50, and corresponds to a power supply unit. The battery 31 is a direct-current voltage source that applies a direct-current voltage to the motor unit 50. The battery 31 has a chargeable and dischargeable secondary battery. As the secondary battery, there are lithium ion batteries, nickel hydrogen batteries, and the like. In addition, a fuel cell, a generator, or the like may be used as the power supply unit in addition to or instead of the battery 31.

The motor device unit 50 is a device for driving the moving body to move the moving body, and corresponds to a driving device. The motor device unit 50 includes a motor device 60 and an inverter device 80. The motor device 60 has a motor 61. The inverter device 80 has an inverter 81. The battery 31 is electrically connected to the motor 61 via an inverter 81. In the motor 61, electric power is supplied from the battery 31 via the inverter 81. The motor 61 is driven based on the voltage and current supplied from the inverter 81.

The motor 61 is a multiphase ac motor. The motor 61 is, for example, a three-phase ac motor, and has U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase. The motor 61 is a movement drive source for moving the moving body, and functions as a motor. As the motor 61, a brushless motor can be used, for example. The motor 61 functions as a generator during regeneration. The motor 61 corresponds to a rotary electric machine, and the motor device unit 50 corresponds to a rotary electric machine unit.

The motor 61 has coils 211 of multiple phases. The coil 211 is a winding, forming an armature. The coil 211 is provided in the U phase, V phase, and W phase, respectively. In the motor 61, the coils 211 of the plurality of phases are star-shaped. The star knot is sometimes referred to as a Y knot. The motor 61 has a neutral point 65. The coils 211 of the phases are connected to each other at the neutral point 65.

The inverter 81 drives the motor 61 by converting electric power supplied to the motor 61. The inverter 81 converts the electric power supplied to the motor 61 from direct current to alternating current. The inverter 81 is a power conversion unit that converts electric power. The inverter 81 is a multiphase power conversion unit, and converts power to multiphase power. The inverter 81 is, for example, a three-phase inverter, and converts power to U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase, respectively.

The inverter device 80 has a P line 141 and an N line 142. The P-line 141 and the N-line 142 electrically connect the battery 31 to the inverter 81. The P line 141 is electrically connected to the positive electrode of the battery 31. The N line 142 is electrically connected to the negative electrode of the battery 31. In the battery 31, the positive electrode is a high-potential electrode, and the negative electrode is a low-potential electrode. The P-line 141 and the N-line 142 are power lines for supplying power. The P line 141 is a high-potential-side power line, and is sometimes referred to as a high-potential line. The N line 142 is a low-potential-side power line, and is sometimes referred to as a low-potential line.

The motor device unit 50 has an output line 143. The output line 143 is a power line for supplying electric power. The output line 143 electrically connects the motor 61 and the inverter 81. The output line 143 is connected to the motor device 60 and the inverter device 80.

The inverter device 80 has a smoothing capacitor 145. The smoothing capacitor 145 is a capacitor that smoothes the dc voltage supplied from the battery 31. The smoothing capacitor 145 is connected to the P line 141 and the N line 142 between the battery 31 and the inverter 81. The smoothing capacitor 145 is connected in parallel with the inverter 81.

The inverter 81 is a power conversion circuit, for example, a DC-AC conversion circuit. The inverter 81 has a multi-phase arm circuit 85. For example, the inverter 81 has arm circuits 85 for the U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase, respectively. The arm circuit 85 is sometimes referred to as a branch line and upper and lower arm circuits. The arm circuit 85 has an upper arm 85a and a lower arm 85b. The upper arm 85a and the lower arm 85b are connected in series with the battery 31. The upper arm 85a is connected to the P line 141, and the lower arm 85b is connected to the N line 142.

The output lines 143 are connected to the arm circuits 85 of the plurality of phases, respectively. The output line 143 is connected between the upper arm 85a and the lower arm 85 b. The output line 143 connects the arm circuit 85 to the coil 211 in each of the phases. The output line 143 is connected to the coil 211 on the opposite side of the neutral point 65.

Arms 85a, 85b have arm switch 86 and diode 87. The arm switch 86 is formed of a switching element such as a semiconductor element. Examples of the switching element include power elements such as IGBTs and MOSFETs. The IGBT is Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor: short for insulated gate bipolar transistor. The MOSFET is Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor: short for metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor.

Arms 85a, 85b each have an arm switch 86 and diode 87. In the arms 85a, 85b, a diode 87 is connected in antiparallel to the arm switch 86 as a return current. In the upper arm 85a, the collector of the arm switch 86 is connected to the P line 141. In the lower arm 85b, the emitter of the arm switch 86 is connected to the N line 142. Further, the emitter of the arm switch 86 in the upper arm 85a and the collector of the arm switch 86 in the lower arm 85b are connected to each other. The diode 87 has an anode connected to the emitter of the corresponding arm switch 86 and a cathode connected to the collector. The arm switch 86 can also be referred to as a semiconductor switch.

The motor device unit 50 has a control device 54. The control device 54 is included in the inverter device 80. The control device 54 is, for example, an ECU, and controls driving of the inverter 81. ECU is Electronic Control Unit: the electronic control unit is abbreviated. For example, the control device 54 is mainly constituted by a microcomputer including a processor, a memory, an I/O, and a bus connecting these. The memory is a non-transitory physical storage medium that is capable of storing programs and data by a computer. The non-migratory physical storage medium is non-transitory tangible storage medium, and is implemented by a semiconductor memory, a magnetic disk, or the like. In fig. 1, the control device 54 is illustrated as a CD.

The control device 54 executes a control program stored in a memory to perform various processes related to driving of the inverter 81. The control device 54 is electrically connected to an external device, the inverter 81, and various sensors. The external device is, for example, a host ECU such as a general ECU mounted on the mobile unit. Various sensors are provided in the motor device unit 50, for example. The control device 54 outputs a command signal to the inverter 81 to control the inverter 81. The control device 54 generates command signals based on control signals input from an external device, detection signals input from various sensors, and the like. In the inverter device 80, the inverter 81 is driven in accordance with a command signal input from the control device 54, and power conversion by the inverter 81 is performed.

The motor device 60 includes a resolver 421 and a temperature sensor 431 as various sensors. The resolver 421 is a rotation sensor that detects the rotation angle of the motor 61, and corresponds to a rotation detection unit. The resolver 421 outputs a detection signal corresponding to the rotation angle of the motor 61. The detection signal of the resolver 421 includes information related to the rotation speed such as the rotation angle of the motor 61. The motor device 60 may have a rotation detecting unit different from the resolver 421.

The temperature sensor 431 can detect the temperature of the motor 61, and corresponds to a temperature detection unit. The temperature sensor 431 outputs a detection signal corresponding to the temperature of the motor 61. The temperature sensor 431 detects, for example, a temperature of the stator 200 described later as a temperature of the motor 61. Further, the temperature sensor 431 may detect the temperature of any portion of the motor 61.

The resolver 421 and the temperature sensor 431 are electrically connected to the control device 54. The resolver 421 is connected to the control device 54 via a signal line 425. The detection signal output from the resolver 421 is input to the control device 54 via a signal line 425. The temperature sensor 431 is connected to the control device 54 via a signal line 435. The detection signal output from the temperature sensor 431 is input to the control device 54 via a signal line 435. The signal lines 425 and 435 are included in the motor device unit 50, and are placed in a state of being bridged between the motor device 60 and the inverter device 80.

As shown in fig. 2 and 3, in the motor device unit 50, the motor device 60 and the inverter device 80 are arranged along the motor axis Cm. The motor device 60 and the inverter device 80 are fixed to each other by a fixing member such as a bolt. The motor axis Cm is a virtual line extending linearly. If the direction in which the motor axis Cm extends is referred to as the axial direction AD, the radial direction RD, and the circumferential direction CD are orthogonal to each other with respect to the motor axis Cm. The outer side of the radial direction RD is sometimes referred to as the radial outer side, and the inner side of the radial direction RD is sometimes referred to as the radial inner side. In fig. 3, a longitudinal section extending along the motor axis Cm in the motor device unit 50 is illustrated.

The motor device 60 has a motor housing 70. The motor housing 70 accommodates the motor 61. The motor housing 70 is formed in a cylindrical shape as a whole and extends along the motor axis Cm. The motor housing 70 is formed of a metal material or the like, and has thermal conductivity. The motor housing 70 has an outer peripheral surface 70a. The outer peripheral surface 70a is included in the outer surface of the motor housing 70, and extends in the circumferential direction CD as a whole in a ring shape.

The motor housing 70 has a housing body 71 and motor fins 72. The housing body 71 forms an outer peripheral surface 70a. The motor fins 72 are heat radiating fins provided on the outer peripheral surface 70a. The motor fins 72 increase the surface area of the motor housing 70, enhancing the heat dissipation of the motor housing 70. The motor fins 72 protrude radially outward from the outer peripheral surface 70a. The motor fins 72 extend along the outer peripheral surface 70a in the axial direction AD. A plurality of motor fins 72 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

The inverter device 80 has an inverter case 90. The inverter housing 90 accommodates the inverter 81. The inverter case 90 is formed in a cylindrical shape as a whole and extends along the motor axis Cm. The inverter case 90 is formed of a metal material or the like, and has thermal conductivity. The inverter housing 90 has an outer peripheral surface 90a. The outer peripheral surface 90a is included in the outer surface of the inverter case 90, and extends annularly in the circumferential direction CD.

The motor device 60 and the inverter device 80 are air-cooled devices. The inverter housing 90 has a housing body 91 and inverter fins 92. The housing body 91 forms an outer peripheral surface 90a. The inverter fins 92 are heat sinks provided on the outer peripheral surface 90a. The inverter fins 92 increase the surface area of the inverter housing 90, improving the heat dissipation effect of the inverter housing 90. The inverter fins 92 protrude radially outward from the outer peripheral surface 90a. The inverter fins 92 extend along the outer peripheral surface 90a in the axial direction AD. A plurality of inverter fins 92 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

As shown in fig. 2, the motor device unit 50 has a unit pipe 100. The unit pipe 100 is formed of a resin material or the like. The unit pipe 100 accommodates the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90. The unit pipe 100 is formed in a cylindrical shape as a whole and extends along the motor axis Cm. The unit pipe 100 is installed in the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90 in the axial direction AD. The unit pipe 100 covers the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90 from the outer peripheral side. The unit pipe 100 is fixed to at least one of the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90. In the unit pipe 100, openings are formed at both ends in the axial direction AD.

The inner peripheral surface of the unit pipe 100 faces the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 90a via the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92. The inner peripheral surface of the unit pipe 100 is separated radially outward from the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 90 a. In the motor device unit 50, a duct flow path is formed between the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 90a and the inner peripheral surface of the unit duct 100. The duct flow path is opened in the axial direction AD via the opening of the unit duct 100. In the motor device unit 50, since a gas such as air passes through the duct flow path, heat is easily released from the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92.

The inner peripheral surface of the unit pipe 100 approaches or contacts the front end surfaces of the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92. In this configuration, the gas passing through the duct flow path in the axial direction AD easily passes through the positions overlapping the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92 in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92 is easily improved.

As shown in fig. 3, the inverter device 80 has an inverter cover 99 in addition to the inverter case 90. The inverter cover 99 is formed of a metal material or the like, and has thermal conductivity. The inverter cover 99 extends in a direction perpendicular to the motor axis Cm. The inverter case 90 is covered with an opening formed at one end side in the axial direction AD by an inverter cover 99.

The motor device 60 has a drive frame 390 in addition to the motor housing 70. The driving frame 390 is formed of a metal material or the like, and has thermal conductivity. The drive frame 390 extends in a direction orthogonal to the motor axis Cm. In the motor case 70, an opening formed at one end side in the axial direction AD is covered by the drive frame 390. The drive frame 390 is secured to the motor housing 70 by a frame mount 405. The frame fixing member 405 is a fixing member such as a bolt. The frame mount 405 is screwed with the drive frame 390 and the motor housing 70 via a washer 406.

The motor arrangement 60 has an O-ring 401. The O-ring 401 is a sealing member capable of elastic deformation, and is formed of a resin material or the like. The O-ring 401 is sandwiched between the motor housing 70 and the drive frame 390. An O-ring 401 extends along the outer periphery of the motor housing 70. An O-ring 401 seals between the motor housing 70 and the drive frame 390.

In the motor device unit 50, one end portion in the axial direction AD is formed by the inverter cover 99. The other end of the axial direction AD is formed by a drive frame 390.

The motor device unit 50 has a unit case 51. The unit case 51 includes an inverter case 90, an inverter cover 99, a motor case 70, and a drive frame 390. In the unit case 51, an outer peripheral surface thereof is formed by the inverter case 90 and the motor case 70. In the unit case 51, one of the pair of end surfaces is formed by the inverter cover 99, and the other is formed by the drive frame 390. The unit pipe 100 covers the outer peripheral surface of the unit case 51.

As shown in fig. 3 and 4, the motor 61 includes a stator 200, a rotor 300, and a shaft 340. The rotor 300 relatively rotates with respect to the stator 200 about the motor axis Cm. Rotor 300 is a rotating member, sometimes referred to as a rotor subassembly. The motor axis Cm is a center line of the rotor 300 and corresponds to a rotation axis. The shaft 340 is fixed to the rotor 300 and rotates together with the rotor 300. The shaft 340 is a rotation shaft of the motor 61. The centerline of the shaft 340 coincides with the motor axis Cm. The centerline of the stator 200 coincides with the motor axis Cm. Stator 200 is a fixture, sometimes referred to as a stator sub-assembly.

The motor device 60 is an axial gap type rotary electric machine. In the motor 61, a stator 200 and a rotor 300 are arranged in the axial direction AD along a motor axis Cm. The rotor 300 is overlapped with the stator 200 in the axial direction AD, and in this state, the rotor 300 rotates relatively to the stator 200.

The motor device 60 is a double-rotor type rotary electric machine, and has two rotors 300. The two rotors 300 are aligned in the axial direction AD. In the axial direction AD, the stator 200 is provided between the two rotors 300. The shaft 340 is fixed to both of the two rotors 300. The two rotors 300 co-rotate with the shaft 340. When the two rotors 300 are referred to as a first rotor 300a and a second rotor 300b, the first rotor 300a is disposed on the rear frame 370 side with respect to the stator 200. The second rotor 300b is disposed on the opposite side of the inverter device 80 from the stator 200. In addition, a rotary electric machine of an axial gap type and a double rotor type is sometimes referred to as a biaxial motor.

As shown in fig. 3 and 6, the stator 200 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm, and is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The stator 200 has a coil unit 210 and a coil protection part 250. The coil unit 210 has a coil portion 215. The plurality of coil portions 215 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In the coil unit 210, a coil 211 is constituted by at least one coil portion 215. In the coil unit 210, coils 211 of a plurality of phases are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In fig. 6, the coil protection unit 250 is not illustrated.

The coil protection portion 250 is formed of a resin material or the like. The coil protection portion 250 is formed of, for example, an epoxy thermosetting resin. The coil protection portion 250 is, for example, a molded resin molded by molding. The coil protection portion 250 has electrical insulation. The coil protection portion 250 has thermal conductivity, and easily transfers heat from the coil portion 215. The coil protection portion 250 has, for example, a larger thermal conductivity than air.

The coil protection unit 250 is in a state of covering the coil unit 210 to protect the coil unit 210. The coil protector 250 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The coil protection portion 250 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The coil protection part 250 seals the coil 211 and the coil part 215. The coil protection portion 250 is in contact with both the coil portion 215 and the motor case 70. The coil protection part 250 easily transfers heat from the coil part 215 to the motor housing 70.

The rotor 300 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm, and is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The rotor 300 is formed in a plate shape as a whole. The rotor 300 has a magnet 310 and a magnet holder 320. A plurality of magnets 310 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The magnet 310 is a permanent magnet, and forms a magnetic field. The magnet holder 320 supports a plurality of magnets 310. The magnet holder 320 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The magnet holder 320 is formed in a ring shape as a whole.

The shaft 340 has a shaft body 341 and a shaft flange 342. The shaft main body 341 is formed in a columnar shape and extends along the motor axis Cm. The shaft flange 342 extends from the shaft main body 341 toward the radially outer side. The shaft flange 342 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The shaft flange 342 is formed in an annular shape as a whole. The shaft flange 342 is fixed to the rotor 300.

The motor device 60 has a first bearing 360 and a second bearing 361. Bearings 360, 361 rotatably support shaft 340. The rotor 300 is rotatably supported by bearings 360 and 361 via a shaft 340. The first bearing 360 and the second bearing 361 are aligned in the axial direction AD. In the axial direction AD, a shaft flange 342 is provided between the first bearing 360 and the second bearing 361. The first bearing 360 is mounted on a rear frame 370 described later, and is fixed to the motor housing 70 via the rear frame 370. The second bearing 361 is mounted to the drive frame 390 and is fixed to the motor housing 70 via the drive frame 390.

As shown in fig. 3, 4, and 6, the motor device 60 includes a bus bar unit 260, a rear frame 370, a dust cover 380, a retaining plate 410, a resolver 421, and a resolver cover 424. In fig. 3, the dust cover 380 is not illustrated.

The rear frame 370 is formed in a plate shape as a whole and extends in a direction orthogonal to the motor axis Cm. The rear frame 370 is formed of a metal material or the like. The rear frame 370 covers the stator 200 and the rotor 300 from the inverter device 80 side. The rear frame 370 partitions the internal space of the motor housing 70 from the inverter device 80 side. The rear frame 370 partitions the inner space of the motor housing 70 from the inner space of the inverter housing 90. The rear frame 370 is disposed between the motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90 in the axial direction AD. The rear frame 370 is sandwiched between the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90.

The dust cover 380 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The dust cover 380 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The dust cover 380 is overlapped with the rear frame 370 from the inverter device 80 side. The dust cover 380 is formed of a resin material or the like, and is configured to prevent foreign matters such as dust from passing therethrough. The dust cover 380 prevents foreign matter from entering one of the interior spaces of the motor housing 70 and the interior space of the inverter housing 90.

As shown in fig. 4 and 5, the busbar unit 260 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The bus bar unit 260 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The busbar unit 260 is located at a position separated from the stator 200 toward the rear frame 370 side in the axial direction AD. The bus bar unit 260 is provided on the inverter device 80 side with respect to the rear frame 370. The bus bar unit 260 extends along the plate surface of the rear frame 370.

As shown in fig. 3 and 6, the bus bar unit 260 includes a power bus bar 261 and a bus bar protection unit 270. The power bus 261 is a conductive member such as a bus member for flowing current. The power bus 261 is provided in each of the multiple phases, respectively, and at least a part of the output line 143 is formed in each of the multiple phases. The power bus 261 is provided between the coils 211 and the inverter 81 in the output line 143, and electrically connects these coils 211 and the inverter 81. The power bus 261 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The power bus 261 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The bus bar member is a member in which a plate-like body is covered with an insulator.

The bus bar protection portion 270 is formed of a resin material or the like, and has electrical insulation. The bus bar protection unit 270 is in a state of covering the plurality of power bus bars 261, and protects the plurality of power bus bars 261. The busbar protection 270 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The bus bar protection portion 270 is formed in a ring shape as a whole.

As shown in fig. 3, 5, and 6, the motor device 60 includes a relay terminal 280. The relay terminal 280 is a conductive member such as a bus bar member for flowing a current. The relay terminals 280 are respectively disposed in respective ones of the plurality of phases, and form at least a portion of the output line 143 in each of the plurality of phases. Relay terminal 280 is provided between power bus 261 and inverter 81 in output line 143. Relay terminal 280 electrically connects power bus 261 with inverter 81. The relay terminal 280 is electrically connected to the power bus 261. A plurality of relay terminals 280 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The relay terminal 280 is connected to, for example, a component constituting the inverter 81 in the inverter device 80.

As shown in fig. 3, 4, and 6, the retaining plate 410 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The stopper plate 410 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The retaining plate 410 fixes the second bearing 361 with respect to the drive frame 390. The stopper plate 410 is fixed to the driving frame 390 in a state of sandwiching the second bearing 361 with the driving frame 390.

Resolver 421 extends in circumferential direction CD around motor axis Cm. The resolver 421 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. Resolver 421 has a resolver rotor and a resolver stator. The resolver rotor rotates relative to the resolver stator. The resolver rotor is provided on the rotor 300 side, and the resolver stator is provided on the motor case 70 side. For example, the resolver rotor is mounted to the shaft 340, and the resolver stator is mounted to the rear frame 370. The resolver 421 is provided on the inverter device 80 side with respect to the rear frame 370. The resolver cover 424 is formed in a plate shape as a whole, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the motor axis Cm. The resolver cover 424 covers the resolver 421 from the inverter device 80 side. The resolver cover 424 is mounted to the rear frame 370. The resolver cover 424 covers the shaft body 341 from the inverter device 80 side.

A speed reducer 53 is mounted on the motor device unit 50. The speed reducer 53 mechanically connects the motor 61 to an external device. For example, the external device is mechanically connected to the rotation shaft of the motor 61 via the speed reducer 53. The speed reducer 53 reduces the rotation of the motor 61 and transmits the reduced rotation to an external device. As external devices, there are wheels, propellers, and the like. The speed reducer 53 includes a plurality of gears, which are sometimes referred to as a speed change gear and a gear box. The speed reducer 53 is configured to match motor characteristics of the motor 61. The speed reducer 53 is fixed to the drive frame 390 by a speed reducer fixing 53 a. The speed reducer fixing 53a is a fixing such as a bolt.

< formation group Aa >)

As shown in fig. 7, 8, and 9, the power bus 261 includes a bus body 262 and a bus terminal 263. The busbar body 262 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The bus bar body 262 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The busbar body 262 is formed in a plate shape as a whole, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the motor axis Cm. The busbar terminal 263 extends from the busbar body 262 in a direction intersecting the circumferential direction CD. The busbar terminal 263 extends from the busbar body 262 toward the radially inner side. The bus bar terminal 263 is formed in a plate shape as a whole. In fig. 7, the dust cover 380 is not illustrated.

A plurality of power bus bars 261 are arranged in the axial direction AD. For example, the plurality of power buses 261 include a U-phase power bus 261, a V-phase power bus 261, and a W-phase power bus 261. In the plurality of power bus bars 261, the respective bus bar bodies 262 overlap in the axial direction AD. The plurality of busbar bodies 262 are disposed at positions juxtaposed to the stator 200 in the axial direction AD. In the plurality of power bus bars 261, respective bus bar terminals 263 are located at positions separated in the circumferential direction CD.

The motor device 60 has a stator side space S1 and an inverter side space S2. The stator-side space S1 and the inverter-side space S2 are spaces that are included in the motor device 60 and are partitioned by the rear frame 370. The stator-side space S1 and the inverter-side space S2 are arranged in the axial direction AD via the rear frame 370. The stator-side space S1 is a space closer to the stator 200 than the rear frame 370. The stator-side space S1 is a space between the rear frame 370 and the drive frame 390 in the axial direction AD. The inverter-side space S2 is a space closer to the inverter device 80 than the rear frame 370. The inverter-side space S2 is a space between the rear frame 370 and the inverter case 90 in the axial direction AD. The inverter-side space S2 may include an internal space of the inverter device 80. The stator-side space S1 corresponds to a first space, the inverter-side space S2 corresponds to a second space, and the rear frame 370 corresponds to a space division portion.

The power bus 261 is provided in the inverter-side space S2. The bus bar unit 260 is overlapped with the rear frame 370 from the inverter device 80 side. The bus bar protection portion 270 is fixed to the rear frame 370 by a fixing member such as a screw.

As shown in fig. 8, the bus bar protection portion 270 has a plurality of protection plates 271. The protective plate 271 is formed of a resin material or the like and has electrical insulation. The protective plate 271 is formed in a plate shape and extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The protective plate 271 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The protective plate 271 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The plurality of protection plates 271 overlap in the axial direction AD via the busbar body 262. The two bus bar bodies 262 adjacent to each other in the axial direction AD via the protective plate 271 are given electrical insulation by the protective plate 271.

As shown in fig. 10, the motor device 60 has a neutral point bus 290. The neutral point bus 290 is included in the stator 200. The neutral point bus 290 is a conductive member such as a bus member for flowing current. The neutral point bus 290 forms at least the neutral point 65 and electrically connects the coils 211 of the plurality of phases. The neutral point generatrix 290 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. A plurality of neutral point bus bars 290 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

As shown in fig. 8, the neutral point bus 290 is provided at a position separated from the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD. The neutral point bus 290 is located closer to the drive frame 390 than the rear frame 370 in the axial direction AD. The neutral point bus 290 is located on the opposite side of the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD via the rear frame 370. The neutral point bus 290 is provided in the stator-side space S1. On the other hand, as described above, the power bus 261 is provided in the inverter-side space S2.

As shown in fig. 7 and 10, the neutral point bus 290 is provided at a position separated from the bus body 262 in the radial direction RD. The neutral point busbar 290 is located at a position separated radially inward from the busbar body 262.

As shown in fig. 10, the coil unit 210 has a neutral point unit 214. A plurality of neutral point units 214 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The neutral point unit 214 has a plurality of coil portions 215 and one neutral point bus 290. In the neutral point unit 214, the coils 211 of the phases are star-shaped through the neutral point 65. In the coil unit 210, a plurality of neutral point units 214 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD, and a plurality of coils 211 of a multiphase in which a star-shaped line is formed are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

As shown in fig. 11, in the neutral point unit 214, by arranging the coil portions 215 in the circumferential direction CD, the coils 211 of a plurality of phases are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In the neutral point unit 214, in each of the phases, the electric power outlet 212 and the neutral outlet 213 extend from the coil 211. The power lead-out wire 212 is led out from the coil 211 toward the radial outside, and extends toward the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD. The power outlet 212 is electrically connected to the power bus 261. The neutral lead 213 is led out from the coil 211 toward the radial inside. The neutral outlet 213 is electrically connected to the neutral point bus 290.

The coil portion 215 is formed by a wound coil wire 220. The coil wire 220 is a conductive member such as an electric wire for flowing electric current. The coil wire 220 is wound around the core unit 230. In the core unit 230, the coil wire 220 is wound around the core 231 via the bobbin 240. In the coil wire 220, a wound portion forms a coil portion 215, and a portion extending from the coil portion 215 forms a first extending protruding line 216 and a second extending protruding line 217. In the coil portion 215, the first extension protrusion line 216 extends from one of both ends arranged in the axial direction AD, and the second extension protrusion line 217 extends from the other.

The coil wire 220 forms the coil 211 by forming the coil portion 215. In the coil wire 220, a wound portion forms a coil 211, and a portion extending from the coil 211 forms an electric power lead 212 and a neutral lead 213.

In each of the phases, one coil 211 is formed by two coil portions 215. In each of the phases, the first extended protruding line 216 of one of the two coil portions 215 forms the electric power outlet 212, and the second extended protruding line 216 forms the neutral outlet 213. The second extension protrusion lines 217 of the respective two coil portions 215 are connected to each other.

In neutral point unit 214, U phase, V phase, and W phase are added to coil 211, power outlet 212, and neutral outlet 213, respectively. Thus, in the neutral point unit 214, one U-phase coil 211U, V-phase coil 211V, W-phase coil 211W is arranged in each of the circumferential directions CD. Similarly, one U-phase power outlet 212U, V phase power outlet 212V, W phase power outlet 212W is arranged in each circumferential direction CD. One U-phase neutral lead 213U, V phase neutral lead 213V, W phase neutral lead 213W is arranged in each circumferential direction CD.

< formation group Ab >

As shown in fig. 12, the motor 61 has a first rotor 300a and a second rotor 300b. The motor 61 has a first gap G1 and a second gap G2. The first gap G1 is a gap between the stator 200 and the first rotor 300 a. The second gap G2 is a gap between the stator 200 and the second rotor 300b. The first gap G1 and the second gap G2 are aligned in the axial direction AD via the stator 200. The motor 61 is sometimes referred to as a double-gap type rotating electrical machine.

As shown in fig. 13, the coil wire 220 has a conductor portion 221 and a cover portion 222. The conductor 221 has conductivity and is a portion where current flows in the coil wire 220. The cover 222 is formed of a resin material or the like, and has electrical insulation. The covering portion 222 covers the conductor portion 221. The conductor portion 221 has a plurality of bare wires 223. The bare wire 223 is made of a conductive material such as copper, and is a portion where current flows in the conductor portion 221. The coil wire 220 is sometimes referred to as a stranded wire and a split copper wire.

< composition group Ac >

As shown in fig. 14 and 15, the coil unit 210 includes a first coil portion 215a and a second coil portion 215b in the plurality of coil portions 215. The first coil portions 215a and the second coil portions 215b are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In the coil unit 210, one of the two coil portions 215 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD is a first coil portion 215a, and the other is a second coil portion 215b.

In the coil unit 210, the number of turns of the two coil portions 215 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD is different. The number of turns of the coil portion 215 is the number of the coil wires 220 wound in the coil portion 215. The number of turns of the first coil portion 215a is different from that of the second coil portion 215 b. For example, the number of turns of the first coil portion 215a is greater than the number of turns of the second coil portion 215 b.

As shown in fig. 15, in the first coil portion 215a, both the first extension protrusion line 216 and the second extension protrusion line 217 are led out toward one side in the radial direction RD. For example, in the first coil portion 215a, both the first extension protrusion line 216 and the second extension protrusion line 217 are led out toward the radial direction inside. On the other hand, in the second coil portion 215b, the first extension protruding line 216 and the second extension protruding line 217 are led out in the opposite direction in the radial direction RD. For example, in the second coil portion 215b, the first extension protruding line 216 is led out radially outward, and the second extension protruding line 217 is led out radially inward. Therefore, when the number of turns of the first coil portion 215a is set to be an integer number of turns, the number of turns of the second coil portion 215b is substantially smaller than the number of turns of the first coil portion 215a by 0.5 times.

< formation group Ad >

In fig. 16, 17, and 18, the relay terminal 280 is electrically connected to the power bus 261. In the power bus 261, the bus terminal 263 is connected to the relay terminal 280 by a connector such as a screw. The connection is a conductive member for flowing a current.

The motor device 60 has an end stage 285. The end stage 285 is made of a resin material or the like, and has electrical insulation. The terminal block 285 supports a connection portion between the relay terminal 280 and the bus bar terminal 263. For example, by screwing the connector to the terminal block 285, the connection portion between the relay terminal 280 and the bus bar terminal 263 is fixed to the terminal block 285. In other words, the relay terminal 280 is connected to the bus bar terminal 263 at the terminal station 285. The terminal block 285 corresponds to a terminal block. The relay terminal 280 is electrically connected to the inverter 81. The relay terminal 280 is formed of a bus bar member, for example, and corresponds to a relay bus bar.

As shown in fig. 18, the end stage 285 has a pedestal surface 285a. The pedestal surface 285a extends in a direction perpendicular to the motor axis Cm. The relay terminal 280 has a relay connection portion 280a, and the bus terminal 263 has a bus connection portion 263a. The relay connection portion 280a and the bus bar connection portion 263a are connected by a connector while being overlapped with the pedestal surface 285a. One of the relay connection portions 280a and the bus bar connection portion 263a is sandwiched between the other and the pedestal surface 285a.

The relay terminal 280 has a relay extension protrusion 280b. The relay extension protrusion 280b extends toward the inverter device 80 in the relay terminal 280. For example, the relay extension protrusion 280b extends in the axial direction AD from the relay connection 280 a. The busbar terminal 263 has a busbar extension projection 263b. The busbar extension projection 263b extends toward the busbar body 262 in the busbar terminal 263. For example, the busbar extension projection 263b has a portion extending in the radial direction RD and a portion extending in the axial direction AD.

Terminal stations 285 are provided for the phases respectively. A plurality of end stations 285 are arranged along the busbar unit 260 in the circumferential direction CD. For example, the plurality of terminal stations 285 include a terminal station 285 for U-phase, a terminal station 285 for V-phase, and a terminal station 285 for W-phase. The end stage 285 is disposed at a position juxtaposed to the busbar unit 260 in the radial direction RD. The end stage 285 is located at a position separated radially inward from the busbar unit 260.

< formation group Ae >)

As shown in fig. 19, a plurality of relay terminals 280 are arranged sufficiently apart. The separation distance of two relay terminals 280 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD is sufficiently large. For example, in a configuration in which three relay terminals 280 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD, the separation angle of two adjacent relay terminals 280 is approximately 120 degrees.

In the motor device 60, a plurality of virtual divided areas RE are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The plurality of dividing regions RE are regions dividing the circumference of the motor axis Cm at equal intervals in the circumferential direction CD. The divided areas RE are the same number as the relay terminals 280. For example, if the number of relay terminals 280 is three, the number of divided areas RE is also three. In this case, the three divided regions RE divide the circumference of the motor axis Cm every 120 degrees in the circumferential direction CD.

One relay terminal 280 is disposed in each of the plurality of divided areas RE. For example, one relay terminal 280 is disposed in each of the three divided areas RE. If three relay terminals 280 are arranged at 120-degree intervals, it is necessary to arrange one relay terminal 280 in each of the three divided areas RE. Even if it is assumed that the separation angle of the three relay terminals 280 is more or less than 120 degrees, the separation distance can be sufficiently ensured for at least two relay terminals 280.

Like the plurality of relay terminals 280, the plurality of bus bar terminals 263 and the plurality of terminal blocks 285 are also sufficiently arranged apart in the circumferential direction CD. For example, when there are three bus bar terminals 263 and three terminal blocks 285, one bus bar terminal 263 and one terminal block 285 are disposed in each of the three divided areas RE.

< formation group Af >

As shown in fig. 20 and 21, the rear frame 370 supports both the busbar unit 260 and the first bearing 360. The rear frame 370 has a busbar support portion 371 and a bearing support portion 372. The rear frame 370 corresponds to a support frame, and the first bearing 360 corresponds to a bearing.

The busbar support 371 is a portion of the rear frame 370 that supports the busbar unit 260. The bus bar support 371 supports the power bus bar 261 by supporting the bus bar protection 270. The busbar support 371 includes at least a portion of the rear frame 370 overlapping the busbar unit 260 in the axial direction AD. The busbar unit 260 is fixed to the busbar support 371 by a fastener such as a bolt. The busbar support 371 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The busbar support 371 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The busbar support 371 is located at a position separated radially inward from the outer periphery of the rear frame 370. The busbar support 371 is located at a position separated radially outward from the inner periphery of the rear frame 370. The busbar support 371 and the bearing support 372 are located at positions separated in the radial direction RD.

The bearing support 372 is a portion of the rear frame 370 that supports the first bearing 360. The bearing support 372 includes at least a portion of the rear frame 370 that overlaps the first bearing 360 in the axial direction AD. The bearing support 372 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm. The bearing support 372 is formed in an annular shape as a whole. The bearing support 372 forms an inner periphery of the rear frame 370.

The bearing support 372 has a support protrusion 372a. The supporting protrusion 372a protrudes toward the driving frame 390 side in the rear frame 370 in the axial direction AD. The support protrusion 372a extends in the circumferential direction CD and is formed in an annular shape as a whole. The support protrusion 372a is provided at a position separated radially outward from the inner periphery of the rear frame 370. The first bearing 360 is fixed to the bearing support 372 in a state of entering the inside of the support protrusion 372a. The first bearing 360 is fitted inside the support protrusion 372a, for example. In fig. 21, dot hatching is added to the busbar support 371 and the bearing support 372.

< composition group Ag >

As shown in fig. 22, the resolver 421 is provided in the inverter-side space S2. The resolver 421 is in a state of overlapping with the rear frame 370 from the inverter device 80 side.

As shown in fig. 22 and 23, the resolver 421 is provided with a resolver connector 423. The resolver connector 423 is a connector for electrically connecting the resolver 421 to an external device such as the control device 54. In the resolver connector 423, for example, an electric wire or the like forming a signal line 425 is electrically connected to the resolver 421. The resolver connector 423 is in a state protruding from the resolver 421 in the axial direction AD.

At least a part of the resolver connector 423 is exposed to the inverter device 80 side without being covered by the resolver cover 424. The resolver cover 424 may be included in the resolver 421.

As shown in fig. 22, the neutral point bus 290 is located at a position separated from the resolver 421 in the axial direction AD. Neutral bus 290 is located on the opposite side of resolver 421 in the axial direction AD via rear frame 370. The neutral point bus 290 is provided in the stator-side space S1, while the resolver 421 is provided in the inverter-side space S2. As shown in fig. 23, the neutral point bus 290 is provided at a position separated from the resolver 421 in the radial direction RD. The neutral point bus 290 is located at a position separated radially outward from the resolver 421. The rear frame 370 corresponds to an orthogonal frame.

< composition group Ba >)

As shown in fig. 24, 25, and 26, the rotor 300 has a rotor first surface 301 and a rotor second surface 302. The rotor first surface 301 and the rotor second surface 302 extend in a direction orthogonal to the motor axis Cm. The rotor first surface 301 and the rotor second surface 302 extend in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm, and are formed in a ring shape as a whole. In the rotor 300, one of the pair of plate surfaces is a rotor first surface 301, and the other is a rotor second surface 302.

In the motor device 60, the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b are provided in the opposite directions of the rotor first surfaces 301. In the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b, the respective rotor second faces 302 face opposite sides to each other. In the first rotor 300a, the rotor second face 302 faces the rear frame 370 side.

As shown in fig. 24 and 25, a plurality of magnets 310 are arranged along a rotor first surface 301 in the rotor 300. The magnet 310 is exposed on the rotor first surface 301, but is not exposed on the rotor second surface 302. The magnet 310 is covered by the magnet holder 320 from the rotor second surface 302 side.

As shown in fig. 25 and 27, the rotor 300 includes a magnet unit 316. The magnet unit 316 has at least one magnet 310. In the present embodiment, the magnet unit 316 includes a plurality of magnets 310. In the magnet unit 316, a plurality of magnets 310 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The magnet unit 316 has, for example, three magnets 310. A plurality of magnet units 316 are arranged in the rotor 300 in the circumferential direction CD.

As shown in fig. 27, the plurality of magnets 310 included in the rotor 300 include a first peripheral magnet 311a, a second peripheral magnet 311b, a first inner shaft magnet 312a, a second inner shaft magnet 312b, a first outer shaft magnet 313a, and a second outer shaft magnet 313b. The peripheral magnets 311a and 311b, the inner magnets 312a and 312b, and the outer magnets 313a and 313b are arranged to enhance the magnetic force to the stator 200. Sometimes such an arrangement of magnets 310 is referred to as a Halbach array. Fig. 27 is a view of the rotor 300 viewed from the radially outer side, and the arrangement of the magnets 310 is spread out on a plane.

The plurality of first peripheral magnets 311a and the plurality of second peripheral magnets 311b are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The first circumferential magnets 311a and the second circumferential magnets 311b are alternately arranged one by one in the circumferential direction CD. The first peripheral magnet 311a and the second peripheral magnet 311b are magnets oriented in the opposite directions to each other in the circumferential direction CD. The first circumferential magnet 311a is oriented toward one side of the circumferential direction CD, and the second circumferential magnet 311b is oriented toward the other side of the circumferential direction CD. For example, when a person views the rotor 300 from the side opposite to the stator 200, the first circumferential magnet 311a is arranged to be oriented in a direction of turning right in the circumferential direction CD. The second peripheral magnet 311b is arranged to be oriented in a direction of turning left in the circumferential direction CD. In the present embodiment, the direction of magnetization in the magnet 310 is defined as the direction of orientation. The first peripheral magnet 311a and the second peripheral magnet 311b correspond to peripheral magnets.

The first inner shaft magnets 312a and the second inner shaft magnets 312b are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction CD. For example, the first inner shaft magnets 312a and the second inner shaft magnets 312b are alternately arranged one by one in the circumferential direction CD. The first inner shaft magnet 312a and the second inner shaft magnet 312b are magnets oriented obliquely to the motor axis Cm so as to face the stator 200 side in the axial direction AD. In the circumferential direction CD, the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the second inner shaft magnet 312b are oriented in opposite directions to each other. In the circumferential direction CD, the first inner shaft magnet 312a is oriented toward the same side as the first peripheral magnet 311 a. In the circumferential direction CD, the second inner shaft magnet 312b is oriented toward the same side as the second circumferential magnet 311b. The first inner shaft magnet 312a and the second inner shaft magnet 312b correspond to the inner shaft magnets.

The plurality of magnets 310 includes a pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b. A pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b are adjacent in the circumferential direction CD. When the boundary portion between the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b is referred to as an inner boundary portion BI, the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the second inner shaft magnet 312b forming the inner boundary portion BI are the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b. The pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b are oriented obliquely with respect to the motor axis Cm so as to face the stator 200 side in the axial direction AD and face each other in the circumferential direction CD.

The first outer shaft magnets 313a and the second outer shaft magnets 313b are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The first outer shaft magnets 313a and the second outer shaft magnets 313b are alternately arranged one by one in the circumferential direction CD. The first outer shaft magnet 313a and the second outer shaft magnet 313b are magnets oriented obliquely to the motor axis Cm so as to face the opposite side of the stator 200 in the axial direction AD. In the circumferential direction CD, the first outer shaft magnet 313a and the second outer shaft magnet 313b are oriented in opposite directions to each other. In the circumferential direction CD, the first outer shaft magnet 313a is oriented toward the same side as the first circumferential magnet 311 a. In the circumferential direction CD, the second external shaft magnet 313b is oriented toward the same side as the second circumferential magnet 311 b. The first outer shaft magnet 313a and the second outer shaft magnet 313b correspond to outer shaft magnets.

The plurality of magnets 310 includes a pair of external-axis magnets 313a and 313b. The pair of outer shaft magnets 313a, 313b are adjacent in the circumferential direction CD. When the boundary between the pair of outer magnets 313a and 313b is referred to as an outer boundary BO, the first outer magnet 313a and the second outer magnet 313b forming the outer boundary BO are the pair of outer magnets 313a and 313b. The pair of outer shaft magnets 313a, 313b are oriented obliquely with respect to the motor axis Cm so as to face the opposite side to the stator 200 in the axial direction AD and face the opposite sides to each other in the circumferential direction CD.

In the circumferential direction CD, a plurality of pairs of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b and a pair of outer shaft magnets 313a, 313b are arranged, respectively. The pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b and the pair of outer shaft magnets 313a, 313b are alternately arranged in a pair-to-pair in the circumferential direction CD. The pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b and the pair of outer shaft magnets 313a, 313b are arranged such that the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the first outer shaft magnet 313a are adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD via the first peripheral magnet 311 a. In other words, the first peripheral magnet 311a is disposed between the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the first outer shaft magnet 313a in the circumferential direction CD. The pair of inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b and the pair of outer shaft magnets 313a and 313b are arranged such that the second inner shaft magnet 312b and the second outer shaft magnet 313b are adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD via the second peripheral magnet 311 b. In other words, the second peripheral magnet 311b is disposed between the second inner shaft magnet 312b and the second outer shaft magnet 313b in the circumferential direction CD.

The plurality of magnets 310 includes a pair of peripheral magnets 311a and 311b. The pair of peripheral magnets 311a and 311b are adjacent to each other via the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a and 312 b. The pair of peripheral magnets 311a and 311b are oriented so as to face each other in the circumferential direction CD.

The plurality of magnet units 316 include a first alignment unit 319a and a second alignment unit 319b. A plurality of first alignment units 319a and second alignment units 319b are each arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The first alignment units 319a and the second alignment units 319b are alternately arranged one by one in the circumferential direction CD. The orientations of the first and second alignment units 319a and 319b as a whole are opposite to each other.

The first orientation units 319a each have one first peripheral magnet 311a, one first inner shaft magnet 312a, and one first outer shaft magnet 313a. In the first orientation unit 319a, the first peripheral magnet 311a is arranged between the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the first outer shaft magnet 313a. In the first orientation unit 319a, the first peripheral magnet 311a, the first inner shaft magnet 312a, and the first outer shaft magnet 313a are fixedly unitized with one another.

The second alignment units 319b each have one second peripheral magnet 311b, a second inner shaft magnet 312b, and a second outer shaft magnet 313b. In the second orientation unit 319b, the second peripheral magnet 311b is arranged between the second inner shaft magnet 312b and the second outer shaft magnet 313b. In the second alignment unit 319b, the second peripheral magnet 311b, the second inner shaft magnet 312b, and the second outer shaft magnet 313b are unitized fixedly with each other.

The first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b are disposed to be point-symmetrical to each other. The first rotor 300a is disposed in a direction rotated 180 degrees with respect to the second rotor 300 b. The first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b have respective rotor first surfaces 301 facing each other via the stator 200. The first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b are arranged in the same order as the circumferential magnets 311a and 311b, the inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b, and the outer shaft magnets 313a and 313b in the circumferential direction CD when viewed from the opposite side to the stator 200.

In the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b, the respective first peripheral magnets 311a are aligned in the axial direction AD. In the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b, a pair of inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b provided on one side and a pair of outer shaft magnets 313a and 313b provided on the other side are aligned in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, one first inner shaft magnet 312a and the other first outer shaft magnet 313a are aligned in the axial direction AD. The one second inner shaft magnet 312b and the other second outer shaft magnet 313b are aligned in the axial direction AD. One inner boundary BI and the other outer boundary BO are aligned in the axial direction AD.

< formation group Bb >)

As shown in fig. 28, 29, and 30, the rotor 300 includes a magnet holder 320, a magnet 310, a fixing block 330, and a magnet holder 335. The magnet fixing member 335 is a fixing member such as a bolt, and is formed of a metal material or the like. The magnet fixture 335 fixes the magnet 310 to the magnet holder 320 via the fixing block 330. In the rotor 300, the magnet 310 and the fixed block 330 are provided on the magnet holder 320 on the rotor first surface 301 side. The magnet 310 overlaps the magnet holder 320 in the axial direction AD from the rotor first surface 301 side. The magnet 310 is sandwiched between the fixed block 330 and the magnet holder 320 in the axial direction AD. The magnet fixing member 335 penetrates the magnet holder 320 from the rotor second surface 302 side and is screwed to the fixing block 330.

The magnet holder 320 has a holder body 321 and an outer periphery engaging portion 322. The bracket body 321 extends in a direction perpendicular to the motor axis Cm, and is formed in a plate shape as a whole. The holder body 321 forms a main portion of the magnet holder 320. The holder body 321 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm, and is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The magnet holder 320 has a holder inner peripheral end 320a (see fig. 31) and a holder outer peripheral end 320b. The holder inner peripheral end 320a is an inner peripheral end of the magnet holder 320, and the holder outer peripheral end 320b is an outer peripheral end of the magnet holder 320. The holder body 321 forms a holder inner peripheral end 320a and a holder outer peripheral end 320b.

The outer circumferential engagement portion 322 is a protruding portion provided in the holder body 321, and protrudes in the axial direction AD from the holder body 321 toward the rotor first surface 301 side. The outer circumferential engagement portion 322 is provided at the bracket outer circumferential end 320b. The outer circumferential engagement portion 322 has a portion extending radially inward, and is in a state of sandwiching the magnet 310 between the portion and the holder body 321. The outer circumferential engagement portion 322 has an engagement tapered surface 322a. The engagement tapered surface 322a is an inclined surface inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm. The engagement tapered surface 322a is inclined to the motor axis Cm so as to face the holder body 321 side. The magnet 310 enters between the engagement tapered surface 322a and the holder body 321 from the radially inner side.

The fixing block 330 is formed of a metal material or the like. The fixing block 330 is provided on the opposite side of the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 in the radial direction RD via the magnet 310. The fixing block 330 has a portion extending radially outward, and is sandwiched between the portion and the bracket body 321 by the magnet 310. The fixed block 330 has a block tapered surface 330a. The block tapered surface 330a is included in the outer surface of the fixed block 330. The block tapered surface 330a is an inclined surface inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm. The block tapered surface 330a is directed radially outward and inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm so as to be directed toward the bracket body 321 side. The magnet 310 enters between the block tapered surface 330a and the holder body 321 from the radially outer side.

The magnet 310 is disposed between the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 and the fixed block 330 in the radial direction RD. The magnet 310 is fixed to the holder body 321 in a state of being sandwiched between the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 and the fixing block 330 in the radial direction RD.

As shown in fig. 31, a plurality of fixing blocks 330 and magnet fixtures 335 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD together with the magnets 310. The fixed block 330 is placed so as to be bridged over the plurality of magnets 310 in the circumferential direction CD. The outer peripheral engaging portion 322 extends along the bracket outer peripheral end 320 b. The outer circumferential engagement portion 322 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm, and is formed in a ring shape as a whole.

The fixing block 330 and the magnet fixing member 335 fix the magnet 310 by fixing the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320. A plurality of magnet units 316 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD together with the fixing block 330 and the magnet fixing member 335.

As shown in fig. 32, the magnet unit 316 has a unit inner peripheral end 316a, a unit outer peripheral end 316b, and a unit side surface 316c. The unit inner peripheral end 316a is a radially inner end of the magnet unit 316, and extends in the circumferential direction CD. The cell inner peripheral end 316a extends linearly along a tangential line orthogonal to the radial direction RD, for example. The unit outer peripheral end 316b is a radially outer end of the magnet unit 316, and extends in the circumferential direction CD. The unit outer peripheral end 316b extends in a curved shape along an arc, for example, so as to protrude radially outward.

A pair of unit side faces 316c are arranged in the circumferential direction CD in the magnet unit 316. A pair of cell sides 316c extend in the radial direction RD. The cell side surface 316c is arranged to extend in the radial direction RD between the cell inner peripheral end 316a and the cell outer peripheral end 316 b.

The magnet unit 316 has an inner circumferential tapered surface 316d and an outer circumferential tapered surface 316e. The inner peripheral tapered surface 316d is inclined in the radial direction RD with respect to the motor axis Cm, and extends radially outward from the unit inner peripheral end 316 a. The outer peripheral tapered surface 316e is inclined in the radial direction RD with respect to the motor axis Cm, and extends radially inward from the unit outer peripheral end 316 b.

In the magnet unit 316, a unit inner peripheral end 316a, a unit outer peripheral end 316b, a unit side face 316c, an inner peripheral tapered face 316d, and an outer peripheral tapered face 316e are formed by at least one magnet 310.

As shown in fig. 29 and 30, the magnet unit 316 is sandwiched between the fixed block 330 and the magnet holder 320 in a state where the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d overlaps the block tapered surface 330 a. The fixing block 330 presses the inner circumferential tapered surface 316d against the magnet holder 320 by the block tapered surface 330a in the radial direction RD, thereby fixing the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320. The magnet unit 316 is sandwiched between the outer peripheral engagement portion 322 and the holder body 321 in a state where the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e overlaps the engagement tapered surface 322 a. The outer circumferential engagement portion 322 and the fixing block 330 fix the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320 in both the axial direction AD and the radial direction RD.

The fixed block 330 corresponds to a fixed support portion, the block tapered surface 330a corresponds to a support inclined surface, and the inner circumferential tapered surface 316d corresponds to a magnet inclined surface.

Next, a method of manufacturing the motor device 60 will be described. The process for manufacturing the motor device 60 includes a process for manufacturing the rotor 300. The worker prepares the magnet unit 316, the magnet holder 320, the fixing block 330, and the magnet fixture 335 as a preparation process. Then, the worker brings the magnet unit 316 from the radially inner side into the magnet holder 320 between the holder body 321 and the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. Thereafter, the worker fixes the fixing block 330 to the holder body 321 by the magnet fixing member 335 in a state where the magnet unit 316 is overlapped with the holder body 321, so as to sandwich the magnet unit 316 between the fixing block 330 and the holder body 321. The worker screws the magnet holder 335 into the holder body 321, thereby pressing the outer circumferential tapered surface 316e to the engagement tapered surface 322a and pressing the block tapered surface 330a to the inner circumferential tapered surface 316d.

< composition group Bc >)

As shown in fig. 33, 34, and 35, the plurality of magnet units 316 include a tilted magnet unit 317 and a parallel magnet unit 318. A plurality of inclined magnet units 317 and parallel magnet units 318 are arranged in the rotor 300 in the circumferential direction CD. The inclined magnet units 317 and the parallel magnet units 318 are alternately arranged one by one in the circumferential direction CD.

As shown in fig. 34, in the inclined magnet unit 317, the pair of unit side surfaces 316c are inclined away from each other toward the radial outside. In the inclined magnet unit 317, the separation distance of the pair of unit side surfaces 316c gradually increases toward the radial outside. In the inclined magnet unit 317, the unit outer peripheral end 316b is longer than the unit inner peripheral end 316a in the radial direction RD. The inclined magnet unit 317 is formed in a trapezoidal shape or a fan shape as a whole.

In the parallel magnet unit 318, a pair of unit side faces 316c extend in parallel. The pair of cell sides 316c extend in a direction orthogonal to the circumferential direction CD. In the parallel magnet unit 318, the separation distance of the pair of unit side faces 316c is uniform in the radial direction RD. In the parallel magnet unit 318, the unit outer peripheral end 316b and the unit inner peripheral end 316a are substantially the same length in the radial direction RD. The parallel magnet unit 318 is formed in a rectangular shape as a whole.

Next, a method of manufacturing the rotor 300 among the manufacturing methods of the motor device 60 will be described. In the process of manufacturing the rotor 300, as described above, the worker fixes the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320 via the fixing block 330 and the magnet fixing member 335. The worker arranges the inclined magnet units 317 and the parallel magnet units 318 as a plurality of magnet units 316 alternately one by one in the circumferential direction CD on the magnet holder 320. The worker brings the unit outer peripheral end 316b of the inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318 between the outer peripheral engaging portion 322 and the holder body 321. The worker makes one magnet unit 316, which is finally arranged in the magnet holder 320, be a parallel magnet unit 318. The worker brings the last parallel magnet unit 318 between the two inclined magnet units 317 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD, and brings the unit outer peripheral end 316b of the parallel magnet unit between the outer peripheral engaging portion 322 and the holder main body 321.

Further, the worker may fix the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320 by the fixing block 330 and the magnet fixing member 335 every time the magnet unit 316 is disposed on the magnet holder 320. Further, after disposing all the magnet units 316 on the magnet holder 320, the worker may fix all the magnet units 316 to the magnet holder 320 by the fixing block 330 and the magnet fixing member 335.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the plurality of magnet units 316 are all configured as the inclined magnet units 317. In this configuration, a worker cannot enter the last one of the inclined magnet units 317 between two adjacent inclined magnet units 317 in the circumferential direction CD in the manufacturing process of the rotor 300. This is because the separation distance between two inclined magnet units 317 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD is smaller than the width dimension of the unit outer peripheral end 316b of the last inclined magnet unit 317 on the inner side in the radial direction than the outer peripheral engaging portion 322.

In contrast, in the present embodiment, the worker can insert the parallel magnet unit 318 between two adjacent inclined magnet units 317 in the circumferential direction CD by making the last magnet unit 316 be the parallel magnet unit 318. This is because the separation distance between two inclined magnet units 317 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD is the same in the region on the inner side in the radial direction than the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 and the region on the inner side of the outer circumferential engagement portion 322.

< formation group Bd >)

As shown in fig. 36, 37 and 38, the rotor 300 has a bracket fixing 350. The bracket fixing 350 is a fixing member such as a bolt, and is formed of a metal material or the like. The bracket fixing 350 fixes the magnet bracket 320 to the shaft flange 342. A plurality of holder fixtures 350 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The bracket fixing 350 is screwed to the shaft flange 342 in a state of penetrating the magnet bracket 320 from the rotor second surface 302 side, for example.

As shown in fig. 36, 38 and 39, the shaft flange 342 has spokes 343 and a rim 344. Spokes 343 extend from the shaft body 341 radially outward. A plurality of spokes 343 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The rim 344 extends in the circumferential direction CD around the motor axis Cm, and is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The rim 344 is provided at a position separated radially outward from the shaft main body 341. Rim 344 connects two spokes 343 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD. Spokes 343 connect shaft body 341 to rim 344 in radial direction RD.

Rim 344 has a pair of rim front ends 344a. Rim 344 extends from spoke 343 in both directions in axial direction AD. In the rim 344, a pair of rim front ends 344a are aligned in the axial direction AD. The rim front end 344a is located at a position separated from the spoke 343 in the axial direction AD. In the axial direction AD, the height dimension of the rim 344 is larger than the height dimension of the spokes 343.

As shown in fig. 36, 37, and 38, the rotor 300 is overlapped with the shaft flange 342 from one side in the axial direction AD. In the shaft flange 342, at least the rim front end 344a is in contact with the rotor 300. Of the shafts 340, the radially outermost portion of the portions that contact the rotor 300 is the rim front end 344a. Rim front end 344a is located at a position separated radially inward from magnet 310 in rotor 300. The holder fixing member 350 is located at a position separated radially inward from the rim front end 344a. The bracket fixing 350 is located on the opposite side of the magnet 310 in the radial direction RD via the rim front end 344a.

The bracket fixing 350 fixes the magnet bracket 320 to the shaft flange 342 in a state of being inserted into the bracket fixing hole 325 and the flange fixing hole 345. The holder fixing hole 325 is provided in the magnet holder 320. The holder fixing hole 325 penetrates the magnet holder 320 in the axial direction AD. A plurality of holder fixing holes 325 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The holder fixing hole 325 is located at a position separated radially inward from the rim 344. The flange fixing hole 345 is provided to the shaft flange 342. The flange fixing holes 345 are provided in the spoke 343, for example. The flange fixing hole 345 penetrates the shaft flange 342 in the axial direction AD. A plurality of flange fixing holes 345 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The flange fixing hole 345 is located at a position separated radially inward from the rim 344. For example, the bracket fixing 350 is screwed into the flange fixing hole 345 through the bracket fixing hole 325.

As shown in fig. 36, in the motor device 60, an attractive force F1 is generated to the rotor 300. The attractive force F1 is a force that attracts the magnet 310 toward the coil 211 in the axial direction AD, and is generated by the magnetic force of the magnet 310. The attractive force F1 is a force that bends the peripheral portion of the magnet 310 in the rotor 300 toward the stator 200.

In the motor device 60, a bending stress F2 against the attractive force F1 is generated in the rotor 300. The bending stress F2 is a force that bends the peripheral portion of the magnet 310 in the rotor 300 toward the opposite side of the stator 200. The bending stress F2 is generated by the bracket fixture 350 pressing the rotor 300 toward the stator 200 side. The bracket fixture 350 applies a pressing force F3 to the rotor 300. The pressing force F3 is a force that presses the rotor 300 toward the stator 200 in the axial direction AD. In the rotor 300, the rim front end 344a serves as a fulcrum for the pressing force F3, and generates a bending stress F2. The holder mount 350 corresponds to a pressing member, and the rim front end 344a corresponds to a fulcrum.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, it is assumed that the pressing force F3 by the bracket fixing 350 is not generated. In this configuration, the peripheral portion of the magnet 310 in the rotor 300 may be close to the stator 200 side in the axial direction AD, and the rotor 300 may be deformed to warp toward the stator 200 side with the rim front end 344a as a fulcrum. In contrast, in the present embodiment, the rotor 300 is prevented from being deformed to warp toward the stator 200 with the rim front end 344a as a fulcrum by the pressing force F3 generated by the bracket fixing 350.

< formation group Be >)

As shown in fig. 40 and 41, the bracket fixing 350 is fixed to the shaft flange 342 at a position radially inward of the rim 344. The holder fixing member 350 penetrates the magnet holder 320 and is screwed into the spoke 343 at a position separated radially inward from the rim 344. A rotor gap GR is provided between a portion of the magnet holder 320 where the holder fixing piece 350 is fixed and a portion of the spoke 343 where the holder fixing piece 350 is fixed.

The portion of the magnet holder 320 where the holder fixing member 350 is fixed is a holder fixing hole 325 of the magnet holder 320 where the holder fixing member 350 is inserted. The location in the spoke 343 where the bracket anchor 350 is secured is the flange anchor hole 345 in the spoke 343 where the bracket anchor 350 is inserted. The rotor gap GR is a separation space formed between the rotor 300 and the shaft flange 342 in the axial direction AD. The rotor gap GR is formed between the magnet holder 320 and the spoke 343 in the axial direction AD. Radially inward of rim 344, magnet carrier 320 is separated from spokes 343 in the axial direction AD.

The bracket fixing 350 can increase or decrease the width of the rotor gap GR in the axial direction AD. The larger the amount of screwing of the bracket fixing piece 350 into the spoke 343, the closer the portion of the magnet bracket 320 where the bracket fixing piece 350 is fixed to the portion of the spoke 343 where the magnet fixing piece 335 is fixed, the smaller the rotor gap GR. The larger the screwing amount of the bracket fixing 350, the larger the pressing force F3, and the more the bending stress F2 increases. Accordingly, by securing the rotor gap GR between the shaft flange 342 and the rotor 300, the bending stress F2 for resisting the attractive force F1 can be adjusted.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the portion of the magnet holder 320 where the holder 350 is in contact with the portion of the spoke 343 where the holder 350 is in contact is assumed. In this configuration, it is difficult to further deform the magnet holder 320 by the holder fixing member 350, and it is difficult to further increase the pressing force F3. Therefore, for example, even when the pressing force F3 is insufficient with respect to the attractive force F1, the shortage may not be eliminated. In contrast, in the present embodiment, the portion of the magnet holder 320 that holds the holder 350 is separated from the portion of the spoke 343 that holds the holder 350 in the axial direction AD, so that the pressing force F3 can be further increased.

Next, a method of assembling the rotor 300 and the shaft 340 in the manufacturing method of the motor device 60 will be described. In the process of attaching the rotor 300 to the shaft 340, the worker inserts the bracket fixing 350 into the bracket fixing hole 325 and the flange fixing hole 345. When the worker screws the bracket fixing 350 inserted into the bracket fixing hole 325 into the flange fixing hole 345, the screw amount of the bracket fixing 350 is adjusted to a degree that the peripheral portion of the magnet 310 in the magnet bracket 320 is warped toward the rotor second surface 302 side. That is, the worker adjusts the pressing force F3 by the bracket fixing 350.

Thereafter, in the step of attaching the stator 200 to the rotor 300 and the shaft 340, the worker confirms that the peripheral portion of the magnet 310 in the rotor 300 is not warped in the axial direction AD. When the peripheral portion of the magnet 310 in the rotor 300 is along the axial direction AD, the worker adjusts the screwing amount of the bracket fixing 350 to eliminate the deflection of the rotor 300. That is, the worker adjusts the pressing force F3 to have the same bending stress F2 and the attractive force F1 by the bracket fixing 350.

< formation group Bf >)

As shown in fig. 43, 44, and 45, the shaft flange 342 includes a first flange fixing hole 345a and a second flange fixing hole 345b in a plurality of flange fixing holes 345 provided in the spoke 343. When the bracket fixing hole 325 provided in the first rotor 300a is referred to as a first bracket fixing hole 325a, the first bracket fixing hole 325a and the first flange fixing hole 345a are aligned in the axial direction AD. When the bracket fixing hole 325 provided in the second rotor 300b is referred to as a second bracket fixing hole 325b, the second bracket fixing hole 325b and the second flange fixing hole 345b are aligned in the axial direction AD. The first flange fixing holes 345a and the second flange fixing holes 345b are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction CD, for example.

Fig. 43 is a schematic view of the motor 61 in a vertical section, in which the first rotor 300a, the second rotor 300b, and the shaft flange 342 are seen from the inside in the radial direction, and the bracket fixing 350 is arranged in a plane.

As shown in fig. 42, 43, and 44, the motor device 60 has a first bracket fixing member 350a and a second bracket fixing member 350b as the bracket fixing members 350. The first bracket fixing 350a fixes the first rotor 300a to the shaft flange 342. The first bracket fixing 350a is inserted into the first bracket fixing hole 325a and the first flange fixing hole 345a. The first bracket fixing 350a is passed through the first bracket fixing hole 325a and screwed into the first flange fixing hole 345a, for example. Further, the first bracket fixing 350a corresponds to the first fixing. The first bracket fixing hole 325a corresponds to a first rotor hole, and the first flange fixing hole 345a corresponds to a first shaft hole.

The second bracket fixing 350b fixes the second rotor 300b to the shaft flange 342. The second bracket fixing 350b is inserted into the second bracket fixing hole 325b and the second flange fixing hole 345b. The second bracket fixing 350b passes through the second bracket fixing hole 325b and is screwed into the second flange fixing hole 345b, for example. The second bracket fixing 350b corresponds to a second fixing. The second bracket fixing hole 325b corresponds to a second rotor hole, and the second flange fixing hole 345b corresponds to a second shaft hole.

The first and second holder fixing holes 325a and 325b are provided at positions separated in the circumferential direction CD. The first flange fixing hole 345a and the second flange fixing hole 345b are located at positions separated in the circumferential direction CD in cooperation with the positional relationship of the first bracket fixing hole 325a and the second bracket fixing hole 325 b.

As shown in fig. 42 and 43, the motor device 60 has a positioning pin 355. The positioning pin 355 determines the relative position of the rotor 300 and the shaft 340 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The positioning pin 355 restricts the positional displacement of the rotor 300 with respect to the shaft 340 in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. For example, the locating pins 355 limit the positional offset of the rotor 300 relative to the shaft 340 in the circumferential direction CD.

As shown in fig. 42, 43, and 44, the motor device 60 includes a bracket pin hole 327. Bracket pin holes 327 are included in the rotor 300. The bracket pin holes 327 are provided in the magnet bracket 320. The holder pin holes 327 penetrate the magnet holder 320 in the axial direction AD. A plurality of bracket pin holes 327 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The bracket pin holes 327 are located at positions separated radially inward from the rim 344. In the magnet holder 320, holder fixing holes 325 and holder pin holes 327 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

The motor arrangement 60 has a flange pin bore 348. A flange pin bore 348 is included in the shaft 340. A flange pin hole 348 is provided in the shaft flange 342. The flange pin holes 348 are provided, for example, in the spokes 343. The flange pin hole 348 penetrates the shaft flange 342 in the axial direction AD. A plurality of flange pin holes 348 are aligned in the circumferential direction CD. The flange pin hole 348 is located at a position separated radially inward from the rim 344. In the shaft 340, flange fixing holes 345 and flange pin holes 348 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

Bracket pin holes 327 and flange pin holes 348 are aligned in the axial direction AD. The positioning pin 355 is inserted into the bracket pin hole 327 and the flange pin hole 348 while being installed in the bracket pin hole 327 and the flange pin hole 348 in the axial direction AD. The positioning pins 355 are fitted into the bracket pin holes 327 and the flange pin holes 348, respectively. For example, the dowel pins 355 are pressed into the flange pin holes 348, filling the slots in the bracket pin holes 327. The locating pin 355 does not loosen relative to the bracket pin holes 327 and the flange pin holes 348. The positioning pin 355 does not move relatively with respect to the bracket pin hole 327 and the flange pin hole 348 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. For example, the locating pin 355 does not move relative to the bracket pin holes 327 and the flange pin holes 348 in the circumferential direction CD.

The bracket fixing 350 is easily loosened with respect to the bracket fixing hole 325 and the flange fixing hole 345. For example, consider that the bracket fixing hole 325 moves relatively in the circumferential direction CD with respect to the bracket fixing hole 325 and the flange fixing hole 345. In this case, the rotor 300 may be shifted in position relative to the shaft 340 in the circumferential direction CD. In contrast, since the positioning pin 355 does not loosen from the bracket pin holes 327 and the flange pin holes 348, the positioning pin 355 can suppress the positional displacement between the rotor 300 and the shaft 340. The positioning pin 355, the bracket pin hole 327, and the flange pin hole 348 are also illustrated in fig. 37, 38, and 39.

The bracket pin holes 327 provided in the first rotor 300a are referred to as first bracket pin holes 327a, and the bracket pin holes 327 provided in the second rotor 300b are referred to as second bracket pin holes 327b. The motor device 60 includes a plurality of positioning pins 355. The plurality of positioning pins 355 include positioning pins 355 for positioning the first rotor 300a and the shaft 340. The positioning pin 355 is fitted into the first bracket pin hole 327 a. The plurality of positioning pins 355 include positioning pins 355 for positioning the second rotor 300b and the shaft 340. The positioning pin 355 is fitted into the second bracket pin hole 327b.

The first bracket pin holes 327a and the second bracket pin holes 327b are aligned in the axial direction AD via the flange pin holes 348. That is, the first bracket pin hole 327a and the second bracket pin hole 327b are not separated in the circumferential direction CD. In the axial direction AD, a positioning pin 355 fitted to the first bracket pin hole 327a and a positioning pin 355 fitted to the second bracket pin hole 327b are arranged. Therefore, in the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b, there is less possibility that a difference in balance such as rotation balance is generated due to the positioning pin 355.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the first bracket pin hole 327a and the second bracket pin hole 327b are located at positions offset in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, there is a concern that the balance may be different between the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b due to the position of the positioning pin 355 being shifted in the circumferential direction CD.

The shaft flange 342 has a flange thick-wall portion 347. The flange thick portion 347 is a portion of the shaft flange 342 that is thicker than other portions. The flange thick portion 347 protrudes from the spoke 343 on one side and the other side in the axial direction AD.

The flange pin hole 348 is provided in the flange thick portion 347 in the shaft flange 342. The flange pin hole 348 penetrates the flange thick portion 347 in the axial direction AD. In the motor device 60, since the flange pin hole 348 is located at the flange thick portion 347, the flange pin hole 348 and the bracket pin hole 327 are disposed at positions as close as possible to each other in the axial direction AD. In the positioning pin 355, a portion located between the flange pin hole 348 and the bracket pin hole 327 in the axial direction AD is as short as possible. Therefore, the position of the positioning pin 355 between the flange pin hole 348 and the bracket pin hole 327 is not easily deformed, and the rotor 300 is shifted in the circumferential direction CD relative to the shaft 340.

Since the flange pin hole 348 is provided in the flange thick portion 347, the portion of the positioning pin 355 that fits into the flange pin hole 348 is as long as possible in the axial direction AD. Therefore, the positioning pin 355 is easily raised with high positional accuracy with respect to the flange pin hole 348. Further, since the shaft flange 342 has the flange thick portion 347, it is locally thick. Therefore, unlike the structure in which the entire shaft flange 342 is thick, for example, the shaft flange 342 is reduced in weight, and the positioning pin 355 is less likely to be loosened with respect to the flange pin hole 348.

In the motor device 60, the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b have a point-symmetrical relationship. Therefore, one of the two members used as the rotor 300 may be the first rotor 300a, and the other member may be arranged in point symmetry with respect to the first rotor 300a to serve as the second rotor 300b. By sharing the components used as the first rotor 300a and the components used as the second rotor 300b in this manner, the cost for manufacturing the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b can be reduced.

< composition group Ca >)

As shown in fig. 46 and 47, the motor housing 70 has an inner peripheral surface 70b. The inner peripheral surface 70b is included in the inner surface of the motor case 70, and extends in the circumferential direction CD as a whole in a ring shape.

The motor housing 70 has a stator holding portion 171. The stator holding portion 171 is a convex portion provided on the inner peripheral surface 70b. The stator holding portion 171 protrudes radially inward from the housing main body 71. A plurality of stator holding portions 171 are arranged in at least one of the circumferential direction CD and the axial direction AD. The stator holding portion 171 forms an inner peripheral surface 70b together with the housing main body 71.

The plurality of stator holding portions 171 include a first circumferential holding portion 172, a second circumferential holding portion 173, and a shaft holding portion 174. The first peripheral holding portion 172 and the second peripheral holding portion 173 extend in the circumferential direction CD along the housing main body 71. The first circumferential holding portion 172 and the second circumferential holding portion 173 are aligned in the axial direction AD and are disposed parallel to each other. The first peripheral holding portion 172 is provided on the rear frame 370 side with respect to the second peripheral holding portion 173 in the axial direction AD. The first peripheral holding portion 172 is located at a position separated from the end portion of the motor housing 70 on the rear frame 370 side toward the second peripheral holding portion 173 side. The second peripheral holding portion 173 is located at a position separated from the end portion of the motor housing 70 on the opposite side of the inverter device 80 toward the first peripheral holding portion 172 side.

The shaft holding portion 174 extends along the housing main body 71 in the axial direction AD. A plurality of shaft holding portions 174 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The shaft holding portion 174 is placed in the first circumferential holding portion 172 and the second circumferential holding portion 173 in the axial direction AD. The shaft holding portion 174 connects the first peripheral holding portion 172 and the second peripheral holding portion 173.

The motor housing 70 has a retaining recess 175. The holding recess 175 is formed by the first peripheral holding portion 172, the second peripheral holding portion 173, and the shaft holding portion 174. The holding recess 175 is formed between the first circumferential holding portion 172 and the second circumferential holding portion 173 in the axial direction AD, and is formed between the adjacent two shaft holding portions 174 in the circumferential direction CD. The holding recess 175 is a recess recessed radially outward relative to the first circumferential holding portion 172, the second circumferential holding portion 173, and the shaft holding portion 174. The plurality of holding concave portions 175 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD together with the shaft holding portion 174.

As shown in fig. 48 and 49, the coil protection portion 250 overlaps the inner peripheral surface 70b in the motor case 70. The coil protection portion 250 contacts the inner peripheral surface 70b in a close contact manner. The coil protection portion 250 is placed between the first circumferential holding portion 172 and the second circumferential holding portion 173 in the axial direction AD. The coil protection portion 250 is brought into a state between the adjacent two shaft holding portions 174 in the circumferential direction CD. The coil protection portion 250 enters the holding recess 175 and overlaps the inner surface of the holding recess 175.

The coil protection portion 250 is placed in the first circumferential holding portion 172 and the second circumferential holding portion 173 so as to extend in the axial direction AD. For example, the coil protection portion 250 overlaps the distal end surfaces of the first circumferential holding portion 172 and the second circumferential holding portion 173. The coil protection portion 250 may protrude outward in the axial direction AD from the first circumferential holding portion 172 and the second circumferential holding portion 173.

As shown in fig. 49, a plurality of shaft holding portions 174 are disposed in cooperation with the positions of the coil portions 215 in the circumferential direction CD. The number of the shaft holding portions 174 arranged in the circumferential direction CD is the same as the number of the coil portions 215 arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The shaft holding portion 174 and the coil portion 215 are aligned in the axial direction AD, and face each other in the axial direction AD. The coil portion 215 is provided at a position where the coil axis Cc passes through the shaft holding portion 174. The coil axis Cc is a linear virtual line extending in the radial direction RD through the center of the coil portion 215. For example, the coil portion 215 is disposed at a position where the coil axis Cc passes through the center of the shaft holding portion 174 in the circumferential direction CD. The coil portion 215 is disposed at a position where the coil axis Cc passes through the center of the shaft holding portion 174 in the axial direction AD.

In fig. 49, a cross-sectional view of the motor case 70 and the stator 200 is developed such that the outer peripheral surface 70a extends linearly. The motor housing 70 corresponds to a motor housing, and the shaft holding portion 174 corresponds to a shaft protruding portion.

In the coil protection portion 250, the thermal conductivity and the electrical insulation are preferably high. However, if it is difficult to improve both the thermal conductivity and the electrical insulation in the coil protection portion 250, it is preferable to improve the thermal conductivity preferentially over the electrical insulation. For example, the coil protection part 250 has higher thermal conductivity than the coil bobbin 240. Specifically, the coil protection part 250 has a thermal conductivity greater than that of the bobbin 240. On the other hand, the electrical insulation of the coil protection part 250 is lower than that of the bobbin 240. Specifically, the coil protection part 250 has a dielectric constant larger than that of the bobbin 240.

Next, a method of manufacturing the stator 200 in the manufacturing method of the motor device 60 will be described. In the process of manufacturing the stator 200, a worker prepares the coil unit 210 and the motor case 70 as a preparation process. Then, the worker sets the coil unit 210 inside the motor housing 70, and installs the motor housing 70 to a mold for molding together with the coil unit 210. The worker forms the coil protector 250 inside the motor case 70 by injection molding. In the motor device 60 in which the coil unit 210 and the motor case 70 are integrated with the coil protection portion 250 by insert molding as described above, the coil protection portion 250 is in close contact with both the coil portion 215 and the inner peripheral surface 70 b.

< composition group Cb >)

As shown in fig. 50, the motor housing 70 includes a housing base surface 176 and a housing roughened surface 177 on the inner peripheral surface 70 b. The housing roughened surface 177 is a surface that is roughened compared to the housing base surface 176. The rough surface 177 of the case is roughened by providing many minute irregularities, for example. The housing roughened surface 177 is formed by performing a roughened surface process for forming a roughened surface on the motor housing 70. As the rough surface processing for forming the case rough surface 177, there are machining, scientific processing, and the like.

The housing base surface 176 is provided on the outer side of the stator holding portion 171 in the axial direction AD. For example, the housing base surface 176 is provided on the outer side of the first circumferential holding portion 172 and the second circumferential holding portion 173 in the axial direction AD. The housing base surface 176 is formed in a ring shape along the inner peripheral surface 70 b.

The case roughened surface 177 is provided inside the case base surface 176 in the axial direction AD so as to include an outer surface of the stator holding portion 171. The housing roughened surface 177 is provided at least on the inner surface of the holding recess 175. The case roughened surface 177 is provided on the outer surface of the stator holding portion 171. For example, the housing roughened surface 177 is provided on the outer surfaces of the first circumferential holding portion 172, the second circumferential holding portion 173, and the shaft holding portion 174. In fig. 50, dot hatching is added to the case roughened surface 177.

At least a portion of the inner peripheral surface 70b overlapping the coil protection portion 250 is a case roughened surface 177. The case roughened surface 177 is a surface that is more likely to be in close contact with the coil protection portion 250 than the case base surface 176. In addition, the surface area of the case roughened surface 177 is easily increased as compared to the case base surface 176. Therefore, the contact area between the case roughened surface 177 and the coil protection portion 250 is easily increased.

< constituent group Cc >)

As shown in fig. 51 and 52, in the stator 200, the electric power lead-out wire 212 is led out from the coil protection portion 250. The grommet 255 is formed of a resin material or the like, and has electrical insulation. The portion of the power lead wire 212 led out from the coil protection portion 250 is protected by a grommet 255. Grommet 255 is included with motor assembly 60. The grommet 255 covers the power outlet 212 so as to extend across a boundary between a portion of the power outlet 212 where the coil protection portion 250 is embedded and a portion exposed from the coil protection portion 250. In fig. 51, the coil protection unit 250 is not shown.

Grommet 255 has embedded portion 255a and exposed portion 255b. The embedded portion 255a is a portion of the grommet 255 embedded in the coil protection portion 250. The exposed portion 255b is a portion of the grommet 255 exposed from the coil protection portion 250. The exposed portion 255b extends from the embedded portion 255a toward the outside of the coil protection portion 250. The exposed portion 255b extends from the embedded portion 255a toward the rear frame 370 side in the axial direction AD, for example.

The power lead wire 212 is led out from the coil protection portion 250 so as to extend in the axial direction AD along the inner peripheral surface 70b in the motor case 70. As shown in fig. 52 and 53, the motor case 70 is provided with a lead groove 171a. The power lead 212 is led out from the coil protection portion 250 through the lead groove portion 171a. The lead groove 171a is provided in the stator holding portion 171. The lead groove 171a is provided in the first peripheral holding portion 172, and penetrates the first peripheral holding portion 172 in the axial direction AD in a state of being opened radially inward.

As shown in fig. 51 and 52, grommet 255 covers at least a portion of power outlet 212 passing through outlet groove 171a. The grommet 255 enters the lead groove 171a from the radially inner side for each power lead wire 212. The grommet 255 is in close contact with the inner surface of the lead groove 171a. Grommet 255 fills the gap between the inner surface of lead groove 171a and power lead 212. The grommet 255 is elastically deformable, and is fitted into the lead groove 171a by elastic deformation. The power outlet 212 corresponds to a coil outlet, and the grommet 255 corresponds to an outlet protection unit.

Next, a method of manufacturing the coil protection part 250 among the methods of manufacturing the stator 200 will be described. In the process of manufacturing the coil protection part 250, a worker prepares the coil unit 210, the motor case 70, and the grommet 255 as a preparation process. Then, the worker attaches grommet 255 to power outlet 212 of coil unit 210. The worker performs a work of disposing the coil unit 210 inside the motor case 70 and a work of fitting the grommet 255 into the lead-out groove 171a together with the power lead-out wire 212.

The worker mounts the motor case 70 with the coil unit 210 and the grommet 255 on a metal mold, and molds the coil protection portion 250. In this case, since the grommet 255 is fitted into the lead groove 171a, the outflow of the molten resin from the lead groove 171a can be suppressed by the grommet 255.

< composition group Cd >

As shown in fig. 54, the core unit 230 has a core 231 and a bobbin 240. The core unit 230 is covered with the coil protection unit 250 together with the coil 211, and is protected by the coil protection unit 250. The coil protecting portion 250 is in contact with at least a portion of the bobbin 240 in a close contact manner.

The bobbin 240 is formed of a resin material or the like. The bobbin 240 is formed of, for example, an epoxy thermosetting resin. The bobbin 240 is, for example, a molded resin molded by molding. The bobbin 240 has electrical insulation. The bobbin 240 has thermal conductivity, and easily transfers heat from the core 231. The bobbin 240 has, for example, a larger thermal conductivity than air.

The coil bobbin 240 is in a state of covering at least a part of the core 231 to protect the core 231. The coil bobbin 240 extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD and covers the core 231. The bobbin 240 is formed in a ring shape as a whole. The bobbin 240 is in contact with the outer surface of the core 231 in a close contact manner. The bobbin 240 easily transfers heat from the coil 211 to the coil protection part 250.

In the coil bobbin 240, the thermal conductivity and the electrical insulation are preferably high. However, if it is difficult to improve both the thermal conductivity and the electrical insulation in the coil bobbin 240, it is preferable to improve the electrical insulation preferentially over the thermal conductivity. For example, the electrical insulation of the bobbin 240 is higher than that of the coil protection part 250. Specifically, the dielectric constant of the bobbin 240 is smaller than that of the coil protection portion 250. On the other hand, the thermal conductivity of the bobbin 240 is lower than that of the coil protection portion 250. Specifically, the thermal conductivity of the bobbin 240 is smaller than that of the coil protection part 250.

< composition group Ce >)

As shown in fig. 55, the bobbin 240 has a bobbin trunk 241 and a bobbin flange 242. The bobbin trunk 241 is formed in a columnar shape as a whole and extends in the axial direction AD. The outer circumferential surface 241a of the bobbin body 241 is formed in a ring shape so as to extend in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD.

The bobbin flange 242 extends outward from the outer peripheral surface 241 a. The bobbin flange 242 extends from the outer peripheral surface 241a in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD, and is formed in a plate shape as a whole. A pair of bobbin flanges 242 are arranged in line in the axial direction AD. In the bobbin 240, the coil 211 is wound around the bobbin body portion 241 between the pair of bobbin flanges 242.

The bobbin flange 242 has a flange inner face 243, a flange outer face 244, and a flange end face 245. In the bobbin flange 242, a plate surface on the side of the bobbin trunk 241 among the pair of plate surfaces is a flange inner plate surface 243, and a plate surface on the opposite side of the bobbin trunk 241 is a flange outer plate surface 244. In the pair of bobbin flanges 242, the flange inner plate surfaces 243 face each other. The flange end surface 245 is a front end surface of the bobbin flange 242, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The flange end surface 245 is located at a position separated outward from the bobbin trunk 241.

The outer surface of the bobbin 240 includes a bobbin base surface 246 and a bobbin roughened surface 247. The bobbin roughened surface 247 is a surface that is roughened compared to the bobbin base surface 246. The rough surface 247 of the bobbin is roughened by providing many minute irregularities, for example. The bobbin roughened surface 247 is formed by performing a roughened surface process for forming a roughened surface on the bobbin 240. As the rough surface processing for forming the coil bobbin rough surface 247, there are mechanical processing, scientific processing, and the like. In fig. 55, dot hatching is added to the coil frame rough surface 247.

The bobbin base surface 246 includes, for example, an outer peripheral surface 241a, a flange inner surface 243, and a flange outer surface 244. The coil bobbin roughened surface 247 includes, for example, a flange end surface 245. The flange outer panel surface 244 may be included in the roughened surface.

In the bobbin 240, at least a portion overlapping the coil protection portion 250 becomes a bobbin roughened surface 247. As shown in fig. 56, in the coil unit 210, at least the flange outer surface 244 and the flange end surface 245 are exposed to the outside in a state where the coil 211 is wound around the bobbin 240. In the motor device 60, the coil protector 250 covers at least the flange end surface 245 in a state where the coil unit 210 is covered with the coil protector 250. That is, the coil protection portion 250 overlaps the flange end surface 245. The coil protection portion 250 does not substantially cover the flange outer panel surface 244.

In the motor device 60, the flange end surface 245 is included in the bobbin roughened surface 247, so that the coil protecting portion 250 is easily brought into close contact with the flange end surface 245. In addition, the flange end surface 245, which is the bobbin roughened surface 247, has a surface area that is easily increased as compared to the bobbin base surface 246. Therefore, the contact area between the flange end surface 245 and the coil protection portion 250 is easily increased.

< constituent group Cf >)

As shown in fig. 57 and 58, the core 231 includes a core body 232 and a core flange 233. The core body 232 is formed in a plate shape as a whole, and extends in the axial direction AD. The outer circumferential surface 232a of the core body 232 is formed in a ring shape so as to extend in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD.

The core flange 233 extends outward from the outer peripheral surface 232 a. The core flange 233 extends from the outer peripheral surface 232a in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD, and is formed in a plate shape as a whole. A pair of core flanges 233 are arranged in the axial direction AD. In the core 231, the coil 211 is wound around the core body 232 via the bobbin body 241 between the pair of core flanges 233.

As shown in fig. 58 and 59, the core 231 as a whole is tapered toward the radial inner side. The core width of the core 231 is stepwise reduced toward the radially inner side. The core width is the width dimension of the circumferential direction CD in the core 231. The outer surface of the core 231 includes a core stepped surface 234. The core step surface 234 extends stepwise in the radial direction RD. The core stepped surfaces 234 are provided on the core trunk 232 and the core flange 233, respectively. A pair of core stepped surfaces 234 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD in each of the core body 232 and the core flange 233.

The core stepped surface 234 has a stepped base surface 234a and a stepped connecting surface 234b. A plurality of stepped base surfaces 234a and stepped connecting surfaces 234b are arranged in each radial direction RD. The stepped base surface 234a extends in a direction orthogonal to the circumferential direction CD. Of the two radially adjacent stepped base surfaces 234a, the radially inner stepped base surface 234a is disposed further inward in the circumferential direction CD than the radially outer stepped base surface 234 a. The step connection surface 234b extends in a direction orthogonal to the radial direction RD. The stepped connection surface 234b connects two stepped base surfaces 234a adjacent in the radial direction RD.

The core 231 is formed of a plurality of core forming plates 236. As shown in fig. 60, the core-forming plate 236 is a thin plate-like member. The core forming plate 236 is formed of, for example, a soft magnetic material. The plurality of core forming plates 236 are overlapped to form the core 231. The core 231 includes a plurality of core forming plates 236 having different sizes and shapes. In the core 231, a plurality of kinds of cores are used to form the plate 236 in accordance with the core width. Among the cores 231, the plurality of core-forming plates 236 forming the stepped base surface 234a of the first step are one kind of core-forming plates 236 having the same size and shape. The core 231 includes at least the same number of core-forming plates 236 as the number of step base surfaces 234 a.

In the core 231, since a plurality of core forming plates 236 are stacked, eddy currents are less likely to occur. Therefore, the eddy current loss generated in the core 231 can be reduced. In the core unit 230, the bobbin 240 is overlapped at least on the core step surface 234. Since the core 231 includes the core stepped surface 234 on the outer surface thereof, the surface area is easily increased. In the core unit 230, the contact area between the core 231 and the bobbin 240 is easily increased by the core stepped surface 234.

A method of manufacturing the core 231 and the core unit 230 in the method of manufacturing the motor device 60 will be described. In the process of manufacturing the core 231, a worker prepares a plurality of kinds of core forming plates 236. Then, the worker performs an operation of forming the first-stage stepped base surface 234a by overlapping a plurality of one kind of core-forming plates 236 on the multi-stage stepped base surface 234a, thereby forming the core 231.

In the process of manufacturing the core unit 230, a worker prepares the core 231 as a preparation process. Then, the worker installs the iron core 231 to a metal mold, and forms the bobbin 240 by molding. In the core unit 230 in which the core 231 and the bobbin 240 are integrated by insert molding as described above, the bobbin 240 is closely attached to the core 231. In the core 231, the bobbin 240 is closely attached to the core stepped surface 234.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the core width of the core 231 is assumed to continuously decrease toward the radial inner side. In this configuration, the outer surface of the core 231 does not include the core stepped surface 234 but includes a tapered surface. Therefore, if a plurality of core-forming plates 236 are stacked to form a tapered surface, the types of core-forming plates 236 are very large. The more kinds of the iron core forming plates 236 are, the more the iron core 231 is manufactured, the more the cost for manufacturing the iron core forming plates 236 may be increased. In contrast, in the present embodiment, the core width of the core 231 gradually decreases toward the radial inner side, so that the type of the core forming plate 236 can be restricted. Therefore, for the manufacture of the core 231, the cost for manufacturing the core-forming plate 236 can be reduced.

< constituent group Cg >)

As shown in fig. 61, 62, 63, and 64, the bobbin 240 has a flange recess 243a. The flange concave portions 243a are provided in the pair of bobbin flanges 242, respectively. The flange concave portion 243a is a concave portion provided on the flange inner plate surface 243. The flange recess 243a is provided on one side of the bobbin trunk 241 in the circumferential direction CD. The flange recess 243a is not provided on the other side of the bobbin trunk 241 in the circumferential direction CD. The flange recess 243a extends along the bobbin trunk 241 in the radial direction RD. Both end portions of the flange recess 243a are open in the radial direction RD. The flange recess 243a opens in the circumferential direction CD toward the opposite side of the bobbin trunk 241. The flange concave portions 243a provided in the pair of bobbin flanges 242 are opposed to each other in the axial direction AD. The flange inner plate surface 243 corresponds to a flange surface.

As shown in fig. 65, in the coil unit 210, a flange recess 243a is used for drawing the power lead-out wire 212 from the coil 211. In the coil portion 215, a flange recess 243a is used for drawing the first extension protruding line 216. In the coil portion 215, the coil wire 220 is led out through the flange recess 243a, thereby forming the first extension protrusion wire 216.

A dead space is not easily generated between the coil part 215 and the flange inner plate surface 243 by the absence of the flange concave portion 243a on the opposite side of the flange concave portion 243a via the bobbin trunk 241 in the circumferential direction CD. In this way, since a dead space is less likely to occur between the pair of bobbin flanges 242, the occupation ratio of the coil 211 in the bobbin 240 can be improved. In the bobbin 240, the smaller the dead space generated between the pair of bobbin flanges 242, the higher the occupation ratio of the coil 211.

< formation group Da >)

As shown in fig. 66, in the motor device unit 50, the unit case 51 includes a motor case 70 and an inverter case 90. The outer peripheral surface of the unit case 51 includes an outer peripheral surface 70a of the motor case 70 and an outer peripheral surface 90a of the inverter case 90. The motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92 are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the unit case 51. The unit case 51 accommodates the stator 200, the rotor 300, and the inverter 81. In the motor device unit 50, heat of the motor 61 and the inverter 81 is easily released to the outside through the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92.

In the unit case 51, the motor case 70 is integrated with the inverter case 90. The motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90 are arranged in the axial direction AD along the motor axis Cm. The motor housing 70 corresponds to a motor housing, and the inverter housing 90 corresponds to a device housing.

The motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90 are fixed by the housing fixing member 52. The case fixing member 52 is a fixing member such as a bolt. The case fixture 52 connects the connection flange 74 of the motor case 70 with the connection flange 94 of the inverter case 90. The coupling flange 74 is provided on the outer peripheral surface 70a of the motor case 70, and protrudes radially outward from the case main body 71. The coupling flange 94 is provided on the outer peripheral surface 90a of the inverter case 90, and protrudes radially outward from the case main body 91.

As shown in fig. 66 and 67, the coil protecting portion 250 is overlapped on the inner peripheral surface 70b of the motor case 70. The inner peripheral surface 70b of the motor housing 70 is included in the inner peripheral surface of the unit housing 51. The coil protection portion 250 overlaps the inner peripheral surface of the unit case 51. The coil protection portion 250 is in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the unit case 51 in a close contact manner.

< composition group Db >

As shown in fig. 68 and 69, in the shaft 340, a rim 344 provided in the shaft flange 342 is formed in a plate shape as a whole. Rim 344 has a pair of plate surfaces facing radially RD. In rim 344, the thickness direction becomes radial direction RD. The rim 344 extends in the circumferential direction CD in a ring shape, which corresponds to an annular portion. Rim 344 forms the outer peripheral end of shaft flange 342. The rim 344 is provided so as to be stretched over the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b in the axial direction AD.

As shown in fig. 68, rim 344 is provided inside stator 200. Rim 344 is located at a position separated radially inward from stator 200. The rim 344 is partitioned into an inner space of the stator 200 in the radial direction RD. The inner space of the stator 200 is a space existing radially inward of the coil protection portion 250. This inner space is sometimes referred to as an inner region. Rim 344 extends in axial direction AD along the inner peripheral surface of coil protection portion 250. In the axial direction AD, the rim 344 has a height dimension substantially equal to that of the coil protecting portion 250.

As shown in fig. 69, 70, 71 and 72, the shaft flange 342 has a flange vent hole 346. The flange vent hole 346 is provided in the rim 344, and penetrates the rim 344 in the radial direction RD. The flange vent hole 346 is located at a position separated from both the pair of rim front end portions 344a in the axial direction AD. For example, the flange vent hole 346 is provided at an intermediate position of the rim 344 in the axial direction AD.

A plurality of flange vent holes 346 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In the shaft flange 342, flange vent holes 346 and spokes 343 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The flange vent holes 346 are provided between two spokes 343 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD. Two spokes 343 adjacent to each other via a flange vent hole 346 in the circumferential direction CD are each located at a position separated from the flange vent hole 346.

In fig. 68, the flange vent holes 346 allow venting in the radial direction RD in the interior space of the motor device 60. The flange vent holes 346 communicate a space radially inward of the rim 344 with a space radially outward of the rim 344. The heat of the stator 200 is easily released to the inside of the rim 344 through the flange vent holes 346 in the inner space of the coil protecting part 250. In addition, since air as a gas flows through the flange vent holes 346 in the radial direction RD, the stator 200 is easily cooled. Inside the motor housing 70, convection of air in the radial direction RD is easily generated through the flange vent holes 346.

< composition group Dc >

As shown in fig. 73 and 74, the rotor 300 has a bracket adjustment hole 326. The holder adjustment hole 326 is provided in the magnet holder 320. The holder adjustment hole 326 penetrates the magnet holder 320 in the axial direction AD, and penetrates the rotor 300 in the axial direction AD. The bracket adjustment hole 326 is provided radially inward of the magnet 310. For example, the bracket adjustment hole 326 is provided between the bracket fixing hole 325 and the magnet fixing member 335 in the radial direction RD. A plurality of bracket adjustment holes 326 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The bracket adjustment holes 326 are arranged, for example, in the same number as the magnet fixtures 335.

In the rotor 300, the center of gravity may be shifted from the motor axis Cm in the radial direction RD, or the like, without being balanced. In the rotor 300, a weight member is mounted on the magnet holder 320 to achieve balance. The weight member mounted to the rotor 300 is inserted into any one of the plurality of bracket adjustment holes 326 according to the balanced state of the rotor 300. The weight member is fitted into the bracket adjustment hole 326, and is fixed to the bracket adjustment hole 326. The balance of the rotor 300 includes a static balance in a state in which the rotor 300 is not rotated, a rotational balance in a state in which the rotor 300 is rotated, and the like. The bracket adjustment hole 326 corresponds to a balance adjustment hole.

Further, a part of the bracket adjustment hole 326 is blocked by the rim 344 in the axial direction AD. The weight member is inserted into the bracket adjustment hole 326 in the axial direction AD from the rotor second face 302 side. By blocking a part of the bracket adjustment hole 326 with the rim 344, the weight member is restricted from falling out of the bracket adjustment hole 326 toward the rotor first surface 301 side.

In fig. 73, the magnet holder 320 is in a state of partitioning the inner space of the motor case 70 in the axial direction AD in both the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300 b. For example, the magnet holder 320 of the first rotor 300a divides the internal space of the motor case 70 into a space on the rear frame 370 side and a space on the stator 200 side. The magnet holder 320 of the second rotor 300b divides the internal space of the motor case 70 into a space on the stator 200 side and a space on the drive frame 390 side.

The bracket adjustment hole 326 allows ventilation in the axial direction AD in the internal space of the motor device 60. The bracket adjustment hole 326 communicates two spaces partitioned in the axial direction AD by the magnet bracket 320. Therefore, the heat of the stator 200 is easily released in the axial direction AD through the bracket adjustment hole 326. In addition, since air flows through the bracket adjustment holes 326 in the axial direction AD, the stator 200 is easily cooled. Inside the motor housing 70, convection of air in the axial direction AD is easily generated through the bracket adjustment hole 326.

For example, the bracket adjustment hole 326 provided in the first rotor 300a communicates a space on the rear frame 370 side with the first rotor 300a and a space on the stator 200 side with the first rotor 300 a. Accordingly, the heat of the stator 200 is easily released to the rear frame 370 side through the bracket adjusting hole 326 provided in the first rotor 300 a. The bracket adjustment hole 326 provided in the second rotor 300b communicates between the space on the stator 200 side with respect to the second rotor 300b and the space on the driving frame 390 side with respect to the second rotor 300 b. Accordingly, the heat of the stator 200 is easily released to the driving frame 390 side through the bracket adjusting hole 326 provided in the second rotor 300 b.

< formation group Dd >

As shown in fig. 75, the rear frame 370 has a frame opening 373. The frame opening 373 penetrates the rear frame 370 in the axial direction AD. The frame opening 373 is an opening that opens the rear frame 370 in the axial direction AD. The frame opening 373 is provided radially outward of the busbar unit 260 in the radial direction RD. A plurality of frame openings 373 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

In the frame opening 373, the power lead-out wire 212 is inserted in the axial direction AD. The power outlet 212 is led out to the power bus 261 side through the frame opening 373. In the power outlet 212, a portion led out from the frame opening 373 is electrically connected to the power bus bar 261. At least one power outlet 212 is inserted into the frame opening 373.

In the motor device unit 50, the rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424 are partitioned into the inverter device 80 side and the motor device 60 side in the unit case 51. The rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424 extend in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD as a whole. The rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424 correspond to a case partitioning portion.

As shown in fig. 75 and 76, the temperature sensor 431 is provided in the motor 61, for example, in the coil unit 210. For example, a plurality of temperature sensors 431 are provided. The temperature sensor 431 is mounted to the neutral point bus 290. The neutral point bus 290 has a bus body 291 and a sensor support 292. The busbar body 291 forms a major portion of the neutral busbar 290. The bus bar body 291 is placed in a state of being bridged by the plurality of coil portions 215 in the neutral point unit 214. The sensor support 292 supports the temperature sensor 431. The sensor support 292 is, for example, a protrusion protruding from the busbar body 291. The temperature sensor 431 is fixed to the sensor support 292.

As shown in fig. 75, the motor device 60 has a signal terminal block 440. The signal terminal block 440 is provided on the inverter device 80 side of the rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424 in the axial direction AD. The signal terminal block 440 is mounted to at least one of the rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424. The signal terminal block 440 is aligned with the resolver connector 423 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD.

The motor device 60 has a signal wiring 426. The signal wiring 426 extends from the resolver connector 423. The signal wiring 426 is a conductive member such as an electric wire, and forms a signal line 425. The signal wiring 426 is electrically connected to the resolver 421 via the resolver connector 423.

The motor device 60 has a signal wiring 436. The signal wiring 436 extends from the temperature sensor 431. The signal wiring 436 is a conductive member such as an electric wire, and forms a signal line 435. The signal wiring 436 is electrically connected to the temperature sensor 431.

The signal terminal block 440 collects the signal wirings 426 and 436, and corresponds to a wiring collection portion. Signal wirings 426 and 436 are introduced into the signal terminal block 440. The signal terminal block 440 has a plurality of terminal portions and a housing accommodating the terminal portions. The signal wirings 426 and 436 led into the signal terminal block 440 are electrically connected to the terminal portions, respectively.

The resolver 421 is in a state where the signal wiring 426 is provided between the resolver connector 423 and the signal terminal block 440. The signal wiring 426 extends along the rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424 on the inverter device 80 side with respect to the rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424. The resolver 421 can detect the state of the motor device 60 by detecting the rotation angle of the motor 61. The analyzer 421 corresponds to a state detection unit, and the signal wiring 426 corresponds to a detection wiring.

The temperature sensor 431 is in a state where a signal wiring 436 is provided between the temperature sensor 431 and the signal terminal block 440. The signal wiring 436 penetrates the rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424 in the axial direction AD through the insertion frame opening 373. The temperature sensor 431 is capable of detecting the state of the motor device 60 by detecting the temperature of the motor 61. The temperature sensor 431 corresponds to a state detecting unit, and the signal wiring 436 corresponds to a detecting wiring.

Inverter wiring lines included in the plurality of inverter devices 80 are introduced into the signal terminal block 440. The plurality of inverter wirings include inverter wirings forming signal lines 425 and 435 together with signal wirings 426 and 436. The inverter wiring is electrically connected to the signal wirings 426 and 436 through terminal portions in the signal terminal block 440. The inverter wiring connected to the signal wirings 426 and 436 is electrically connected to the control device 54 in the inverter device 80, for example.

< composition group De >)

In fig. 77, a dust cover 380 covers all of the frame opening 373. The dust cover 380 is placed in the plurality of frame openings 373 in the circumferential direction CD. The dust cover 380 closes the frame opening 373 from the inverter device 80 side in the axial direction AD. The dust cover 380 restricts the passage of foreign matter through the frame opening 373 in the axial direction AD.

The dust cover 380 covers the power outlet 212 and the bus bar unit 260 from the inverter device 80 side. The dust cover 380 has electrical insulation, and suppresses degradation in insulation reliability between the power lead-out line 212 and the power bus 261 and the inverter device 80. The dust cover 380 is brought into a state between the busbar unit 260 and the busbar terminal 263 in the axial direction AD.

The signal wiring 436 extending from the temperature sensor 431 penetrates the dust cover 380 and is led out to the inverter device 80 side. The dust cover 380 has wiring holes 381. The wiring hole 381 penetrates the dust cover 380 in the axial direction AD. The signal wiring 436 passes through the dust cover 380 through the wiring hole 381. The wiring hole 381 has a size and shape to be blocked by the signal wiring 436. In a state where the signal wiring 436 passes through the wiring hole 381, a foreign matter does not easily pass through the wiring hole 381. The wiring hole 381 is provided in the dust cover 380 at a position closer to the outer periphery than the inner periphery. A plurality of wiring holes 381 are provided in the dust cover 380. A signal wiring 436 passes through a wiring hole 381.

The rear frame 370 and the resolver cover 424 correspond to a case partition, and the dust cover 380 corresponds to a partition. The frame opening 373 corresponds to a partition portion, and the power lead line 212 corresponds to a coil lead line. The signal wiring 436 may be led out to the inverter device 80 side through between the dust cover 380 and the rear frame 370.

< composition group Df >

As shown in fig. 78 and 79, the motor housing 70 has a coupling flange 74. The coupling flange 74 extends radially outward from the case body 71 and corresponds to a motor flange. A plurality of coupling flanges 74 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

The coupling flange 74 has a flange hole 74a. The flange hole 74a extends in the axial direction AD. The flange hole 74a penetrates the coupling flange 74 in the axial direction AD. The flange hole 74a is a hole for fixing the motor housing 70 to the inverter housing 90, and corresponds to a motor fixing hole. The flange hole 74a is provided only in the case body 71 and the coupling flange 74 out of the coupling flanges 74. The coupling flange 74 is coupled to a coupling flange 94 provided in the inverter case 90 by screwing the case fixture 52 into the flange hole 74a. The inverter case 90 is a fixing object for fixing the motor case 70, and corresponds to a case fixing object. The attachment flange 74 is sometimes referred to as an ear.

As described above, in the motor case 70, the flange hole 74a is provided only in the coupling flange 74 out of the case main body 71 and the coupling flange 74. Therefore, the rigidity of the case main body 71 is not lowered by the flange hole 74a. In the motor housing 70, alternately arranged in the circumferential direction CD: the case body 71 is provided with a flange portion of the coupling flange 74 and a non-flange portion of the case body 71 where the coupling flange 74 is not provided. Even if the flange hole 74a is formed in the coupling flange 74, the thickness dimension of the flange portion in the radial direction RD is larger than the thickness dimension of the non-flange portion. The rigidity of the flange portion is increased by an amount corresponding to the thickness dimension of the connecting flange 74 as compared with the rigidity of the non-flange portion.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, a hole for fixing the case fixing member 52 is provided in the case main body 71. In this configuration, since the hole for the case fixing member 52 is formed, the case main body 71 becomes thin accordingly. Therefore, there is a concern that the rigidity of the case main body 71 is lowered due to the hole for the case fixing piece 52.

As shown in fig. 78 and 80, the motor housing 70 has a fixing flange 178. The fixing flange 178 is provided on the outer peripheral surface 70a in the motor housing 70. The fixing flange 178 protrudes radially outward from the housing main body 71, and corresponds to a motor flange. A plurality of fixing flanges 178 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

The fixing flange 178 has a flange hole 178a. The flange hole 178a extends in the axial direction AD. The flange hole 178a penetrates the fixing flange 178 in the axial direction AD. The flange hole 178a is a hole for fixing the motor housing 70 to the drive frame 390, and corresponds to a motor fixing hole. The flange hole 178a is provided only to the case main body 71 and the fixing flange 178 among the fixing flanges 178. The fixing flange 178 is fixed to the driving frame 390 by screwing the frame fixing member 405 into the flange hole 178a. The drive frame 390 is a fixation target for fixing the motor housing 70, and corresponds to a housing fixation target. The securing flanges 178 are sometimes referred to as ears. In fig. 80, the driving frame 390 is not illustrated.

As described above, in the motor case 70, the flange hole 178a is provided only in the fixing flange 178 out of the case main body 71 and the fixing flange 178. Therefore, the rigidity of the case main body 71 is not lowered by the flange hole 178a. In the motor housing 70, alternately arranged in the circumferential direction CD: the case body 71 is provided with a flange portion where the fixing flange 178 is provided, and a non-flange portion where the fixing flange 178 is not provided in the case body 71. Even if the flange hole 178a is formed in the fixing flange 178, the thickness dimension of the flange portion in the radial direction RD is larger than the thickness dimension of the non-flange portion. The rigidity of the flange portion is increased by an amount corresponding to the thickness dimension of the fixing flange 178 as compared to the rigidity of the non-flange portion.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, a hole for fixing the frame mount 405 is provided in the case body 71. In this configuration, since the hole for the frame fixing member 405 is formed, the case main body 71 becomes thin accordingly. Therefore, there is a concern that the rigidity of the case main body 71 is lowered due to the hole for the frame fixing 405.

< composition group Dg >)

As shown in fig. 81, 82, and 83, the drive frame 390 covers the motor 61 in the axial direction AD from the opposite side to the inverter device 80. The drive frame 390 is in a state of closing the opening of the motor case 70 from the second rotor 300b side. The motor housing 70 corresponds to a motor housing, and the drive frame 390 corresponds to a motor housing.

The driving frame 390 has a frame body 391 and a fixing flange 392. The frame main body 391 is formed in a plate shape as a whole, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The frame main body 391 is in a state of closing the opening of the motor case 70. The outer peripheral edge of the frame main body 391 extends in the circumferential direction CD along an outer peripheral surface 70a provided in the motor housing 70.

The fixing flange 392 extends radially outward from the frame main body 391. A plurality of fixing flanges 392 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. For example, eight fixing flanges 392 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The fixing flange 392 is located in a position juxtaposed in the axial direction AD with the fixing flange 178 provided in the motor housing 70.

The fixing flange 392 has a first fixing hole 392a and a second fixing hole 392b. The first fixing hole 392a and the second fixing hole 392b extend in the axial direction AD. The first fixing hole 392a and the second fixing hole 392b penetrate the fixing flange 392 in the axial direction AD. The first and second fixing holes 392a and 392b are provided only to the fixing flange 392 among the frame main body 391 and the fixing flange 392. The fixing flange 392 has a first fixing hole 392a and a second fixing hole 392b arranged in the radial direction RD. The first fixing hole 392a is disposed radially inward of the second fixing hole 392b. The first fixing hole 392a is located at a position separated radially inward from the second fixing hole 392b.

The first fixing hole 392a is a hole for fixing the driving frame 390 to the motor housing 70. The fixing flange 392 is fixed to the fixing flange 178 of the motor housing 70 by screwing the frame fixing member 405 into the first fixing hole 392 a. The securing flange 392 is sometimes referred to as an ear.

The second fixing hole 392b is a hole for fixing the driving frame 390 to the speed reducer 53. The fixing flange 392 is fixed to the speed reducer 53 by screwing the speed reducer fixing 53a into the second fixing hole 392b. The speed reducer 53 is a fixed object to which the drive frame 390 is fixed, and corresponds to a cover fixed object.

As described above, in the driving frame 390, the first fixing hole 392a and the second fixing hole 392b are provided only in the fixing flange 392 among the frame main body 391 and the fixing flange 392. Therefore, the rigidity of the frame main body 391 is not lowered by the first fixing hole 392a and the second fixing hole 392b.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, a hole for fixing the frame fixing member 405 and the speed reducer fixing member 53a is provided in the frame main body 391. In this configuration, holes for the frame mount 405 and the speed reducer mount 53a are formed, and accordingly there is a concern that the rigidity of the frame main body 391 may be lowered.

The drive frame 390 has an outer peripheral frame portion 393 and an outer peripheral flange 394. The outer peripheral frame portion 393 is erected on two fixing flanges 392 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD, and connects these fixing flanges 392. The outer peripheral frame portion 393 extends along the outer periphery of the frame body 391 in the circumferential direction CD. A plurality of outer peripheral frame portions 393 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The outer peripheral frame portion 393 is located at a position separated radially outward from the frame main body 391. The outer peripheral frame portion 393 is located at a position separated radially inward from the front end portion of the fixing flange 392. The outer peripheral frame portion 393 extends in the circumferential direction CD from a portion between the first fixing hole 392a and the second fixing hole 392b in the fixing flange 392.

In the driving frame 390, the fixing flange 392 is reinforced by the outer peripheral frame portion 393. Therefore, even if the rigidity of the fixing flange 392 is reduced by forming the first fixing hole 392a and the second fixing hole 392b, the rigidity of the fixing flange 392 is compensated by the outer peripheral frame 393.

The outer peripheral flange 394 extends radially outward from the outer peripheral frame portion 393. The outer peripheral flange 394 is located at a position separated from the fixing flange 392 in the circumferential direction CD. A plurality of peripheral flanges 394 are arrayed in the circumferential direction CD. The peripheral flange 394 is fixed to the unit pipe 100 (see fig. 2). Holes for fixing the unit pipes 100 are provided in the outer peripheral flange 394. The peripheral flange 394 fixes the unit pipe 100 by screwing a fixing member such as a bolt into the hole.

< formation group E >)

In fig. 51, 52, 84, and 86, the power outlet 212 is connected to the power bus 261 so as to be capable of conducting electricity. Power outlet 212 is connected to power bus 261 via bus outlet 265. Bus bar outlet 265 is led out from power bus bar 261. Bus bar outlet 265 is a conductive member such as a wire for flowing a current, and is electrically connected to power bus bar 261. Bus bar outlet 265 extends radially outward from power bus bar 261. A plurality of bus bar outlets 265 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. Bus bar outlets 265 are connected to a plurality of power bus bars 261, respectively. Bus bar outlets 265 are connected to power bus bar 261 for each of a plurality of phases. Bus bar outlet 265 is located on the opposite side of first rotor 300a in the axial direction AD via rear frame 370.

The power bus 261 and the bus bar outlet 265 are provided on the opposite side of the coil 211 in the axial direction AD via the first rotor 300 a. The power bus bar 261 and the bus bar outlet 265 are located at positions separated from the first rotor 300a toward the rear frame 370 side in the axial direction AD. The power bus 261 corresponds to a connection object.

As shown in fig. 84, 86, and 87, the power outlet 212 includes an outer peripheral lead portion 212a, an inner peripheral lead portion 212b, a cross lead portion 212c, an outer Zhou Shequ portion 12d, and an inner peripheral bent portion 12e. In fig. 87, the rotors 300a and 300b, the coil protection unit 250, and the like are not shown. In the motor case 70, the outer peripheral surface 70a may be referred to as a motor outer peripheral surface 70a, and the inner peripheral surface 70b may be referred to as a motor inner peripheral surface 70b.

The outer periphery lead 212a is a portion of the power lead 212 provided on the outer periphery side of the coil 211 and the first rotor 300 a. The outer peripheral lead portion 212a extends along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the axial direction AD. The outer peripheral lead portion 212a extends straight in the axial direction AD, for example. The outer periphery lead portion 212a has a portion passing between the coil 211 and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b, and a portion passing between the first rotor 300a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The outer periphery lead 212a extends to the power bus 261 side with respect to the coil 211 in the axial direction AD. The outer peripheral lead portion 212a is located at a position separated radially outward from the first rotor 300 a. The outer peripheral lead portion 212a may or may not extend to the power bus bar 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the first rotor 300 a.

The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is a portion of the power lead line 212 that is disposed radially inward of the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b extends in the axial direction AD as the outer peripheral lead portion 212a does. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b extends straight in the axial direction AD, for example. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position parallel to the first rotor 300a in the axial direction AD. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position separated from the first rotor 300a toward the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is connected to the bus bar outlet 265 so as to be able to be energized. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b extends to the first rotor 300a side in the axial direction AD as compared with the bus bar lead 265.

The cross lead portion 212c is a portion of the power lead 212 extending in a direction inclined with respect to the axial direction AD. The cross lead portion 212c extends in a direction crossing the outer circumference lead portion 212a and the inner circumference lead portion 212 b. The cross lead portion 212c extends straight, for example, in a direction crossing the axial direction AD. The cross lead portion 212c extends perpendicularly to the circumferential direction CD, and extends in the axial direction AD and the radial direction RD. In the cross lead portion 212c, an end portion on the inner circumference lead portion 212b side is located closer to the power bus bar 261 than an end portion on the outer circumference lead portion 212a side in the axial direction AD.

The outer Zhou Shequ portion 12d is a portion of the power outlet 212 located between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the cross lead portion 212 c. The outer Zhou Shequ portions 12d connect the outer circumferential lead portions 212a and the cross lead portions 212c in a bent state. The outer Zhou Shequ parts 12d are bent, e.g., folded, to protrude radially outward. The outer Zhou Shequ portions 12d are bent so as to connect the outer peripheral lead portion 212a to the cross lead portion 212 c. The outer Zhou Shequ portions 12d are sometimes referred to as outer peripheral bent portions. The outer portion Zhou Shequ d can be bent only by bending without bending, and can be bent, for example.

The inner peripheral bent portion 12e is a portion of the power lead-out wire 212 located between the cross lead-out portion 212c and the inner peripheral lead-out portion 212 b. The inner peripheral bent portion 12e is located at a position separated from the outer peripheral bent portion 12d toward the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD. The inner peripheral bent portion 12e connects the cross lead portion 212c and the inner peripheral lead portion 212b in a bent state. The inner peripheral bent portion 12e is bent to protrude radially inward, for example, bent. The inner peripheral bent portion 12e is bent to connect the cross lead portion 212c and the inner peripheral lead portion 212 b. The inner peripheral bent portion 12e is sometimes referred to as an inner peripheral bent portion. The inner portion Zhou Shequ e can be bent only by bending without bending, and can be bent, for example.

Grommet 255 is formed of an insulating material and has electrical insulation. In other words, grommet 255 is formed of a non-conductive material having non-conductivity. As the insulating material, there are a resin material, a rubber material, and the like. The grommet 255 is formed of, for example, a material mainly containing a synthetic resin.

As shown in fig. 84, 85, 86, grommet 255 has grommet main body 256, inner grommet portion 257, and outer grommet portion 258. The grommet main body 256, the inner grommet portion 257, and the outer grommet portion 258 are arranged in the axial direction AD. The grommet main body 256 protects the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a in a covering manner. The grommet main body 256 extends in the axial direction AD so as to surround the periphery of the outer periphery lead portion 212a. The grommet main body 256 has a portion that enters between the motor inner peripheral surface 70b and the coil 211 in the radial direction RD.

The inner grommet portion 257 extends along the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a in the axial direction AD. The inner grommet portion 257 extends and protrudes from the grommet main body 256 toward the cross lead-out portion 212 c. The inner grommet portion 257 protects the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a from the radially inner side in a covering manner. The inner grommet portion 257 has a portion that enters between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the first rotor 300a in the radial direction RD. The inner grommet 257 does not extend to the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the first rotor 300 a. The inner grommet portion 257 corresponds to an inner protection portion.

The outer grommet portion 258 extends along the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a in the axial direction AD. An outer grommet portion 258 extends from the grommet body 256 toward the cross lead-out portion 212 c. The outer grommet portion 258 protects the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a from the radially outer side in a covering manner. The outer grommet 258 has a portion that enters between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the radial direction RD. The outer grommet 258 is overlapped with the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The outer grommet 258 corresponds to an outer insulation portion and an outer protection portion.

The outer grommet 258 extends in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side as compared with the inner grommet 257. As shown in fig. 84 and 87, the outer grommet 258 extends in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side from the outer peripheral lead portion 212a. The outer grommet 258 is provided to be erected on the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the cross lead-out portion 212c in the axial direction AD. The outer grommet 258 extends in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side from the outer Zhou Shequ 212 d. On the other hand, the outer grommet 258 does not reach the inner peripheral lead portion 212b in the axial direction AD. That is, the outer grommet 258 is located at a position separated from the inner peripheral lead portion 212b toward the coil 211 side in the axial direction AD. The outer grommet 258 may reach the inner Zhou Shequ portion 212e or may not reach the inner circumferential fold in the axial direction AD.

The grommet 255 is sandwiched between the inner grommet portion 257 and the outer grommet portion 258 in the radial direction RD, so that the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is sandwiched therebetween. In the present embodiment, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a enters the inner grommet portion 257 from the radially outer side. Therefore, the inner grommet portion 257 has a portion extending radially outward from a portion between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the first rotor 300a, in addition to the portion. The outer peripheral lead portion 212a may enter the inside of the outer grommet 258 from the radially inner side.

In fig. 85, the power outlet 212 is shown in an unbent state. In fig. 87, the grommet main body 256 and the inner grommet portion 257 of the grommet 255 are not shown.

As shown in fig. 84 and 86, the outer periphery lead-out portion 212a extends in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side as compared with the inner grommet portion 257. The outer periphery lead 212a extends in the axial direction AD toward the drive frame 390 side than the grommet 255. That is, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a extends in the axial direction AD toward the opposite side of the outer grommet portion 258 from the power bus bar 261. In the axial direction AD, the length of the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is greater than the length of the outer grommet 258.

As shown in fig. 88, in the grommet 255, the outer grommet portion 258 extends from the inner grommet portion 257 toward both sides of the circumferential direction CD. In the circumferential direction CD, the width dimension Wa1 of the outer grommet portion 258 is larger than the width dimension Wa2 of the inner grommet portion 257. Further, the outer grommet portion 258 extends toward both sides of the circumferential direction CD than the outer circumference drawing portion 212 a. In the circumferential direction CD, the width dimension Wa1 of the outer grommet portion 258 is larger than the width dimension Wa3 of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212 a. The width Wa3 is a dimension indicating the thickness of the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. Like the outer grommet portion 258, the inner grommet portion 257 extends toward both sides of the circumferential direction CD than the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212 a. In the circumferential direction CD, the width dimension Wa2 of the inner grommet portion 257 is larger than the width dimension Wa3 of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212 a.

As shown in fig. 84 and 86, grommet 255 has grommet holes 450. Grommet holes 450 pass through grommet 255 in the axial direction AD. Grommet holes 450 extend through the grommet body 256 in the axial direction AD. The grommet 450 extends in the axial direction AD along the boundary portion between the inner grommet portion 257 and the outer grommet portion 258. Grommet 450 is formed from an inner grommet portion 257 and an outer grommet portion 258. The outer periphery lead 212a is inserted into the grommet hole 450, and penetrates the grommet 255 in the axial direction AD.

The grommet hole 450 penetrates both the embedded portion 255a and the exposed portion 255b of the grommet 255 in the axial direction AD. The outer periphery lead portion 212a is inserted into the grommet 450, and penetrates both the embedded portion 255a and the exposed portion 255b in the axial direction AD. In the grommet 255, at least a part of the grommet main body 256 is included in the embedded portion 255a. The inner grommet portion 257 and the outer grommet portion 258 may be included in the embedded portion 255a or may not be included in the embedded portion. At least a part of the inner grommet portion 257 and at least a part of the outer grommet portion 258 are included in the exposed portion 255b. Grommet main body 256 may be included in exposed portion 255b or may not be included in the exposed portion.

The grommet 255 is fixed to the motor case 70 by the coil protection portion 250 embedded in the embedded portion 255a. In the grommet 255, the grommet main body 256 and the outer grommet portion 258 are fixed to the motor inner peripheral surface 70b.

Next, a method of manufacturing the coil protection portion 250 in the manufacturing method of the motor device 60 will be described. In the manufacturing process of the coil protection portion 250, a worker prepares the coil unit 210, the motor case 70, and the grommet 255 as a preparation process.

After the preparation step, the worker performs a die step of attaching the coil unit 210, the motor case 70, and the grommet 255 to the die. In the metal mold step, the worker attaches grommet 255 to coil unit 210. The worker inserts the power lead wire 212 into the grommet hole 450 to attach the grommet 255 to the outer peripheral lead portion 212a. For example, as shown in fig. 85, the worker may insert the power outlet 212 into the grommet 450 without bending the power outlet 212. In addition, a worker sets the coil unit 210 inside the motor housing 70. The worker may set the coil unit 210 with the grommet 255 inside the motor housing 70. Then, the worker places the coil unit 210, the motor case 70, and the grommet 255 in a mold for molding.

After the metal mold process, the worker performs the molding process. In the molding step, the worker injects molten resin or the like into the motor case 70 to mold the coil protection portion 250 by injection molding. The motor case 70 and the inside of the mold are filled with molten resin so as to seal the coil 211. Grommet 255 limits leakage of molten resin from around power outlet 212. The grommet 255 maintains a state in which the molten resin seals the coil 211. In the grommet 255, at least the grommet main body 256 is immersed in the molten resin. In the grommet 255, even if the molten resin enters the grommet 450 in the grommet main body 256, the molten resin does not enter the grommet 450 in the inner grommet portion 257 and the outer grommet portion 258.

The coil protection portion 250 is formed by solidifying the molten resin. The coil protection part 250 is in a state of sealing the coil 211, and corresponds to a sealing resin part. At least the grommet body 256 is embedded in the coil protection portion 250 in the grommet 255. The grommet 255 is a member for holding the state where the coil 211 is sealed with the molten resin, and corresponds to a seal holding portion. The outer grommet portion 258 is included in the seal retaining portion.

< formation group F >)

As shown in fig. 89, the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b have bracket ribs 323. The bracket rib 323 is included in the magnet bracket 320. The bracket rib 323 extends from the bracket body 321 in the axial direction AD. The bracket rib 323 protrudes from the bracket body 321 toward the opposite side to the stator 200 in the axial direction AD. In the first rotor 300a, the bracket rib 323 protrudes toward the power bus 261 side. In the second rotor 300b, the bracket rib 323 protrudes toward the driving frame 390 side.

In the magnet holder 320, a holder body 321 and a holder rib 323 are integrally formed. For example, the holder body 321 and the holder rib 323 are integrally formed by a material forming the magnet holder 320. The magnet holder 320 is a nonmagnetic member and is formed of a nonmagnetic material. As the nonmagnetic material forming the magnet holder 320, there are aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, and the like. CFRP is a carbon fiber reinforced plastic.

In fig. 90 and 91, a holder body 321 forms a holder inner peripheral end 320a and a holder outer peripheral end 320b of the magnet holder 320. The inner peripheral end and the outer peripheral end of the holder body 321 each extend in a ring shape in the circumferential direction CD. The inner peripheral end of the holder body 321 is a holder inner peripheral end 320a, and the outer peripheral end of the holder body 321 is a holder outer peripheral end 320b. The bracket body 321 extends in a plate shape along the stator 200 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The bracket body 321 corresponds to a rotor plate portion, and the bracket rib 323 corresponds to a rotor rib. The bracket inner peripheral end 320a corresponds to the inner peripheral end of the rotor plate portion, and the bracket outer peripheral end 320b corresponds to the outer peripheral end of the rotor plate portion.

The bracket body 321 has a body outer plate surface 321a. The main body outer panel 321a is a panel surface on the power bus 261 side of a pair of panel surfaces provided in the bracket main body 321. The main body outer plate surface 321a extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The bracket rib 323 is provided on the main body outer plate surface 321a. The bracket body 321 is provided with a magnet 310 on the opposite plate surface side to the body outer plate surface 321a.

The holder rib 323 extends along the holder body 321 in the radial direction RD. The holder rib 323 extends from the holder outer circumferential end 320b toward the radially inner side. The bracket rib 323 is a portion of the rotor 300 extending in an elongated shape in the radial direction RD. The holder rib 323 extends in the radial direction RD so as to bridge between the holder outer circumferential end 320b and the holder inner circumferential end 320 a. The holder rib 323 extends from the holder inner circumferential end 320a toward the radially outer side. The bracket rib 323 is provided on the rotor second surface 302, but is not provided on the rotor first surface 301.

A plurality of bracket ribs 323 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The plurality of bracket ribs 323 extend radially about the motor axis Cm. A protruding portion protruding radially inward is provided at an inner peripheral end of the holder body 321. A plurality of the protruding portions are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The plurality of holder ribs 323 include holder ribs 323 located at positions juxtaposed with the protruding portion in the radial direction RD.

The bracket rib 323 has a rib inner peripheral end 323a and a rib outer peripheral end 323b. The rib inner peripheral end 323a is a radially inner end of a pair of ends of the bracket rib 323, and the rib outer peripheral end 323b is a radially outer end. The rib inner peripheral end 323a is located at a position juxtaposed with the bracket inner peripheral end 320a in the axial direction AD. The rib outer peripheral end 323b is located at a position juxtaposed with the bracket outer peripheral end 320b in the axial direction AD.

The bracket rib 323 has a rib parallel portion 323c and a rib tapered portion 323d. The rib parallel portion 323c and the rib tapered portion 323d are included in the distal end portion of the bracket rib 323. In the holder rib 323, an end portion on the opposite side from the holder body 321 out of a pair of end portions aligned in the axial direction AD is a tip end portion. The distal end portion of the holder rib 323 is, for example, a distal end surface. The rib parallel portion 323c extends radially outward from the rib inner peripheral end 323 a. The rib parallel portion 323c extends parallel to the main body outer plate surface 321a. The rib parallel portion 323c is a flat surface, for example, a surface extending in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD.

The rib tapered portion 323d extends from the rib outer peripheral end 323b toward the radial inner side. The rib tapered portion 323d is inclined with respect to the main body outer plate surface 321a so as to face radially outward. The rib tapered portion 323d gradually moves away from the main body outer plate surface 321a from the rib outer peripheral end 323b toward the radially inner side. The rib tapered portion 323d is an inclined surface extending in a direction inclined with respect to the holder body 321. The rib tapered portion 323d is tapered so as to extend straight in a direction inclined with respect to the main body outer plate surface 321a, and is sometimes referred to as a tapered surface. The rib tapered portion 323d corresponds to a rib inclined portion.

The rib tapered portion 323d extends radially outward from the rib parallel portion 323 c. The rib tapered portion 323d is erected between the rib parallel portion 323c and the rib outer peripheral end 323 b. The rib tapered portion 323d is longer than the rib parallel portion 323c in the radial direction RD. The boundary portion between the rib tapered portion 323d and the rib parallel portion 323c is located closer to the rib inner peripheral end 323a than the rib outer peripheral end 323 b.

The width dimension of the circumferential direction CD of the holder rib 323 gradually decreases toward the radially outer side. In the holder rib 323, the width dimension of the rib outer peripheral end 323b is smaller than the width dimension of the rib inner peripheral end 323 a. Of the bracket ribs 323, the rib inner peripheral end 323a has the largest width dimension and the rib outer peripheral end 323b has the smallest width dimension.

The holder rib 323 is provided at a position overlapping the magnet 310 in the axial direction AD. The bracket rib 323 extends radially outward from the magnet 310. The rib outer circumferential ends 323b are located at positions separated radially outward from the magnets 310. The rib inner peripheral end 323a is located at a position separated radially inward from the magnet 310. The boundary between the rib parallel portion 323c and the rib tapered portion 323d is located radially inward of the magnet 310.

As shown in fig. 89 and 92, the rear frame 370 extends in a plate shape in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD, and is provided between the first rotor 300a and the power bus 261. The rear frame 370 is formed of aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, or the like. The frame opening 373 is provided in the rear frame 370 so as to penetrate the rear frame 370 in the axial direction AD. The power lead 212 is inserted into the frame opening 373, and is led out to the power bus 261 side through the frame opening 373. Power outlet 212 is electrically connected to power bus 261 via bus outlet 265. The rear frame 370 corresponds to the intermediate plate portion, and the frame opening 373 corresponds to the extraction insertion hole.

Bus bar outlet 265 is led out from bus bar unit 260. Bus bar outlet 265 is electrically connected to power bus bar 261 and power outlet 212, respectively. The portion connecting bus bar outlet 265 and power bus bar 261 is protected by bus bar protection unit 270. The lead connection portion 266 connecting the bus bar outlet 265 and the power outlet 212 is provided outside the bus bar protection portion 270. The lead connection portion 266 is located at a position separated from the frame opening 373 toward the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD. The lead connection portion 266 is located at a position parallel to the frame opening 373 in the axial direction AD. Bus bar outlet 265 corresponds to a connection outlet, and outlet connection 266 corresponds to a connection section.

The bus bar unit 260 is fixed to the rear frame 370. In the rear frame 370, the bus bar protection 270 is fixed to the rear frame 370. The bus bar protection portion 270 is supported by a bus bar support portion 371 provided in the rear frame 370. The bus bar protection portion 270 is formed of a material having electrical insulation. As a material for forming the bus bar protection portion 270, there are resin, CFRP, and the like. The rear frame 370 is fixed to the motor housing 70. The motor housing 70 is formed of aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, or the like.

As shown in fig. 89 and 93, a part of the power outlet 212 is located in a position parallel to the bracket rib 323 in the axial direction AD. The power outlet 212 has a side-by-side outlet portion located at a position side-by-side with the bracket rib 323 in the axial direction AD. The side-by-side lead portion includes an inner peripheral lead portion 212b, a cross lead portion 212c, and an inner peripheral bent portion 212e. The side-by-side lead-out portion is located on the opposite side of the stator 200 in the axial direction AD via the first rotor 300 a. The side-by-side lead portion is provided on the opposite side of the holder body 321 via the holder rib 323 provided in the first rotor 300 a.

In the power lead wire 212, the inner peripheral lead portion 212b is inserted into the frame opening 373. In the lead connection portion 266, the inner peripheral lead portion 212b is connected to the bus bar lead 265. In fig. 93 and 94, the first rotor 300a and the like are not shown.

In the motor device 60, when the rotor 300 rotates, the flow of air is generated as an air flow by the bracket ribs 323. The bracket rib 323 rotates with the bracket body 321 centering on the motor axis Cm as the rotor 300 rotates. The holder rib 323 conveys air toward the power outlet 212 and the like by rotating together with the holder body 321. The air flow generated by the bracket ribs 323 serves as cooling air to cool the power outlet 212 and the like. The cooling air generated by the bracket rib 323 is blown to, for example, a portion of the power outlet 212 exposed from the coil protection portion 250 and the grommet 255. The cooling air blows to the portions of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a exposed from the grommet 255, the lead-out portions 212b and 212c, and the bent portions 212d and 212e.

For example, as shown in fig. 5, the cooling air generated by the bracket rib 323 provided in the first rotor 300a includes an air flow Fa1 flowing out from the frame opening 373. The air flow Fa1 flows radially outward from the bracket rib 323 toward the power outlet 212, cools the power outlet 212, and reaches the frame opening 373. Then, the air flow Fa1 flows in the axial direction AD and passes through the frame opening 373, thereby cooling the lead connection 266, the power bus 261, and the like.

As shown in fig. 6, the air flow generated in the bracket rib 323 provided in the first rotor 300a includes an air flow Fa2 flowing in a circulating manner. The air flow Fa2 flows radially outward toward the power lead-out wire 212 so as to follow the bracket rib 323, cools the power lead-out wire 212, and reaches the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. Thereafter, the air flow Fa2 cools the power outlet 212 and flows toward the radially inner side in such a manner as to follow the rear frame 370. The air flow Fa2 cools the bus bar unit 260 via the rear frame 370 by flowing along the rear frame 370. In the bus bar unit 260, the power bus bar 261 is cooled indirectly by the air flow Fa2 via the rear frame 370 and the bus bar protection 270.

The air flows Fa1 and Fa2 flowing along the bracket rib 323 in the radial direction RD can cool the magnet 310 via the bracket body 321. The air flow flowing into the stator 200 side across the first rotor 300a can cool the coil protection portion 250 and the coil 211.

< formation group G >)

As shown in fig. 95 and 96, the motor device 60 has an axial gap 475. The axial gap 475 is a gap between the stator 200 and the rotor 300, and corresponds to an axial gap. The axial gap 475 extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The axial gap 475 extends in the circumferential direction CD in the same manner as the stator 200 and the rotor 300. An axial gap 475 is at least between the coil 211 and the magnet 310. The axial gap 475 extends in the radial direction RD as compared to the coil 211 and the magnet 310. The axial gap 475 extends radially inward and radially outward of at least one of the coil 211 and the magnet 310.

The axial gap 475 is a gap between the stator face 201 and the rotor first face 301. The stator surface 201 is an end surface of the stator 200, and is aligned in a pair in the axial direction AD. One of the pair of stator surfaces 201 faces the first rotor 300a, and the other faces the second rotor 300 b. The stator face 201 is included on the outer surface of the stator 200. The stator surface 201 extends in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction AD, and extends in a ring shape in the circumferential direction CD. The stator surface 201 is formed by at least one of the core unit 230 and the coil protection portion 250.

In the axial gap 475, the larger the gap area, the easier the magnetic field increases. The clearance area is a cross-sectional area of the axial clearance 475 in a direction orthogonal to the motor axis Cm. For example, when the axial gap 475 is expanded to the radial outside by a predetermined size, the gap area is increased more than when it is expanded to the radial inside by the same predetermined size.

As described in the above-described constituent group Bb, in the rotor 300, the magnet unit 316 is fixed to the magnet holder 320 by the fixing block 330. The fixing block 330 holds the magnet unit 316 so as to hold the magnet unit together with the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. The fixing block 330 and the outer periphery engaging portion 322 hold the magnet unit 316 such that the magnet unit 316 does not come off from the magnet holder 320.

As shown in fig. 96, 97, and 99, the bracket body 321 has a body inner plate surface 321b. The body inner plate surface 321b is a plate surface on the opposite side of the body outer plate surface 321a from among a pair of plate surfaces provided in the bracket body 321. The main body inner plate surface 321b extends toward the axial gap 475 side and, together with the axial gap 475, in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD.

In the magnet unit 316, the unit outer peripheral end 316b is brought into a state between the main body inner plate surface 321b and the engagement tapered surface 322 a. The outer circumferential engagement portion 322 and the engagement tapered surface 322a extend in the circumferential direction CD along the holder outer circumferential end 320b in a ring shape. The engagement tapered surface 322a is inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm toward the opposite side of the axial gap 475. The engagement tapered surface 322a is caught by the outer circumferential tapered surface 316 e. The outer peripheral engaging portion 322 supports the magnet unit 316 in a state of being caught by the unit outer peripheral end 316b, and corresponds to an outer peripheral supporting portion.

The magnet holder 320 has a holder receiving portion 328. The bracket receiving portion 328 is a portion of the magnet bracket 320 that receives the fixing block 330. The bracket receiving portion 328 is located radially inward of the fixed block 330. The bracket receiving portion 328 is provided at a position away from the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 toward the radially inner side via the magnet unit 316 and the fixing block 330. The bracket receiving portion 328 is a protruding portion provided on the main body inner plate surface 321b, similar to the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. The bracket receiving portion 328 extends in the axial direction AD from the bracket body 321 toward the axial gap 475. The bracket receiving portion 328 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the bracket inner peripheral end 320a in a ring shape.

The bracket receiving portion 328 has a bracket receiving surface 328a. The bracket receiving surface 328a is an inclined surface inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm. The bracket receiving surface 328a faces radially outward and is inclined toward the axial gap 475 side with respect to the motor axis Cm. The bracket bearing surface 328a extends in the circumferential direction CD along the bracket inner peripheral end 320a in a ring shape. The bracket receiving surface 328a is annular.

The fixing block 330 fixes the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320, and corresponds to a fixing member. The fixing block 330 is a non-magnetic member and is formed of a non-magnetic material. As the nonmagnetic material forming the fixing block 330, there are aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, and the like.

The fixing blocks 330 are independently provided for the plurality of magnet units 316. For example, a fixing block 330 fixes a magnet unit 316. That is, the fixing block 330 and the magnet unit 316 are provided one-to-one. The plurality of fixing blocks 330 include a fixing block 330 for fixing the tilt magnet unit 317 and a fixing block 330 for fixing the parallel magnet unit 318. The inclination fixing block 330 is different from the parallel fixing block 330 in at least one of shape and size. For example, in the circumferential direction CD, the width dimension of the fixing block 330 for tilting is larger than the width dimension of the fixing block 330 for parallel. The shape and size of the fixing block 330 for tilting may be the same as those of the fixing block 330 for parallel.

As shown in fig. 96 and 100, the fixed block 330 has a block receiving surface 330b and a block facing surface 330c in addition to the block tapered surface 330 a. The block tapered surface 330a, the block receiving surface 330b, and the block facing surface 330c are included on the outer surface of the fixed block 330.

The block receiving surface 330b is an inclined surface inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm. The block receiving surface 330b faces radially inward and is inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm toward the opposite side from the axial gap 475. The block receiving surface 330b is overlapped with the bracket receiving surface 328 a. The block receiving surface 330b is deflected so as to be recessed radially outward. The block receiving surface 330b is formed as a flexible surface so as to be easily overlapped with the annular bracket receiving surface 328 a. The block bearing surface 330b corresponds to the stationary phase opposite surface.

A pair of block facing surfaces 330c are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The pair of block facing surfaces 330c are provided on the block tapered surface 330a and the block receiving surface 330b. The pair of block facing surfaces 330c extend parallel to each other.

As shown in fig. 97, a plurality of fixing blocks 330 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The plurality of fixing blocks 330 are arranged in a row along the circumferential direction CD. The columns of the fixing blocks 330 as a whole extend in a ring shape in the circumferential direction CD. There is a gap between two adjacent fixing blocks 330 in the circumferential direction CD. In these fixed blocks 330, the respective block facing surfaces 330c are inclined to each other to form slits. The fixed block 330 corresponds to a dividing member.

As shown in fig. 96 and 100, the fixed block 330 has an inner block end surface 331 and an outer block end surface 332. The inner block end surface 331 and the outer block end surface 332 are included in the outer surface of the fixed block 330 together with the block tapered surface 330a and the like. The inner block end surface 331 and the outer block end surface 332 extend in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The block inner end surface 331 is provided on the inner side of the magnet holder 320, facing the opposite side of the axial gap 475. The block outer end surface 332 is disposed outside the magnet holder 320 and faces the axial gap 475. The block outer end surface 332 opposes the stator surface 201 via an axial gap 475. The block tapered surface 330a, the block receiving surface 330b, and the block facing surface 330c are provided on the block inner end surface 331 and the block outer end surface 332.

The fixed block 330 has a block hole 333. The block hole 333 penetrates the fixed block 330 in the axial direction AD. The block hole 333 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the block inner end surface 331 and the block outer end surface 332. The block hole 333 is a screw hole screwed into the magnet holder 335. The block hole 333 has an internal thread. The female screw is provided on the inner circumferential surface of the block hole 333.

The magnet holder 320 has a block hole 329. The block hole 329 penetrates the holder body 321 in the axial direction AD. The block hole 329 is provided between the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 and the bracket receiving portion 328 in the radial direction RD. A plurality of block holes 329 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The block hole 329 is juxtaposed with the block hole 333 in the axial direction AD and communicates with the block hole 333.

The magnet fixture 335 screw-fixes the fixing block 330 to the magnet holder 320. The magnet holder 335 is a nonmagnetic member and is formed of a nonmagnetic material. As the nonmagnetic material forming the magnet holder 335, there are aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, and the like.

The magnet holder 335 has a fixing shaft portion 336 and a fixing head portion 337. The fixed shaft portion 336 extends from the fixed head portion 337 in the axial direction AD. The fixed shaft portion 336 has an external thread. External threads are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the fixed shaft portion 336. The fixed shaft portion 336 penetrates the block hole 329 and is screwed into the block hole 333. The fixing head portion 337 is hung from the bracket body 321 from the opposite side to the fixing block 330. The fixing head 337 does not protrude in the axial direction AD in comparison with the bracket rib 323. The magnet fixture 335 screw-fixes the fixing block 330 to the magnet holder 320 from the opposite side to the fixing block 330 via the holder body 321. The magnet fixing member 335 corresponds to a screw member, the fixing shaft portion 336 corresponds to a screw portion, and the fixing head portion 337 corresponds to a screw head portion.

The magnet fixing member 335 can adjust the position of the fixing block 330 in the axial direction AD by adjusting the screwing degree of the fixing shaft portion 336 with respect to the block hole 333. Further, since the bracket receiving surface 328a and the block receiving surface 330b are inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm, the position of the fixing block 330 can be adjusted in the radial direction RD. For example, even if the position of the fixing block 330 is shifted in the radial direction RD according to the shape, size, and the like of the magnet unit 316, the position bracket receiving surface 328a and the block receiving surface 330b of the fixing block 330 are easily contacted by adjusting the position in the axial direction AD. Both the bracket receiving surface 328a and the block receiving surface 330b correspond to adjustment surfaces.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the bracket receiving surface 328a and the block receiving surface 330b are configured to extend parallel to the motor axis Cm. In this configuration, for example, if the position of the fixed block 330 is shifted radially outward, the bracket receiving surface 328a and the block receiving surface 330b may be separated in the radial direction RD. If the position of the fixing block 330 is shifted radially inward, the fixing block 330 may be caught by the bracket receiving portion 328, and the fixing block 330 may not be allowed to enter between the magnet unit 316 and the bracket receiving portion 328.

As shown in fig. 96, 101, and 102, the magnet unit 316 has a first unit surface 316g and a second unit surface 316h. The magnet unit 316 is formed in a plate shape as a whole, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The first unit surface 316g and the second unit surface 316h are a pair of plate surfaces of the magnet unit 316. The first unit surface 316g and the second unit surface 316h extend in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The first unit surface 316g faces the axial gap 475 side. The first unit surface 316g faces the stator 200 through the axial gap 475, and corresponds to a unit facing surface. The second unit surface 316h faces the opposite side from the axial gap 475. The second unit surface 316h overlaps the body inner plate surface 321 b. The first unit surface 316g and the second unit surface 316h extend parallel to each other.

The peripheral surface of the magnet unit 316 extends along the peripheral portions of the first unit surface 316g and the second unit surface 316 h. The peripheral surface of the magnet unit 316 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the first unit surface 316g and the second unit surface 316 h. The peripheral surface of the magnet unit 316 includes a unit inner peripheral end 316a, a unit outer peripheral end 316b, and a unit side surface 316c.

The unit inner peripheral end 316a is an end surface radially inward of the magnet unit 316. The unit inner peripheral end 316a includes an inner peripheral tapered surface 316d. The inner circumferential tapered surface 316d corresponds to the magnet inclined surface, and the unit inner circumferential end 316a corresponds to the inner end surface. The unit outer peripheral end 316b is an end surface of the magnet unit 316 radially outward. The unit outer peripheral end 316b includes an outer peripheral tapered surface 316e. The outer circumferential tapered surface 316e corresponds to an outer circumferential inclined surface, and the unit outer circumferential end 316b corresponds to an outer end surface.

In the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d and the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e, the inclination angle with respect to the motor axis Cm is, for example, an angle smaller than 45 degrees. In the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d and the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e, the length dimension of the circumferential direction CD is smaller than the length dimension of the axial direction AD.

As shown in fig. 96, in the magnet unit 316, the unit inner peripheral end 316a is located between the main body inner plate surface 321b and the block tapered surface 330 a. The block taper surface 330a is inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm toward the opposite side from the axial gap 475. The block tapered surface 330a is hung on the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d in an overlapping manner. The block tapered surface 330a corresponds to a fixed inclined surface.

The rotor first surface 301 includes a first unit surface 316g. The rotor first surface 301 includes a distal end surface of an outer circumferential engagement portion 322. The front end surface of the outer peripheral engaging portion 322 forms an axial gap 475 together with the first unit surface 316g. The front end surface of the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 is arranged continuously with the first unit surface 316g in the radial direction RD. The front end surface of the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 does not approach the axial gap 475 beyond the first unit surface 316g. The distal end surface of the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 may be located away from the axial gap 475 beyond the first unit surface 316g.

A block inner end face 331 is included on the rotor first face 301. The in-block end face 331 forms an axial gap 475 with the first unit. The in-block end face 331 is arranged continuously with the first cell face 316g in the radial direction RD. The in-block end face 331 does not approach the axial gap 475 beyond the first cell face 316g. The in-block end face 331 may also be located away from the axial gap 475 beyond the first cell face 316g.

In the rotor 300, the axial gap 475 is determined according to the position of the magnet unit 316 in the axial direction AD. As described above, the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 and the fixing block 330 approach the axial gap 475 across the first unit surface 316g, and the axial gap 475 is not narrowed.

The magnet unit 316 is adhered to the holder body 321 by an adhesive material. The adhesive material is formed of a resin material or the like. As shown in fig. 99 and 103, the magnet holder 320 has an adhesive concave portion 481 and a magnet base 482. The bonding concave portion 481 is a concave portion provided in the main body inner plate surface 321 b. The magnet stand 482 is a convex portion protruding from the bottom surface of the adhesive concave portion 481. The front end surface of the magnet stand 482 is flush with the main body inner plate surface 321 b. The magnet unit 316 is provided so as to be bridged between the magnet stand 482 and the main body inner plate surface 321 b. The adhesive material is provided inside the adhesive concave portion 481, and adheres the inner surface of the adhesive concave portion 481 to the second cell surface 316 h.

As shown in fig. 98, 99, and 103, the magnet holder 320 has a magnet projection 483. The magnet projection 483 projects from the holder body 321 toward the magnet unit 316. The magnet projection 483 is, for example, a projection provided on the magnet stand 482. A plurality of magnet protrusions 483 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The magnet projection 483 is provided between the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 and the bracket receiving portion 328, and extends in the radial direction RD. The magnet projection 483 determines the position of the magnet unit 316 in the circumferential direction CD, and corresponds to a positioning portion. The magnet projection 483 is hung on the magnet unit 316, so that the magnet unit 316 is restricted from being displaced relative to the magnet holder 320 in the circumferential direction CD.

As shown in fig. 98 and 102, the magnet unit 316 has a side tapered surface 316f. The side tapered surface 316f is included in the cell side surface 316c. The side tapered surface 316f is an inclined surface inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm. The side tapered surface 316f is inclined toward the bracket body 321 side with respect to the motor axis Cm. The magnet projection 483 is brought into a state between the side tapered surface 316f and the holder body 321. The magnet projection 483 contacts the side tapered surface 316f to position the magnet unit 316. The magnet projection 483 is in a state of catching the side tapered surface 316f, thereby restricting the positional displacement of the magnet unit 316.

As described in the above-described configuration set Bc, the plurality of magnet units 316 include the inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318. In the inclined magnet unit 317, the width dimension of the circumferential direction CD is larger as it is radially outside. In the inclined magnet unit 317, the portion having the smallest width dimension is the unit inner peripheral end 316a, and the portion having the largest width dimension is the unit outer peripheral end 316b. The inclined magnet unit 317 corresponds to an expanding unit.

In the parallel magnet unit 318, the width dimension of the circumferential direction CD is uniform in the radial direction RD. In the parallel magnet unit 318, the width dimension of the unit inner peripheral end 316a is the same as the width dimension of the unit outer peripheral end 316b. The parallel magnet unit 318 corresponds to a uniform unit.

The inclined magnet units 317 and the parallel magnet units 318 are alternately arranged one by one in the circumferential direction CD. As shown in fig. 103, when the unit boundary portion extends radially inward, the unit boundary portion passes through a position offset from the motor axis Cm in the radial direction RD. The cell boundary is a boundary between the inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318, and a plurality of cell boundaries are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The magnet base 482 and the magnet projection 483 extend in the radial direction RD along the cell boundary portion. For example, the magnet stand 482 is provided independently for all the cell boundary portions. The plurality of magnet bases 482 include a magnet base 482 having a protrusion provided with a magnet protrusion 483, and a magnet base 482 having no protrusion provided with a magnet protrusion 483. For example, the protruding magnet bases 482 and the non-protruding magnet bases 482 are alternately arranged one by one in the circumferential direction CD.

As described in the above-described constituent group Ba, the arrangement of the magnets 310 uses halbach arrays. As shown in fig. 98, the plurality of magnet units 316 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD such that the plurality of magnets 310 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD in a halbach array. By the halbach array, the magnetic flux generated by the magnets 310 easily extends toward the axial gap 475. The magnet holder 320, the fixing block 330, and the magnet fixture 335 are nonmagnetic. Therefore, the magnet holder 320, the fixing block 330, and the magnet fixture 335 do not easily block the magnetic flux from the magnet 310. In addition, the magnet holder 320 makes it difficult for the magnetic flux from the magnet 310 to leak to the outside. Accordingly, the magnetic flux from the magnet 310 can be suppressed from extending toward the magnet holder 320, the fixing block 330, and the magnet fixture 335.

In the rotor 300, the halbach array is used for arrangement of the magnets 310, so that a yoke is not required. In this configuration, a yoke or the like is not required to be provided between the magnet holder 320 and the magnet 310. That is, the magnet 310 is not necessarily indirectly fixed to the magnet holder 320 via a yoke. Therefore, the magnet 310 can be directly fixed to the magnet holder 320. Therefore, the positional accuracy of the magnet 310 can be improved. In addition, the fixing strength of the magnet 310 to the magnet holder 320 can be improved.

Next, a method of manufacturing the rotor 300 will be described. In the process of manufacturing the rotor 300, a worker prepares the magnet holder 320, the magnet unit 316, the fixing block 330, and the magnet fixture 335 as a preparation process.

After the preparation step, the worker performs a fixing step of fixing the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320. In the fixing step, the worker first applies an adhesive material to the adhesive concave portion 481 of the magnet holder 320. Thereafter, the worker temporarily places the magnet unit 316 on the magnet holder 320 in cooperation with the magnet protrusions 483. For example, the worker attaches one of the inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318 to the magnet holder 320 by bringing the magnet protrusion 483 closer to the magnet protrusion in the circumferential direction CD so as to be in contact with the magnet protrusion. The worker attaches the fixing block 330 to the magnet holder 320 so as to sandwich the unit inner peripheral end 316a between the magnet holder 320 and the holder body 321, with the unit outer peripheral end 316b interposed between the engagement tapered surface 322a and the body inner plate surface 321 b. Then, the worker fixes the fixing block 330 to the magnet holder 320 by the magnet fixing member 335.

< formation group H >)

In fig. 104, 105, and 106, the power outlet 212 is connected to the power bus 261 so as to be capable of conducting electricity. The power lead wire 212 has a connection bent portion 212f in addition to the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the like. In fig. 106, rotors 300a and 300b are not shown.

The connection bent portion 212f is a portion of the power lead 212 located between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the coil 211. The connecting bent portion 212f is located at a position separated from the outer peripheral bent portion 212d toward the opposite side of the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD. The connection bent portion 212f connects the outer circumference lead portion 212a to the coil 211 in a bent state. The connecting bent portion 212f is bent to protrude radially outward, for example, bent. The connection bent portion 212f is bent to connect the outer circumference drawing portion 212a to the coil 211. The connection bent portion 212f corresponds to a connection bent portion. The connection bending portion 212f may not be bent as long as it is bent, and may be bent, for example.

The power outlet 212 has an outlet base end 212g. The lead base end 212g is an end on the coil 211 side of the power lead 212. The lead base end 212g is also an end on the coil 211 side in the connection bent portion 212f. The lead base end 212g is included in a boundary portion between the power lead 212 and the coil 211.

In grommet 255, power outlet 212 is inserted into grommet aperture 450. In the power outlet 212, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is inserted into the grommet 450. Grommet 255 has heat resistance. The grommet 255 can withstand the molding temperature at which the coil protecting portion 250 is molded. The molding temperature is a temperature of the molten resin for resin molding the coil protection portion 250. Grommet 255 is able to withstand the heat of the molten resin. The coil protecting portion 250 is sometimes referred to as a mold resin.

In a state where motor device 60 is driven, the temperature of power lead line 212 is likely to rise due to the energization of power lead line 212. Grommet 255 is capable of withstanding the temperature of power outlet 212, which rises in temperature with the driving of motor device 60. Grommet 255 is able to withstand the heat of power outlet 212.

As shown in fig. 106 and 107, in the grommet 255, the grommet hole 450 has a tightening hole portion 451 and an expansion hole portion 452. The tightening hole 451 and the expansion hole 452 are arranged in the axial direction AD. The expansion hole portion 452 extends in the axial direction AD from the tightening hole portion 451 toward the coil protection portion 250. The expansion hole 452 is a hole that expands with respect to the contraction hole 451. The expansion hole 452 is thicker than the contraction hole 451. The inner diameter of the expansion hole 452 is larger than the inner diameter of the contraction hole 451. The tightening hole 451 and the expansion hole 452 are, for example, circular in cross section.

Grommet 255 has grommet barrel 460 and grommet ribs 465. The grommet cylinder 460 is a cylindrical portion of the grommet 255, and extends in the axial direction AD. The grommet cylinder 460 has a pair of ends aligned in the axial direction AD. One end is located inside the coil protection part 250 and is included in the embedded part 255a. The other end is located at a position separated from the coil protection portion 250 toward the outer Zhou Shequ portion 212d side, and is included in the exposed portion 255b. The grommet cylinder 460 corresponds to a protective cylinder portion.

Grommet ribs 465 extend from the grommet cylinder 460 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. Grommet ribs 465 are provided between a pair of ends that the grommet cylinder 460 has. The grommet rib 465 is located closer to the end portion included in the exposed portion 255b than the end portion included in the embedded portion 255a of the pair of end portions. Grommet ribs 465 extend from the grommet cylinder 460 toward both sides of the circumferential direction CD. In addition, grommet ribs 465 extend radially inward from the grommet cylinder 460. The grommet rib 465 has a portion extending from the grommet cylinder 460 toward one of the circumferential directions CD, a portion extending toward the other of the circumferential directions CD, and a portion extending radially inward.

The grommet cylinder 460 has a tightening cylinder 461 and an expanding cylinder 462. The take-up cylinder portion 461 forms a take-up hole portion 451. The take-up hole 451 is formed by the inner peripheral surface of the take-up tube 461. The expansion cylinder portion 462 forms the expansion aperture portion 452. The expansion hole 452 is formed by the inner peripheral surface of the expansion cylinder 462. The take-up cylinder 461 and the expansion cylinder 462 are arranged in the axial direction AD. The expansion cylinder portion 462 extends in the axial direction AD from the take-up cylinder portion 461 toward the coil protecting portion 250. The expansion cylinder 462 is thinner than the contraction cylinder 461. The wall of the expansion cylinder 462 is thinner than the wall of the take-up cylinder 461.

In grommet 255, a portion of grommet cylinder 460 and grommet ribs 465 are contained in grommet body 256. In the grommet cylinder 460, a part of the tightening cylinder 461 and the expanding cylinder 462 are included in the grommet main body 256. The remainder of the take-up sleeve 461 is contained within the inner grommet 257. The outer grommet portion 258 extends from the grommet rib 465 toward the take-up cylinder portion 461 side in the axial direction AD.

As shown in fig. 107, in the grommet 450, the tightening cylinder 461 is shorter than the expanding cylinder 462. In the axial direction AD, the length dimension Lb1 of the takeup cylinder portion 461 is smaller than the length dimension Lb2 of the expansion cylinder portion 462. The take-up cylinder 461 is shorter than 1/2 of the length of the grommet cylinder 460. In the axial direction AD, the tightening cylinder 461 has a length dimension Lb1 smaller than 1/2 of the length dimension Lb3 of the grommet cylinder 460. The take-up tube 461 has a length dimension Lb1, for example, larger than the outer diameter of the take-up hole 451. The length dimension Lb1 is larger than the outer diameter of the take-up tube 461, for example. The take-up cylinder portion 461 is longer than the inner grommet portion 257. In the grommet 255, the grommet rib 465 is located across the boundary portion between the tightening cylinder portion 461 and the expansion cylinder portion 462 in the axial direction AD. The length dimension Lb1 of the take-up tube 461 is sometimes referred to as a take-up amount.

As shown in fig. 106, in the grommet 255, the embedded portion 255a is embedded in the coil protection portion 250, and the exposed portion 255b is exposed from the coil protection portion 250. The grommet 255 is embedded in the coil protection portion 250 such that the grommet main body 256 becomes an embedded portion 255a, and the inner grommet portion 257 and the outer grommet portion 258 become exposed portions 255 b. The grommet 255 covers and protects the power outlet 212 at least by the buried portion 255 a. The embedded portion 255a corresponds to a protection embedded portion.

The embedded portion 255a extends inside the coil protection portion 250 toward the opposite side of the power bus 261 across the protection axis Cp. The protection axis Cp is a linear virtual line extending in the radial direction RD through the center of the coil protection portion 250. The protection axis Cp corresponds to the center line of the coil protection portion 250. In the axial direction AD, a length La2 of the embedded portion 255a is greater than 1/2 of a length La1 of the coil protection portion 250. The embedded portion 255a has a length La2 greater than a length La3 of a portion of the coil protection portion 250 that is parallel to the embedded portion 255a in the axial direction AD. The buried portion 255a is longer than the inner grommet portion 257. The embedded portion 255a has a length La2 greater than a length La4 of the inner grommet portion 257 in the axial direction AD. In fig. 106, the outer grommet 258 is not shown.

In grommet 255, a portion of grommet cylinder 460 is in close contact with power outlet 212. In the grommet cylinder 460, the tightening cylinder portion 461 is in close contact with the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a. The take-up tube 461 covers the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a in a state of being in close contact with the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a. The inner diameter of the take-up tube 461 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a. The tightening cylinder 461 is attached to the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a in a state of being elastically deformed, and is brought into close contact with the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a by the restoring force of the grommet 255. A gap is less likely to occur between the tightening cylinder portion 461 and the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a due to the restoring force of the grommet 255. The tightening cylinder 461 corresponds to a close contact covering portion.

In the grommet cylinder 460, the expansion cylinder 462 is separated from the outer circumference extension 212a toward the outer circumference. The expansion cylinder portion 462 is separated outward from the outer circumference leading portion 212a in the radial direction of the expansion cylinder portion 462. The expansion tube portion 462 covers the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a in a state of being separated from the outer circumference of the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a. A gap is generated between the expansion tube portion 462 and the outer periphery lead portion 212a. The inner diameter of the expansion cylinder portion 462 is larger than the outer diameter of the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a. The expansion cylinder 462 corresponds to a slit covering portion.

A part of the coil protection portion 250 is brought into a state between the expansion tube portion 462 and the outer periphery lead-out portion 212 a. The coil protection part 250 has a protection body 251 and a protection entrance part 252. The protective entrance portion 252 enters a gap between the expansion tube portion 462 and the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. The protection entrance 252 extends from the protection main body 251 in the axial direction AD. The protective inlet 252 is in close contact with both the inner surface of the expansion tube 462 and the outer surface of the outer peripheral outlet 212 a. The protective entrance portion 252 is in a state of joining the inner surface of the expansion cylinder portion 462 and the outer surface of the outer circumference outgoing portion 212 a. The protection inlet 252 is filled in the gap between the expansion tube 462 and the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212 a. The protection entry portion 252 corresponds to an entry portion.

The protection entry portion 252 is in a state of covering the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. The protection entry portion 252 extends in a ring shape along the outer peripheral surface of the outer peripheral extraction portion 212 a. The wall of the protective access 252 is thinner than the wall of the flared barrel 462. In the protection entry portion 252, the thickness dimension of the wall portion is smaller than the outer diameter of the outer peripheral extraction portion 212 a.

The coil protection portion 250 has a first protection end portion 250a and a second protection end portion 250b. The coil protection portion 250 has a pair of end portions arranged in the axial direction AD as protection end portions 250a, 250b. Of the pair of end portions, an end portion on the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD is a first protection end portion 250a, and an end portion on the opposite side from the power bus 261 is a second protection end portion 250b. The protection end portions 250a and 250b are end surfaces of the coil protection portion 250, and extend in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction AD.

The coil 211 has a first coil end 211a and a second coil end 211b. The coil 211 has a pair of end portions arranged in the axial direction AD as coil end portions 211a, 211b. Of the pair of end portions, an end portion on the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD is a first coil end portion 211a, and an end portion on the opposite side from the power bus 261 is a second coil end portion 211b. The coil ends 211a, 211b are formed by the coil wire 220. The first coil end 211a is located on the first rotor 300a side in the axial direction AD, and corresponds to a rotor-side end. The second coil end 211b is located on the opposite side of the first rotor 300a in the axial direction AD, and corresponds to the opposite side end.

The coil ends 211a, 211b are disposed between the first and second guard ends 250a, 250b in the axial direction AD. The first coil end 211a is located at a position separated from the first protection end 250a toward the second coil end 211b. The first coil end 211a is separated from at least the first protection end 250a by the thickness of the bobbin flange 242 (see fig. 63, etc.). The second coil end 211b is located at a position separated from the second protection end 250b toward the first coil end 211 a. The second coil end 211b is separated from at least the second protective end 250b by the thickness of the bobbin flange 242.

The power outlet 212 is led out from the second coil end 211b in the coil 211. The connection bent portion 212f including the lead base end portion 212g has a portion extending radially outward from the coil 211 and a portion extending in the axial direction AD from the outer peripheral lead portion 212a toward the second coil end portion 211 b.

The connecting bent portion 212f is located at a position separated from the first coil end 211a toward the second coil end 211b in the axial direction AD. Therefore, the lead base end 212g is located at a position separated from the first coil end 211a toward the second coil end 211 b. The connection bent portion 212f is located at a position separated from the protection axis Cp toward the second coil end 211 b. Therefore, the lead base end 212g is located at a position separated from the protection axis Cp toward the second coil end 211b side. The connecting bent portion 212f is located at a position separated from the grommet 255 toward the second coil end 211b in the axial direction AD.

The grommet 255 is provided at a position crossing the first protection end portion 250a in the axial direction AD. The exposed portion 255b extends in the axial direction AD from the first protection end portion 250a toward the opposite side to the coil 211. The embedded portion 255a extends from the first protection end portion 250a toward the coil 211 side in the axial direction AD.

The grommet 255 is provided at a position crossing the first coil end 211a in the axial direction AD. The exposed portion 255b is located at a position separated from the first coil end 211a toward the opposite side of the coil 211. The embedded portion 255a is located at a position crossing the first coil end 211a in the axial direction AD. The grommet 255 extends in the axial direction AD toward the second coil end 211b side beyond the protection axis Cp.

As shown in fig. 107 and 108, grommet 255 has grommet groove 466. The grommet groove 466 is a recess provided on the outer surface of the grommet 255. A cartridge side 460b is included on the outer surface of grommet 255. The barrel side 460b is contained on the outer surface of the grommet barrel 460. The cylinder side surface 460b extends in a direction perpendicular to the circumferential direction CD, and a pair of cylinder side surfaces are aligned in the circumferential direction CD via the grommet 450. The barrel side 460b is contained on the outer surface of the flared barrel 462. The barrel side 460b extends from the grommet rib 465 toward the opposite side from the take-up barrel 461. The portion of the expansion cylinder portion 462 where the grommet groove 466 is provided is included in the embedded portion 255a. The grommet groove 466 is provided on the outer surface of the buried portion 255a.

The grommet groove 466 is provided on the pair of cylinder side surfaces 460b, respectively. A plurality of grommet grooves 466 are provided on the cylinder side surface 460b. A plurality of grommet grooves 466 are arranged in the axial direction AD on the pair of cylinder side surfaces 460b, respectively. The grommet groove 466 is a groove portion that opens in the circumferential direction CD. The grommet groove 466 extends in the radial direction RD. The grommet groove 466 is opened radially inward and radially outward, respectively.

Grommet 255 has a barrel taper 460a. The barrel taper 460a is contained on the outer surface of the grommet barrel 460. The cylinder taper 460a faces radially inward. The cylindrical tapered surface 460a is inclined with respect to the rib intersecting surface 465b so as to face the opposite side of the rib intersecting surface 465b in the axial direction AD. The cylinder taper 460a is sometimes referred to as a cylinder taper. The barrel tapered surface 460a is included on the outer surface of the take-up barrel 461. The cylindrical tapered surface 460a extends from the grommet rib 465 in the axial direction AD in a tapered shape. The thickness dimension of the tightening cylinder portion 461 in the radial direction RD gradually decreases toward the opposite side of the grommet rib 465 in the axial direction AD due to the cylinder tapered surface 460a.

As shown in fig. 109, a part of the coil protection portion 250 enters the inside of the grommet groove 466. The grommet 255 and the coil protection portion 250 are engaged with each other. The grommet 255 is restricted from being disengaged from the coil protection portion 250 by an engagement portion where the grommet 255 engages with the coil protection portion 250.

The coil protection portion 250 has a protection engagement portion 253. The protection engagement portion 253 enters the guard ring groove 466. The protection engagement portion 253 extends from the protection body 251 toward the inside of the grommet groove 466. The protection engagement portion 253 is tightly attached to the inner surface of the guard ring groove 466. The protection engagement portion 253 is engaged with the guard ring groove 466. The grommet groove 466 opens in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD such as the circumferential direction CD, and extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD such as the radial direction RD. The guard ring groove 466 corresponds to a buried engagement portion, and the guard engagement portion 253 corresponds to an engaged portion.

The grommet 255 is suspended from the first peripheral holding portion 172 of the motor housing 70. The first peripheral holding portion 172 includes a first concave portion 172a, a first inner peripheral surface 172b, and a first extending protruding surface 172c. The first inner peripheral surface 172b and the first extending protruding surface 172c are included in the outer surface of the first peripheral holding portion 172. The first inner peripheral surface 172b is a surface facing radially inward of the outer surface of the first peripheral holding portion 172. The first extending protruding surface 172c is a surface facing the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD of the outer surface of the first peripheral holding portion 172. The first concave portion 172a is a concave portion provided on the first inner peripheral surface 172b, and is recessed radially outward from the first inner peripheral surface 172 b. The first concave portion 172a is open on the first extending protruding surface 172c side in the axial direction AD. The first concave portion 172a extends from the lead groove 171a toward the first extending protruding surface 172c side in the axial direction AD.

The grommet 255 enters the inside of the lead groove 171a and the first concave portion 172 a. In the grommet 255, the expansion cylinder portion 462 enters the inside of the lead groove portion 171 a. Grommet ribs 465 enter the interior of the first recess 172 a. The grommet rib 465 is hung from the opposite side of the shaft holding portion 174 in the axial direction AD in the first concave portion 172 a. The grommet rib 465 is in close contact with the inner surface of the first concave portion 172 a.

Grommet 255 has rib extension protruding face 465a and rib intersecting face 465b. The rib extension protruding surface 465a and the rib intersecting surface 465b are included in the outer surface of the grommet rib 465. The rib extension projection surface 465a extends from the grommet cylinder 460 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The grommet 255 is integrated with the first peripheral holding portion 172. The rib extension projection surface 465a extends in the circumferential direction CD in an integrated manner with the first extension projection surface 172 c. For example, the rib extending projection surface 465a and the first extending projection surface 172c become surfaces extending continuously to each other. The rib intersecting surface 465b extends in the circumferential direction CD so as to be integral with the first inner peripheral surface 172 b. For example, the rib intersecting surface 465b and the first inner peripheral surface 172b are surfaces that extend continuously to each other.

Next, a method of manufacturing the coil protection portion 250 with the grommet 255 in the manufacturing method of the motor device 60 will be described. In the step of manufacturing the coil protector 250 with the grommet 255, the worker prepares the coil unit 210, the motor case 70, and the grommet 255 as a preparation step. In the preparation step, the power lead line 212 of the coil unit 210 is in a state of extending linearly in the axial direction AD.

After the preparation step, the worker performs the grommet step, the mounting step, and the metal mold step. In the grommet process, the worker attaches the grommet 255 to the power outlet 212 of the coil unit 210. The worker inserts the power lead wire 212 into the grommet 450 from the expanded hole portion 452 side. In the grommet 255, the inner peripheral surface of the tightening cylinder 461 is easily brought into close contact with the power outlet 212, while a gap is easily formed between the inner peripheral surface of the expansion cylinder 462 and the power outlet 212. Therefore, unlike the present embodiment, for example, the entire inner peripheral surface of grommet cylinder 460 is in close contact with power lead wire 212, and the close contact area between grommet 255 and power lead wire 212 is smaller. Therefore, the difficulty of the worker's operation of inserting the power outlet 212 into the grommet 450 is easily reduced.

In the mounting step, the worker mounts the coil unit 210 and the grommet 255 to the motor case 70. The worker inserts the grommet 255, which is in a state where the power lead-out wire 212 penetrates, into the lead-out groove 171a and the first concave portion 172a in a state where the coil unit 210 is provided inside the motor case 70. The grommet 255 is brought into close contact with the inner surfaces of the lead groove 171a and the first concave portion 172a by a restoring force generated by elastic deformation. The grommet 255 is located at a position separated from the power lead-out wire 212 in the axial direction AD from the connection bent portion 212f in a state of being fitted into the lead-out groove 171a and the first recess 172a. The worker brings the power outlet 212 into the outlet groove 171a together with the grommet 255.

In the die step, the worker attaches a die to the motor case 70 to which the coil unit 210 and the grommet 255 are attached. Before the worker attaches the die to the motor case 70, the grommet 255 protrudes from the lead groove 171a and the first recess 172 a. The metal mold has an axial pressing surface that presses the grommet 255 in the axial direction AD. The shaft pressing surface faces the rib extending projection surface 465a side in the axial direction AD, and presses the rib extending projection surface 465a so that the rib extending projection surface 465a and the first extending projection surface 172c are flush. The shaft pressing surface elastically deforms the grommet 255 in the axial direction AD so that the grommet rib 465 enters the inside of the first concave portion 172 a.

The die has a radial pressing surface that presses the grommet 255 radially outward. The radial pressing surface faces radially outward, and presses the rib intersecting surface 465b so that the rib intersecting surface 465b and the first inner peripheral surface 172b are flush. The radial pressing surface elastically deforms the grommet 255 in the radial direction RD so that the grommet rib 465 enters the inside of the first concave portion 172 a.

The worker brings the metal mold into the motor housing 70 from the take-up cylinder 461 side toward the expansion cylinder 462 in the axial direction AD. The worker performs an operation of hanging the metal mold on the first peripheral holding portion 172 such that the shaft pressing surface presses the rib extending projection surface 465a and contacts the first extending projection surface 172c, and the radial pressing surface presses the rib intersecting surface 465b and contacts the first inner peripheral surface 172 b. In this operation, since the cylindrical tapered surface 460a is inclined with respect to the rib intersecting surface 465b, it is less likely that the shaft pressing surface is caught by the cylindrical tapered surface 460a before reaching the rib extending projection surface 465 a.

After the metal mold step, the worker performs a molding step for molding the coil protection part 250. In the molding step, the worker flows the molten resin into the motor case 70 and the inside of the mold. Sometimes the molten resin is referred to as resin molding. In the motor case 70, the leakage of the molten resin from the first concave portion 172a is restricted by the grommet 255. Since the grommet rib 465 is closely attached to the inner surface of the first concave portion 172a, the molten resin is restricted from entering between the grommet rib 465 and the first concave portion 172 a. Since a gap is formed between the expansion cylinder 462 and the power outlet 212 in the grommet 255, the molten resin enters the expansion hole 452. On the other hand, since the tightening cylinder 461 is in close contact with the power outlet 212, the molten resin does not enter the tightening hole 451. Accordingly, the leakage of the molten resin from the grommet 450 can be restricted.

When the molten resin is injected into the motor case 70 and the mold, an injection pressure is applied to the coil unit 210 and the grommet 255. The injection pressure is a pressure for injecting the molten resin into the motor case 70 and the mold. In the coil unit 210, the grommet 255 can suppress the power lead-out wire 212 from being pressed by the injection pressure of the molten resin and being unintentionally deformed. For example, in the power outlet 212, the portion between the connecting bent portion 212f and the exposed portion 255b can be suppressed from being unintentionally deformed by the embedded portion 255 a. Therefore, the power lead-out wire 212 can be prevented from contacting the motor case 70, and as a result, the case short circuit can be prevented from occurring. The case short circuit is a short circuit generated by the contact of the conductor 221 of the power outlet 212 with the motor case 70.

In the embedded portion 255a, since a gap is provided between the extension tube portion 462 and the power outlet 212, the extension tube portion 462 can be deformed relatively to the power outlet 212. Therefore, the injection pressure of the molten resin applied to the expansion cylinder 462 is not easily applied to the power outlet 212 due to the deformation of the expansion cylinder 462.

After solidifying the molten resin and molding the coil protecting portion 250, the worker removes the mold from the motor case 70. Thereafter, the worker performs an operation of bending the power lead wire 212 to form the inner peripheral lead portion 212b and the like.

< formation group I >

As described above for the constituent groups Bd and Be, in the rotor 300, the rotor 300 is mounted on the shaft 340. The shaft 340 is formed of aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, or the like. In the present embodiment, the shaft 340 is formed of titanium.

In fig. 110, the spokes 343 extend radially outward from the shaft main body 341, corresponding to rotational extensions. Spokes 343 are disposed between the shaft body 341 and rim 344. The spokes 343 connect the shaft body 341 with the rim 344 in a state extending in the radial direction RD. The spokes 343 are provided so as to be bridged between the shaft main body 341 and the rim 344 through the rim inner peripheral holes 349. The spoke 343 is disposed between the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b in the axial direction AD. The spoke 343 is connected to the rim 344 at a location between the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300 b.

As shown in fig. 37, a plurality of spokes 343 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The plurality of spokes 343 extend radially about the motor axis Cm. Two spokes 343 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD are separated from each other in the circumferential direction CD. In the axial direction AD, the height dimension of the spokes 343 is smaller than the height dimension of the rim 344.

In fig. 110, rim 344 is formed in a plate shape as a whole, and extends in a direction orthogonal to radial direction RD. Rim 344 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the bracket inner peripheral end 320 a. Rim 344 extends from spoke 343 toward both sides of axial direction AD. For example, the rim 344 protrudes from the spoke 343 toward the first rotor 300a side and protrudes from the spoke 343 toward the second rotor 300b side. Rim 344 supports rotor 300 against attractive force F1 between coil 211 and magnet 310, and corresponds to a rotation support portion. The rim 344 supports each of the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b against the attractive force F1 generated in the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b, respectively.

Rim 344 is disposed in radial direction RD at a position closer to bracket outer peripheral end 320b than motor axis Cm. That is, rim 344 is disposed near the outer peripheral end of rotor 300. For example, the distance LI1 of the rim 344 from the outer peripheral virtual line Vm1 is smaller than the distance LI2 of the rim 344 from the motor axis Cm. The outer peripheral virtual line Vm1 is a linear virtual line extending parallel to the motor axis Cm through the bracket outer peripheral end 320 b.

The distance LI2 is smaller than the distance LI3 between the outer peripheral virtual line Vm1 and the motor axis Cm, and is larger than the distance LI4 between the intermediate virtual line Vm2 and the motor axis Cm. The intermediate virtual line Vm2 is a linear virtual line extending in the radial direction RD through the center of the outer peripheral virtual line Vm1 and the motor axis Cm and parallel to the motor axis Cm. The distance LI1 is smaller than either of the distances LI3, LI 4. Distance LI1 is the separation distance of rim 344 from bracket outer peripheral end 320b in radial direction RD. The distances LI1 and LI2 are each the distance to the center of the rim 344. The holder outer peripheral end 320b is an outer peripheral end of the magnet holder 320, and is an outer peripheral end of the rotor 300.

Rim 344 is provided closer to magnet 310 than shaft main body 341 in radial direction RD. For example, the distance LI5 of the rim 344 from the magnet 310 is smaller than the distance LI6 of the rim 344 from the shaft body 341. Distance LI5 is the separation distance of the center of rim 344 from unit inner peripheral end 316a in radial direction RD. Distance LI6 is the separation distance of the center of rim 344 from the inner peripheral end of spoke 343 in radial direction RD.

Rim 344 is disposed closer to bracket inner peripheral end 320a than bracket outer peripheral end 320b in radial direction RD. For example, the distance LI8 of rim 344 from the bracket inner peripheral end 320a is smaller than the distance LI7 of rim 344 from the bracket outer peripheral end 320 b. The distances LI7 and LI8 are each the distance to the center of the rim 344.

Rim 344 is disposed between bracket inner peripheral end 320a and magnet 310 in radial direction RD. Rim 344 is located at a position separated from bracket inner peripheral end 320a and magnet 310. The holder inner peripheral end 320a is an inner peripheral end of the magnet holder 320, and is an inner peripheral end of the rotor 300. Rim 344 is disposed closer to magnet 310 than to holder inner peripheral end 320a in radial direction RD. For example, the distance LI5 of the rim 344 from the magnet 310 is smaller than the distance LI8 of the rim 344 from the bracket inner peripheral end 320 a.

As described above for the constituent groups Bd, be, the bracket fixing members 350 fix the magnet bracket 320 to the shaft flange 342. In the shaft flange 342, the magnet holder 320 is fixed on the spoke 343. The bracket fixing 350 is screwed into the flange fixing hole 345. The flange fixing holes 345 are portions of the spokes 343 where the magnet holder 320 is fixed. The holder fixing member 350 is provided at a position away from the rim 344 toward the opposite side of the magnet 310 in the radial direction RD. The bracket fixing 350 corresponds to a rotation fixing portion.

The holder fixing member 350 fixes the magnet holder 320 to the spoke 343 in a state of pressing the magnet holder 320 toward the spoke 343. The holder fixing member 350 applies a pressing force F3 to the magnet holder 320 in a direction in which the magnet holder 320 approaches the spoke 343. In the magnet holder 320, a bending stress F2 acting in such a manner that the magnet holder 320 is away from the coil 211 is generated by the pressing force F3. The bending stress F2 resists the attractive force F1 between the coil 211 and the magnet 310, and restricts the magnet holder 320 from bending in a direction approaching the coil 211. In the rotor 300, the action position of the attractive force F1 becomes a force point.

In the magnet holder 320, the rim front end 344a serves as a fulcrum for the pressing force F3, and generates a bending stress F2. The rim front end 344a is an abutment surface against the magnet holder 320. Since the attractive force F1, the bending stress F2, and the pressing force F3 are forces directed in the axial direction AD, the force applied to the rim 344 is also likely to be directed in the axial direction AD. Therefore, even if rim 344 is formed to be thin in radial direction RD, rim 344 is not likely to be deformed by the force applied to rim 344. Therefore, the rim 344 is made as thin as possible, and thus the weight of the shaft 340 can be reduced.

For example, rim 344 is thinner than spokes 343. Specifically, the thickness dimension of rim 344 in radial direction RD is smaller than the thickness dimension of spokes 343 in axial direction AD. In addition, the thickness dimension of rim 344 is smaller than the distance LI5 between magnet 310 and rim 344 in radial direction RD.

Next, a method of manufacturing the shaft 340 in the manufacturing method of the motor device 60 will be described. In the process of manufacturing the shaft 340, the worker prepares the shaft base material 490 as shown in fig. 111 as a preparation process. The shaft base material 490 is a base material for manufacturing the shaft 340, and is, for example, a rectangular parallelepiped member. The shaft base material 490 is formed of an aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, or the like. In the present embodiment, a base material made of titanium is used as the shaft base material 490.

After the preparation step, the worker performs a processing step of processing the shaft base material 490 into the shape of the shaft 340. In the machining step, the worker performs a cutting process for cutting the shaft base material 490, and manufactures the shaft 340 from the shaft base material 490. In the machining step, grinding may be performed. In the production of the shaft 340, the shaft base material 490 is used as a base material as small as possible, so that the yield of the material can be easily improved.

< formation group K >

As described in the above constituent group Ag, the motor device 60 has the resolver 421. As shown in fig. 112 and 113, the resolver 421 is provided in the shaft body 341. The resolver 421 detects the rotation state of the rotor 300 by detecting the rotation state of the shaft main body 341. The resolver 421 detects the rotation angle as a rotation state of the shaft main body 341. The resolver 421 corresponds to a rotation detecting portion, and the shaft main body 341 corresponds to a rotation shaft portion. The resolver 421 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the main body outer circumferential surface 341a as a whole. The main body outer circumferential surface 341a is an outer circumferential surface of the shaft main body 341. The resolver 421 is formed in a ring shape and is provided radially outside the shaft body 341.

Resolver 421 has resolver stator 421a and resolver rotor 421b. In the resolver 421, the resolver rotor 421b rotates relative to the resolver stator 421a, and the rotation angle of the shaft main body 341 is detected.

The resolver stator 421a is provided on the motor housing 70 side. The resolver stator 421a is fixed to the rear frame 370, for example. Resolver stator 421a extends in circumferential direction CD along back frame 370. The resolver stator 421a is formed in an annular shape and is provided radially outside the shaft main body 341.

Resolver rotor 421b is provided on the rotor 300 side. The resolver rotor 421b is fixed to the shaft body 341 and rotates together with the shaft body 341 around the motor axis Cm. The resolver rotor 421b extends in the circumferential direction CD along the main body outer circumferential surface 341 a. The resolver rotor 421b is formed in an annular shape, and is disposed radially inward of the resolver stator 421a, for example.

The resolver 421 is provided between the power bus 261 and the shaft main body 341 in the radial direction RD. The resolver 421 is located at a position separated radially inward from the power bus 261. The resolver 421 is located closer to the shaft body 341 than the power bus 261 in the radial direction RD. In the radial direction RD, the positional relationship between the resolver 421 and the power bus 261 is substantially the same as the positional relationship between the resolver 421 and the bus unit 260. For example, the resolver 421 is located at a position separated radially inward from the power bus 261, and thus located at a position separated radially inward from the bus bar unit 260.

The busbar unit 260 has a rectangular cross section. In the cross section of the busbar unit 260, the long side extends in the radial direction RD and the short side extends in the axial direction AD. In the cross section of the busbar unit 260, the length dimension of the radial direction RD is larger than the length dimension of the axial direction AD. The outer surface of the bus bar unit 260 is formed by a bus bar protection 270. In the bus bar unit 260, the bus bar protection 270 is fixed to the rear frame 370.

The parser 421 enters the cell space 264. The cell space 264 is an inner space of the bus bar unit 260. The cell space 264 is a space surrounded by the cell inner peripheral surface 260 a. The cell space 264 is a space between the cell inner circumferential surface 260a and the main body outer circumferential surface 341a in the radial direction RD. The unit inner peripheral surface 260a is an inner peripheral surface of the busbar unit 260. The cell inner peripheral surface 260a extends in a direction orthogonal to the radial direction RD, and extends in a ring shape in the circumferential direction CD. At least a part of the resolver 421 is housed in the cell space 264. In the present embodiment, substantially the entire resolver 421 is housed in the cell space 264 in the axial direction AD. The cell space 264 accommodates at least a part of the resolver connector 423 and the resolver cover 424. The resolver connector 423 and the resolver cover 424 may not be housed in the unit space 264.

The resolver 421 enters the radially inner side of the power bus 261. The bus bar unit 260 is in a state in which a plurality of bus bar bodies 262 are stacked in the axial direction AD. The resolver 421 extends across the plurality of busbar bodies 262 in the axial direction AD. The resolver 421 extends toward both the stator 200 side and the opposite side to the stator 200 from the plurality of bus bar bodies 262. The resolver 421 is put between the bus bar body 262 and the shaft body 341. The inside space of the power bus 261 is contained in the unit space 264. At least a part of the resolver 421 is housed in the cell space 264 because it is housed in the space inside the power bus 261.

The power bus 261 is connected to the coil 211 so as to be able to be energized. The power bus 261 is connected to the coil 211 via, for example, a power outlet 212 and a bus outlet 265. The power bus 261 is provided at a position separated radially outward from the resolver 421. The power bus 261 is located closer to the motor inner peripheral surface 70b than the resolver 421 in the radial direction RD. The power bus 261 corresponds to an energized bus. The power bus 261 is sometimes referred to as a power conductor.

Along the rear frame 370, the resolver 421 and the power bus 261 are arranged in the radial direction RD. The resolver 421 and the power bus 261 are located on the opposite side of the stator 200 and the rotor 300 via the rear frame 370. The rear frame 370 covers the stator 200 and the rotor 300 from the axial direction AD. The resolver 421 and the power bus 261 are fixed to the motor case 70 via a rear frame 370. The motor housing 70 corresponds to a motor housing, and the rear frame 370 corresponds to a motor cover.

The power bus 261 is provided at a position parallel to the coil portion 215 in the axial direction AD. The power bus 261 extends in a direction in which the plurality of coil portions 215 are arranged. The plurality of coil portions 215 are arranged in a row along the circumferential direction CD. The power bus 261 extends along the column direction CD of the coil portion 215.

As described in the above-described constituent group Aa, the motor device 60 has the neutral point bus 290. The resolver 421 and the power bus 261 are located on the opposite side of the neutral bus 290 via the first rotor 300 a. The resolver 421 and the power bus 261 are provided at positions separated from the midpoint bus 290 in the axial direction AD. In the axial direction AD, a rear frame 370 and spokes 343 are provided in addition to the first rotor 300a between the resolver 421 and the power bus 261 and the neutral bus 290. The spokes 343 support the rotor 300 in a state extending from the shaft main body 341 toward the radially outer side. The spoke 343 corresponds to a rotor support.

The neutral point bus 290 is connected to the neutral point 65 so as to be able to be energized. The neutral point bus 290 is located on the opposite side of the resolver 421 and the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD via the first rotor 300a, the rear frame 370, and the spokes 343. The neutral point bus 290 is disposed between the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b in the axial direction AD. The neutral point bus 290 is located closer to the second rotor 300b than the first rotor 300a in the axial direction AD.

Neutral bus 290 is located between resolver 421 and power bus 261 in radial direction RD. The neutral point bus 290 is located at a position separated radially outward from the resolver 421. The neutral point bus 290 is located at a position separated radially inward from the power bus 261. The neutral point bus 290 is located closer to the power bus 261 than the resolver 421 in the radial direction RD. Neutral point generatrix 290 is located between coil portion 215 and shaft flange 342 in radial direction RD. The neutral point bus 290 is located radially inward of the coil portion 215. The neutral point bus 290 is located at a position separated radially outward from the shaft flange 342.

The shaft flange 342 is located at a position between the entry resolver 421 and the neutral bus 290. For example, when the resolver 421 and the neutral point bus 290 are connected at the shortest distance by a virtual line, the virtual line intersects the shaft flange 342. The shaft 340 is a non-magnetic member formed of a non-magnetic material. As the nonmagnetic material forming the shaft 340, there are aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, and the like. At least the shaft flange 342 becomes a non-magnetic part in the shaft 340. The shaft 340 easily restricts the magnetic field generated by the current flowing through the neutral point bus 290 from reaching the resolver 421. For example, the electromagnetic wave generated by the energization of the neutral point bus 290 can be suppressed by the shaft flange 342, and the electromagnetic wave reaches the resolver 421, so that noise is generated in the detection signal of the resolver 421.

The rear frame 370 is a non-magnetic member formed of a non-magnetic material. As the non-magnetic material forming the rear frame 370, there are aluminum alloy, titanium, resin, CFRP, and the like. The rear frame 370 easily restricts the magnetic field generated by the energization of the neutral point bus 290 and the coil 211 from reaching the resolver 421. In addition, the rear frame 370 easily restricts the magnetic field generated by the magnet 310 from reaching the resolver 421.

In the rotor 300, the flux from the magnet 310 does not easily leak to the outside of the magnet holder 320 by the halbach array of the magnet 310. For example, in the rotor 300, leakage magnetic flux to the radial direction inside is not easily generated. In addition, in the rotor 300, leakage magnetic flux to the opposite side of the magnet 310 in the axial direction AD via the magnet holder 320 is less likely to occur.

< formation group L >)

As shown in fig. 114, the magnet 310 has a magnet inner peripheral end 310a, a magnet outer peripheral end 310b, a magnet side surface 310c, an inner peripheral tapered surface 310d, and an outer peripheral tapered surface 310e. The magnet 310 has a first magnet surface 310g and a second magnet surface 310h. The magnet inner peripheral end 310a, the magnet outer peripheral end 310b, the magnet side surface 310c, the tapered surfaces 310d, 310e, and the magnet surfaces 310g, 310h are included on the outer surface of the magnet 310. The magnet inner peripheral end 310a is an end surface of the magnet 310 radially inward. The inner peripheral tapered surface 310d is included in the magnet inner peripheral end 310a. The magnet outer peripheral end 310b is an end surface of the magnet 310 radially outward. The outer circumferential tapered surface 310e is included in the magnet outer circumferential end 310b.

As described in the above-described constituent group Bb, the magnet unit 316 has the unit inner peripheral end 316a, the unit outer peripheral end 316b, the unit side face 316c, the inner peripheral tapered face 316d, and the outer peripheral tapered face 316e. As described in the above-described group G, the magnet unit 316 has the first unit surface 316G and the second unit surface 316h.

The outer surface of the magnet unit 316 is formed of a plurality of magnets 310 provided in the magnet unit 316. The outer surface of the magnet unit 316 includes the outer surfaces of the plurality of magnets 310. The magnet inner peripheral end 310a is included in the unit inner peripheral end 316a. The magnet outer peripheral end 310b is included in the unit outer peripheral end 316b. The magnet side 310c is included in the unit side 316c. The inner circumferential tapered surface 310d of the magnet 310 is included in the inner circumferential tapered surface 316d of the magnet unit 316. The outer circumferential tapered surface 310e of the magnet 310 is included in the outer circumferential tapered surface 316e of the magnet unit 316. The first magnet surface 310g is included in the first unit surface 316g. The second magnet surface 310h is included in the second unit surface 316h.

The magnet unit 316 has a side tapered surface 316f (see fig. 98). The magnet 310 has a portion included in the side tapered surface 316 f. Which is contained on the outer surface of the magnet 310.

In the magnet unit 316, a plurality of magnets 310 are bonded by an adhesive material. The adhesive material is formed of a resin material, an adhesive, or the like. In the magnet 310, a pair of magnet side surfaces 310c are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. Two magnets 310 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD are bonded with their respective magnet side faces 310c overlapped.

As shown in fig. 115, the rotor 300 has a magnet boundary portion 501. The magnet boundary 501 is a boundary between two magnets 310 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD. A plurality of magnet boundary portions 501 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The plurality of magnet boundary portions 501 include a cell inner boundary portion 501a and a cell outer boundary portion 501b.

The cell inner boundary portion 501a is included in the magnet cell 316. The unit inner boundary portion 501a is a boundary portion of two magnets 310 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD in one magnet unit 316. A plurality of unit inner boundary portions 501a are arranged in the rotor 300 in the circumferential direction CD. The unit outer boundary portion 501b is not included in the magnet unit 316. The cell outer boundary portion 501b is also a boundary portion of two magnet cells 316 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD. A plurality of unit outer boundary portions 501b are arranged in the rotor 300 in the circumferential direction CD. The plurality of cell outer boundary portions 501b include an inner boundary portion BI and an outer boundary portion BO. The cell outer boundary portion 501b becomes the inner boundary portion BI or the outer boundary portion BO.

In the two magnets 310 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD via the unit inner boundary portion 501a, the respective orientations are toward the same side of the circumferential direction CD. The magnets 310 are oriented toward the inner boundary BI of the circumferential direction CD, for example. In one magnet unit 316, all the magnets 310 are oriented toward the inner boundary BI side of the circumferential direction CD. In this way, repulsive force is not easily generated in the two magnets 310 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD via the unit inner boundary portion 501a. The orientation of the magnet 310 is the magnetization direction of the magnet 310.

In the two magnets 310 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD via the unit outer boundary portion 501b, the respective orientations are opposite to each other in the circumferential direction CD. For example, the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the second inner shaft magnet 312b adjacent to each other via the inner boundary portion BI are oriented in directions approaching each other as the unit outer boundary portion 501 b. In this way, the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the second inner shaft magnet 312b are in a state of being oriented opposite to each other. The first outer shaft magnet 313a and the second outer shaft magnet 313b adjacent to each other via the outer boundary portion BO are oriented in directions away from each other as the unit outer boundary portion 501 b. In this way, the first outer shaft magnet 313a and the second outer shaft magnet 313b are oriented opposite to each other. As a result, repulsive force is easily generated in the two magnets 310 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD via the unit outer boundary portion 501 b.

As shown in fig. 114, the magnet unit 316 includes at least one of a tilted magnet 314 and a parallel magnet 315 as the magnet 310. For example, the inclined magnet unit 317 includes both the inclined magnet 314 and the parallel magnet 315. In the inclined magnet unit 317, inclined magnets 314 and parallel magnets 315 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The parallel magnet unit 318 has only the inclined magnet 314 and only the parallel magnet 315 among the parallel magnets 315. In the parallel magnet unit 318, a plurality of parallel magnets 315 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

In the inclined magnet 314, the pair of magnet side surfaces 310c are inclined to each other. The pair of magnet side surfaces 310c are inclined away from each other toward the radial outside, for example. In the inclined magnet 314, the separation distance between the pair of magnet side surfaces 310c gradually increases toward the radial outside. In the inclined magnet 314, the magnet outer circumferential end 310b is longer than the magnet inner circumferential end 310a in the radial direction RD. The inclined magnet 314 is formed in a trapezoidal shape or a fan shape as a whole.

In the parallel magnets 315, a pair of magnet side surfaces 310c extend in parallel. The pair of magnet side surfaces 310c extend in a direction perpendicular to the circumferential direction CD. In the parallel magnets 315, the separation distance of the pair of magnet side faces 310c is uniform in the radial direction RD. In the parallel magnet 315, the magnet outer peripheral end 310b and the magnet inner peripheral end 310a have substantially the same length in the radial direction RD. The parallel magnet 315 is formed in a rectangular shape as a whole.

In the rotor 300, one of the inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318 is a first alignment unit 319a, and the other is a second alignment unit 319b. For example, if the inclined magnet unit 317 is the first orientation unit 319a, the parallel magnet unit 318 is the second orientation unit 319b. In this configuration, one of the two tilt magnets 314 included in the tilt magnet unit 317 is the first inner shaft magnet 312a, and the other is the first outer shaft magnet 313a. The parallel magnet 315 included in the inclined magnet unit 317 is the first peripheral magnet 311a. One of the parallel magnets 315 at both ends of the parallel magnet unit 318 is a second inner shaft magnet 312b, and the other is a second outer shaft magnet 313b. The center parallel magnet 315 in the parallel magnet unit 318 is the second peripheral magnet 311b.

In the inclined magnet unit 317, the width dimension of the parallel magnet 315 in the circumferential direction CD is smaller than the width dimension of the inclined magnet 314. In the parallel magnet unit 318, the width dimension of the center parallel magnet 315 is smaller than the width dimension of the parallel magnets 315 at both ends. That is, in the first alignment unit 319a and the second alignment unit 319b, the width dimensions of the peripheral magnets 311a, 311b are smaller than the width dimensions of the inner magnets 312a, 312b and the width dimensions of the outer magnets 313a, 313 b.

As shown in fig. 116 and 117, the magnet 310 includes a magnet piece 505. The magnet piece 505 is a magnet piece forming the magnet 310, and corresponds to a magnet member. The magnet 310 includes a plurality of magnet pieces 505. The plurality of magnet pieces 505 form the magnet 310 in a state of being joined by an adhesive material. The magnet piece 505 is a permanent magnet. A plurality of magnet pieces 505 are stacked in the radial direction RD. The radial direction RD corresponds to the lamination direction. The magnet piece 505 is formed in a plate shape and extends in a direction orthogonal to the radial direction RD. Two magnet pieces 505 adjacent to each other in the radial direction RD are overlapped with each other. The thickness dimension of the magnet piece 505 is substantially the same among the plurality of magnet pieces 505.

In the magnet 310, the direction of orientation of the magnet pieces 505 is uniform among the plurality of magnet pieces 505. That is, in the magnet 310, the magnetization directions of the magnet pieces 505 are uniform among the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The plurality of magnet pieces 505 included in one magnet 310 are oriented in the same direction. For example, in the magnet 310 oriented toward one side of the circumferential direction CD, all of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 are oriented toward one side of the circumferential direction CD.

Magnet piece 505 has an inner side Zhou Pianmian a, an outer side Zhou Pianmian b, a piece side 505c, a first piece side 505g, and a second piece side 505h. The inner side Zhou Pianmian a, the outer side Zhou Pianmian b, the sheet side 505c, the first sheet 505g, and the second sheet 505h are contained on the outer surface of the magnet sheet 505. The inner Zhou Pianmian a and outer circumferential surface 505b are a pair of surface surfaces of the magnet piece 505. In the magnet piece 505, the radially inner plate surface is the inner Zhou Pianmian a, and the radially outer plate surface is the outer circumferential plate surface 505b. The inner Zhou Pianmian a and outer Zhou Pianmian b sides extend parallel to each other. Of the two magnet pieces 505 adjacent in the radial direction RD, one inner side Zhou Pianmian a is bonded to the other outer side Zhou Pianmian b.

The outer surface of the magnet 310 is formed of a plurality of magnet pieces 505 provided in the magnet 310. The outer surface of the magnet 310 includes a plurality of magnet pieces 505. The sheet side surface 505c is included in the magnet side surface 310c. The first surface 505g is included in the first magnet surface 310g. The second surface 505h is included in the second magnet surface 310h.

The sheet side surface 505c, the first sheet surface 505g, and the second sheet surface 505h are included in the outer peripheral surface of the magnet sheet 505. The tab side surface 505c, the first tab surface 505g, and the second tab surface 505h extend in the radial direction RD to connect the inner Zhou Pianmian a with the outer peripheral tab surface 505b. The outer peripheral surface of the magnet piece 505 includes a pair of piece side surfaces 505c. A pair of sheet sides 505c are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

The innermost magnet piece 505 of the magnets 310 forms the magnet inner peripheral end 310a. The innermost magnet piece 505 is disposed at a position closest to the radially inner side among the plurality of magnet pieces 505 included in the magnet 310. In the innermost magnet piece 505, the inner Zhou Pianmian a is contained at the magnet inner peripheral end 310a. The outermost magnet piece 505 in the magnet 310 forms the magnet outer peripheral end 310b. The outermost magnet piece 505 is provided at a position closest to the radially outer side among the plurality of magnet pieces 505 included in the magnet 310. In the outermost magnet piece 505, the outer Zhou Pianmian b is included in the magnet outer peripheral end 310b.

In the magnet 310, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d is bridged by the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The width dimension of the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d is larger than the thickness dimension of the magnet piece 505 in the radial direction RD. The inner circumferential tapered surface 310d is provided at a position crossing the boundary portion between two adjacent magnet pieces 505 in the radial direction RD. The inner peripheral tapered surface 310d is formed of a plurality of magnet pieces 505.

The outer peripheral tapered surface 310e is bridged over the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The width dimension of the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e is larger than the thickness dimension of the magnet piece 505 in the radial direction RD. The outer circumferential tapered surface 310e is provided at a position crossing the boundary portion between two adjacent magnet pieces 505 in the radial direction RD. The outer peripheral tapered surface 310e is formed of a plurality of magnet pieces 505.

As shown in fig. 118, in the magnet 310, a plurality of magnet pieces 505 are held by the magnet holder 320 and the fixing block 330. Of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 of the magnet 310, the plurality of magnet pieces 505 forming the inner circumferential tapered surface 310d are hung on the fixed block 330. The plurality of magnet pieces 505 hung on the fixed block 330 are in contact with the block tapered surface 330 a. Of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 of the magnet 310, the plurality of magnet pieces 505 forming the outer circumferential tapered surface 316e are hung on the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. The plurality of magnet pieces 505 hung on the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 are in contact with the engagement tapered surface 322 a.

As shown in fig. 114, in the rotor 300, the magnet center line C310 and the cell center line C316 extend in the radial direction RD. The cell center line C316 is a linear virtual line extending in the radial direction RD through the center of the magnet cell 316. The cell center line C316 passes through the center of the cell inner peripheral end 316a and the center of the cell outer peripheral end 316b in addition to the center of the magnet cell 316. The magnet center line C310 is a linear virtual line extending in the radial direction through the center of the magnet 310. The magnet center line C310 passes through the center of the magnet inner peripheral end 310a and the center of the magnet outer peripheral end 310b in addition to the center of the magnet 310.

In the magnet unit 316, one unit center line C316 and a plurality of magnet center lines C310 extend. In the magnet unit 316, a magnet center line C310 of the magnet 310 located at the center of the three magnets 310 coincides with the unit center line C316. In the tilted magnet unit 317, the magnet center line C310 of the tilted magnet 314 is tilted with respect to the unit center line C316. In the inclined magnet unit 317, one magnet center line C310 of the two inclined magnets 314 is inclined with respect to the other magnet center line C310. In the parallel magnet unit 318, the magnet center line C310 of all the parallel magnets 315 extends parallel to the unit center line C316.

As shown in fig. 116 and 117, in the inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318, the magnet piece 505 extends in a direction perpendicular to the unit center line C316. In the inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318, the magnet pieces 505 of the inclined magnet 314 and the magnet pieces 505 of the parallel magnet 315 are aligned. The magnet pieces 505 of the inclined magnet 314 and the magnet pieces 505 of the parallel magnet 315 may be located at positions not shifted in the radial direction or at positions shifted in the radial direction RD. The inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318 correspond to a common unit.

In the parallel magnet 315 included in the inclined magnet unit 317, the magnet piece 505 is orthogonal to the magnet center line C310. On the other hand, in the inclined magnet 314 included in the inclined magnet unit 317, the magnet piece 505 is not orthogonal to the magnet center line C310. Of the plurality of parallel magnets 315 included in the parallel magnet unit 318, the magnet piece 505 is orthogonal to the magnet center line C310.

The magnet 310 includes a grinding surface on the outer surface thereof. In the magnet 310, at least the magnet side surface 310c, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d, the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e, the first magnet surface 310g, and the second magnet surface 310h are grinding surfaces. The surface of the outer surface of the magnet 310 that is ground so as to extend in a planar shape is a ground surface. In the grinding surface of the magnet 310, even if bent to be convex or concave, it is regarded as planar. The outer surface of the magnet 310 may have a flat surface with a grinding surface extending, and may have no step.

The magnet side surface 310c extends in the radial direction RD so as to be bridged by the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The magnet side surface 310c is a grinding surface, and corresponds to a magnet grinding surface and a grinding laminated surface. The magnet side surface 310c includes a plurality of sheet side surfaces 505c. The plurality of sheet side surfaces 505c are arranged on the same plane to form the magnet side surface 310c into a planar shape. For example, the two adjacent plate side surfaces 505c in the radial direction RD are not shifted in the circumferential direction CD, and no step is generated in the magnet side surface 310 c. In the magnet side surface 310c, the plurality of sheet side surfaces 505c are flush with each other. The blade side surface 505c corresponds to a component grinding surface.

The first magnet surface 310g extends in the radial direction RD so as to be bridged by the plurality of magnet pieces 505, similarly to the magnet side surface 310 c. The first magnet surface 310g is a grinding surface, and corresponds to a magnet grinding surface and a grinding laminated surface. The first magnet surface 310g includes a plurality of first sheet surfaces 505g. The plurality of first sheet surfaces 505g are arranged on the same plane to form the first magnet surface 310g into a planar shape. For example, the two first surfaces 505g adjacent to each other in the radial direction RD are not shifted in the axial direction AD, and no step is generated in the first magnet surface 310 g. In the first magnet surface 310g, the plurality of first sheet surfaces 505g are flush with each other. The first surface 505g corresponds to a component grinding surface.

The second magnet surface 310h extends in the radial direction RD so as to be bridged by the plurality of magnet pieces 505, similarly to the magnet side surface 310 c. The second magnet surface 310h is a grinding surface, and corresponds to a magnet grinding surface and a grinding laminated surface. The second magnet surface 310h includes a plurality of second facets 505h. The plurality of second surfaces 505h are arranged on the same plane to form the second magnet surface 310h into a planar shape. For example, the two second faces 505h adjacent to each other in the radial direction RD are not shifted in the axial direction AD, and no step is generated in the second magnet face 310 h. In the second magnet surface 310h, the plurality of second faces 505h are flush with each other. The second surface 505h corresponds to a component grinding surface.

At least a part of the magnet inner peripheral end 310a is a grinding surface. In the present embodiment, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d serves as a grinding surface as a part of the magnet inner peripheral end 310 a. The inner circumferential tapered surface 310d extends in the radial direction RD and the circumferential direction CD so as to bridge the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The inner peripheral tapered surface 310d is inclined with respect to the magnet side surface 310c, the first magnet surface 310g, and the second magnet surface 310 h. The inner peripheral tapered surface 310d corresponds to a magnet grinding surface and a grinding inclined surface.

The inner peripheral tapered surface 310d includes a plurality of first surfaces 505g. The first surface 505g included in the inner circumferential tapered surface 310d is inclined with respect to the first surface 505g included in the first magnet surface 310 g. In the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d is formed in a planar shape by disposing a plurality of first flat surfaces 505g on the same plane. For example, the two first surfaces 505g adjacent to each other in the radial direction RD do not deviate in the axial direction AD, and the step is not generated in the inner peripheral tapered surface 310 d. In the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d, the plurality of first surfaces 505g are flush with each other. The first surface 505g included in the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d also corresponds to a component grinding surface.

At least a portion of the magnet outer peripheral end 310b is a grinding surface. In the present embodiment, the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e serves as a grinding surface as a part of the magnet outer peripheral end 310 b. The outer circumferential tapered surface 310e extends in the radial direction RD and the circumferential direction CD so as to bridge the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The outer circumferential tapered surface 310e is inclined with respect to the magnet side surface 310c, the first magnet surface 310g, and the second magnet surface 310 h. The outer peripheral tapered surface 310e corresponds to a magnet grinding surface and a grinding inclined surface.

The outer peripheral tapered surface 310e includes a plurality of first surfaces 505g. The first surface 505g included in the outer circumferential tapered surface 310e is inclined with respect to the first surface 505g included in the first magnet surface 310 g. In the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e, the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e is formed in a planar shape by disposing a plurality of first flat surfaces 505g on the same plane. For example, the two first surfaces 505g adjacent to each other in the radial direction RD do not shift in the axial direction AD, and no step is generated in the outer peripheral tapered surface 310 e. In the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e, the plurality of first surfaces 505g are flush with each other. The first surface 505g included in the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e also corresponds to a component grinding surface.

In the magnet 310, the side tapered surface 316f serves as a grinding surface, similar to the inner tapered surface 310d and the outer tapered surface 310 e. Therefore, the side tapered surface 316f corresponds to the magnet grinding surface and the grinding inclined surface.

The magnet unit 316 includes a grinding surface on the outer surface thereof. In the magnet unit 316, at least the unit side face 316c, the inner peripheral tapered face 316d, the outer peripheral tapered face 316e, the first unit face 316g, and the second unit face 316h are grinding faces. The grinding surface of the magnet unit 316 is the same surface as the grinding surface of the magnet 310. For example, the surface of the outer surface of the magnet unit 316 that is ground so as to extend in a planar shape is a ground surface. In the grinding surface of the magnet unit 316, even if bent to be convex or concave, it is regarded as planar. The outer surface of the magnet unit 316 may have a flat surface with a grinding surface extending, or may have a step-free surface.

The unit side 316c is formed by a magnet side 310c provided in one magnet 310. Since the magnet side surface 310c becomes a grinding surface, the unit side surface 316c becomes a grinding surface.

The first unit surface 316g extends in the circumferential direction CD so as to bridge the plurality of magnets 310. The first unit surface 316g is a grinding surface and corresponds to a unit grinding surface. The first unit surface 316g includes a plurality of first magnet surfaces 310g. The plurality of first magnet faces 310g are arranged on the same plane to form the first unit face 316g into a planar shape. For example, two first magnet faces 310g adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD are not shifted in the axial direction AD, and no step is generated in the first unit face 316 g. In the first unit surface 316g, the plurality of first magnet surfaces 310g are flush with each other.

The second unit surface 316h extends in the circumferential direction CD so as to bridge the plurality of magnets 310, similarly to the first unit surface 316 g. The second unit surface 316h is a grinding surface and corresponds to a unit grinding surface. The second unit surface 316h includes a plurality of second magnet surfaces 310h. The plurality of second magnet faces 310h are arranged on the same plane to form the second unit face 316h into a planar shape. For example, two second magnet faces 310h adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD are not shifted in the axial direction AD, and no step is generated in the second unit face 316 h. In the second unit surface 316h, the plurality of second magnet surfaces 310h are flush with each other.

At least a portion of the unit inner peripheral end 316a is a grinding surface. In the present embodiment, the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d serves as a grinding surface as a part of the unit inner peripheral end 316 a. The inner circumferential tapered surface 316d extends in the radial direction RD and the circumferential direction CD so as to bridge the plurality of magnets 310. The inner peripheral tapered surface 316d is inclined with respect to the cell side surface 316c, the first cell surface 316g, and the second cell surface 316 h. The inner peripheral tapered surface 316d corresponds to a unit grinding surface.

The inner peripheral tapered surface 316d includes a plurality of inner peripheral tapered surfaces 310d. The plurality of inner peripheral tapered surfaces 310d are arranged on the same plane, and thus the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d is formed in a planar shape. For example, two adjacent inner circumferential tapered surfaces 310d in the circumferential direction CD do not deviate in the axial direction AD, and the inner circumferential tapered surfaces 316d do not have a step. In the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d, the plurality of inner peripheral tapered surfaces 310d are flush with each other.

At least a portion of the cell peripheral end 316b is a grinding surface. In the present embodiment, the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e serves as a grinding surface as a part of the unit outer peripheral end 316 b. The outer circumferential tapered surface 316e extends in the radial direction RD and the circumferential direction CD so as to bridge the plurality of magnets 310. The outer peripheral tapered surface 316e is inclined with respect to the cell side surface 316c, the first cell surface 316g, and the second cell surface 316 h. The outer peripheral tapered surface 316e corresponds to a unit grinding surface.

The outer peripheral tapered surface 316e includes a plurality of outer peripheral tapered surfaces 310e. The plurality of outer peripheral tapered surfaces 310e are arranged on the same plane, and thus the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e is formed in a planar shape. For example, two peripheral tapered surfaces 310e adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD are not shifted in the axial direction AD, and no step is generated in the peripheral tapered surface 316 e. In the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e, the plurality of outer peripheral tapered surfaces 310e are flush with each other.

As shown in fig. 115, the first magnet face 310g forms an axial gap 475. The first magnet surface 310g is included in the rotor first surface 301. Since the first magnet surface 310g has no step, the axial gap 475 is less likely to deviate in the circumferential direction CD and the radial direction RD. The first unit surface 316g has the first magnet surface 310g, thereby forming an axial gap 475. The first unit surface 316g is included in the rotor first surface 301. Since the first cell surface 316g has no step, the axial gap 475 is less likely to deviate in the circumferential direction CD and the radial direction RD. The axial gap 475 corresponds to a slit, and the first magnet surface 310g corresponds to a slit forming surface. Sometimes the axial gap 475 is simply referred to as a gap.

As described above for the group Bb, G, the magnet unit 316 is supported by the magnet holder 320, the fixing block 330, and the magnet fixture 335. The magnet holder 320, the fixing block 330, and the magnet fixture 335 support the magnet 310 and the magnet unit 316, and correspond to a magnet support portion. As shown in fig. 96, the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e is in a state of being hung on the outer peripheral engaging portion 322, and the magnet unit 316 is fixed to the magnet holder 320. That is, the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e is in a state of being hung on the outer peripheral engaging portion 322, and the magnet 310 is fixed to the magnet holder 320. The inner peripheral tapered surface 316d is suspended from the fixing block 330, and the magnet unit 316 is fixed to the fixing block 330. That is, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d is hung on the fixing block 330, and the magnet 310 is fixed to the fixing block 330.

Next, a method of manufacturing the magnet 310 will be described. The method of manufacturing the magnet 310 is included in the method of manufacturing the magnet unit 316. The method for manufacturing the magnet unit 316 is included in the method for manufacturing the rotor 300. The method for manufacturing the rotor 300 is included in the method for manufacturing the motor device 60. Here, a method of manufacturing the rotor 300 will be described with reference to a flowchart of fig. 119. The method for manufacturing the magnet 310 corresponds to the method for manufacturing the magnet. The method of manufacturing the rotor 300 corresponds to the method of manufacturing the rotor.

In the manufacturing process of the rotor 300 shown in fig. 119, the worker performs the sintering process as step P101. The sintering step is a step of manufacturing a sintered magnet corresponding to the neodymium magnet. In the sintering step, the worker produces, for example, a sintered block 511 shown in fig. 120 as a sintered magnet. The sintered block 511 is a sintered magnet in a block shape.

After the sintering process, a bar process is performed as step P102 by a worker. The bar-shaped step is a step of manufacturing a bar-shaped member from a sintered magnet. In the bar-shaped process, the worker manufactures a bar-shaped magnet 512 from the sintered block 511 as shown in fig. 120. For example, the worker divides the sintered block 511 into a plurality of divided pieces, and adjusts the shapes of the divided pieces to be long, thereby forming the bar magnet 512. The worker does not grind the bar magnet 512 in the bar process. The bar magnet 512 is a magnet formed in a plate shape, and corresponds to a magnet plate member. The worker prepares the bar magnet 512 by performing the sintering process and the bar process. The sintering step and the bar step are included in the preparation step for preparing the bar magnet 512.

After the bar-shaped process, the worker performs a magnet base material process as step P103. The magnet base material step is a step of manufacturing a base material for forming the magnet 310. In the magnet base material step, the worker manufactures a magnet base material 513 as shown in fig. 121 as a base material for forming the magnet 310. The worker stacks and bonds a plurality of bar magnets 512 to manufacture a magnet parent metal 513. The worker overlaps the plate surfaces of the plurality of bar magnets 512, and bonds the plate surfaces with a bonding material. Since the bar magnet 512 is not ground in the bar process, fine irregularities are likely to be present on the plate surface of the bar magnet 512. The surface area of the bar magnet 512 in contact with the adhesive material increases due to the irregularities, so that the adhesive force of the adhesive material is easily improved. That is, the plurality of bar magnets 512 are easily and firmly bonded. The magnet base material 513 shown in fig. 121 is a base material for manufacturing the inclined magnet 314.

After the magnet base material step, the worker performs a magnet side surface step as step P104. The magnet side surface step is a step of forming a bonding surface on the magnet parent material 513. In the magnet side surface step, the worker performs grinding work on the magnet parent metal 513 to form a magnet side surface 310c as shown in fig. 122. The worker grinds the magnet parent metal 513 so that the magnet side surface 310c becomes a planar shape. The worker forms the magnet side 310c according to the number of the adhesion objects adhered to the magnet 310. The magnet side surface 310c corresponds to a magnet plane.

After the magnet side surface process, the worker performs a unit base material process as step P105. The unit base material step is a step of manufacturing a base material for forming the magnet unit 316. In the unit base material step, the worker manufactures a unit base material 514 shown in fig. 123 as a base material for forming the magnet unit 316. The worker arranges and bonds the plurality of magnet base materials 513 to manufacture the unit base material 514. The worker overlaps the magnet side surfaces 310c of the plurality of magnet parent metals 513, and bonds the magnet side surfaces 310 c.

When the worker manufactures the cell base material 514, the cell inner boundary portion 501a is formed in the cell base material 514. As described above, repulsive force is not easily generated between two magnet parent metals 513 adjacent to each other via the unit inner boundary portion 501a. Therefore, when the worker adheres the two magnet base materials 513 by the adhesive material, the adhesion is not easily released by the repulsive force of the two magnet base materials 513.

After the cell base material process, the worker adjusts the shape of the cell base material 514 to manufacture the magnet cell 316. The worker performs shaping of the cell base material 514 in two stages, for example. The first shaping process is performed as step P106 by the worker. The first shaping step is a step of adjusting the rough shape of the unit base material 514 by performing a pre-processing on the unit base material 514. By grinding the cell base material 514, the worker forms the cell side surface 316c, the first cell surface 316g, and the second cell surface 316h as shown in fig. 124 and 125. The worker grinds the cell base material 514 so that the cell side surface 316c, the first cell surface 316g, and the second cell surface 316h are planar.

The unit side surface 316c, the first unit surface 316g, and the second unit surface 316h include a magnet side surface 310c, a first magnet surface 310g, and a second magnet surface 310h. The first shaping step is also a step in which the worker grinds the unit base material 514 so that the magnet side surface 310c, the first magnet surface 310g, and the second magnet surface 310h are planar. The magnet side surface 310c, the first magnet surface 310g, and the second magnet surface 310h correspond to magnet planes.

In the first shaping step, the worker forms the cell inner peripheral end 316a and the cell outer peripheral end 316b on the cell base material 514. The worker grinds the cell base material 514 so that the cell inner peripheral end 316a and the cell outer peripheral end 316b are also planar.

After the first shaping process, the worker performs a second shaping process as step P107. The second shaping step is a step of manufacturing the magnet unit 316 by performing finish machining on the unit base material 514. The worker performs grinding on the previously machined unit base material 514 to form an inner peripheral tapered surface 316d and an outer peripheral tapered surface 316e shown by broken lines in fig. 124 and 125. The worker grinds the cell base material 514 so that the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d and the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e are planar. In the second molding step, the worker forms the side tapered surface 316f in addition to the inner tapered surface 316d and the outer tapered surface 316e.

The inner and outer tapered surfaces 316d and 316e include an inner tapered surface 310d and an outer tapered surface 310e. The second shaping step is also a step in which the worker grinds the unit base material 514 so that the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d and the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e are planar. The inner peripheral tapered surface 310d and the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e correspond to the magnet plane.

After the second shaping process, the worker performs an assembly process as step P108. The assembly step is a step of assembling the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320. The worker prepares a magnet holder 320, a fixing block 330, and a magnet fixture 335 in advance, in addition to the magnet unit 316. Then, the worker fixes the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320 using the fixing block 330 and the magnet fixing member 335. The worker arranges a plurality of magnet units 316 along the holder body 321. In this case, the cell outer boundary portion 501b is formed by a plurality of magnet cells 316. As described above, a repulsive force is easily generated between two magnets 310 adjacent to each other via the cell outer boundary portion 501b. Accordingly, the worker assembles the plurality of magnet units 316 to the magnet holder 320 against the repulsive force.

< formation group M >)

As shown in fig. 127, the inner space of the motor case 70 includes a stator area 471, a facing area 472, and an outer peripheral area 473. The stator region 471 is a region on the stator 200 side with respect to the rotor 300 in the axial direction AD. The stator area 471 extends along the rotor first face 301. The opposing region 472 is a region on the opposite side of the stator region 471 via the rotor 300. The opposing region 472 extends along the rotor second face 302. The facing region 472 and the outer peripheral region 473 extend in the radial direction RD so as to bridge the shaft main body 341 and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The opposing region 472 and the outer peripheral region 473 extend annularly around the shaft main body 341 in the circumferential direction CD. The stator region 471 and the opposing region 472 are aligned in the axial direction AD via the rotor 300 and the outer peripheral region 473.

The outer peripheral region 473 is a region between the rotor 300 and the motor housing 70 in the radial direction RD. The outer peripheral region 473 extends in the radial direction RD so as to span between the bracket outer peripheral end 320b and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The outer peripheral region 473 extends annularly in the circumferential direction CD around the rotor 300. The outer peripheral region 473 is located between the stator region 471 and the opposing region 472 in the axial direction AD, and communicates the stator region 471 with the opposing region 472.

The stator area 471, the opposing area 472, and the outer peripheral area 473 are spaces included in the internal space of the motor housing 70. The stator area 471 corresponds to a stator space, the opposing area 472 corresponds to an opposing space, and the outer circumferential area 473 corresponds to an outer circumferential space.

In fig. 126 and 127, the axial gap 475 is included in the stator region 471. The axial gap 475 is open in the stator region 471 on both the radially outer side and the radially inner side. The axial gap 475 has a gap outer peripheral end 476 and a gap inner peripheral end 477. The gap outer peripheral end 476 is an outer peripheral end of the axial gap 475 that is open to the radial outside. The gap outer peripheral end 476 communicates with the opposite region 472 through an outer peripheral region 473. The gap inner peripheral end 477 is an inner peripheral end of the axial gap 475 and opens radially inward. The gap inner peripheral end 477 and the facing region 472 are separated by at least one of the rotor 300 and the shaft flange 342.

In the shaft 340, the shaft main body 341 penetrates the stator 200 in the axial direction AD. The shaft main body 341 is fixed to the rotor 300 and rotates together with the rotor 300 around the motor axis Cm. The shaft main body 341 corresponds to a rotation shaft portion. The shaft flange 342 supports the rotor 300, and corresponds to a shaft support portion. Rim 344 divides stator area 471 into a radially inner side and a radially outer side, corresponding to a support division. Rim 344 is radially inward of axial gap 475. The axial gap 475 is included in the stator area 471 in a region radially inward of the rim 344.

The gap inner peripheral end 477 communicates with the opposing region 472 through the bracket adjustment aperture 326. The bracket adjustment hole 326 is provided radially outward of the rim 344. The bracket adjustment hole 326 is provided between the rim 344 and the gap inner peripheral end 477 in the radial direction RD. The configuration in which the holder adjustment hole 326 is provided radially outward of the rim 344 includes a configuration in which a part of the holder adjustment hole 326 is aligned with the rim 344 in the axial direction AD as in the present embodiment. That is, as long as at least a part of the holder adjustment hole 326 penetrates the magnet holder 320 radially outward of the rim 344, it is considered that the holder adjustment hole 326 is provided radially outward of the rim 344. The bracket adjustment hole 326 is located closer to the axial gap 475 than the rim 344. The bracket adjustment 326 corresponds to a slot side hole in the rotor Zhou Kongyi.

The gap inner peripheral end 477 communicates with the opposing region 472 through the bracket center hole 324, the flange vent holes 346, and the rim inner peripheral hole 349 in addition to the bracket adjustment hole 326. A bracket central bore 324 is included in the rotor 300.

The holder center hole 324 shown in fig. 127 and 128 penetrates the magnet holder 320 in the axial direction AD. The bracket central aperture 324 communicates the stator area 471 with the opposite area 472. The bracket center hole 324 is provided at the center of the magnet bracket 320. The bracket center hole 324 is located at a position separated radially inward from either the magnet 310 or the bracket adjustment hole 326. The bracket central aperture 324 is radially inward of the rim 344. The shaft main body 341 is inserted into the bracket center hole 324 to penetrate the rotor 300 in the axial direction AD. The bracket center hole 324 is provided between the shaft main body 341 and the rim 344 in the radial direction RD. The bracket center 324 corresponds to the rotor inner Zhou Kongyi and the shaft side hole.

The stator area 471 communicates with the opposing area 472 through the bracket fixing hole 325 and the bracket pin hole 327. The bracket fixing hole 325, which is not inserted with the bracket fixing piece 350, among the plurality of bracket fixing holes 325, communicates the stator area 471 with the opposing area 472 radially inside the rim 344, like the bracket center hole 324. The bracket pin holes 327, into which the positioning pins 355 are not inserted, of the plurality of bracket pin holes 327, communicate the stator area 471 with the opposing area 472 radially inward of the rim 344, similarly to the bracket center hole 324. The bracket fixing hole 325 and the bracket pin hole 327 correspond to the rotor inner Zhou Kongyi and the shaft side hole. The bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, and the bracket pin hole 327 are sometimes referred to as a bracket center hole 324 or the like.

Flange vent holes 346 shown in fig. 127 and 129 penetrate rim 344 so that gap inner peripheral end 477 communicates with bracket center hole 324 and the like. The flange vent holes 346 are located between the gap inner peripheral end 477 and the bracket central hole 324 or the like in the radial direction RD. The flange vent holes 346 correspond to partition communication holes.

The rim inner peripheral hole 349 penetrates the shaft flange 342 in the axial direction AD. The rim inner peripheral hole 349 is provided radially inward of the rim 344. The rim inner peripheral hole 349 is provided between the shaft main body 341 and the rim 344 in the radial direction RD. The rim inner peripheral hole 349 is located at a position juxtaposed in the axial direction AD with the bracket center hole 324 and the like. The rim inner peripheral hole 349 is located side by side with the flange vent hole 346 in the radial direction RD. The rim inner peripheral hole 349 communicates the bracket central hole 324 and the like with the flange vent hole 346. The rim inner peripheral hole 349 corresponds to a support through hole.

Spokes 343 connect shaft body 341 to rim 344 via rim inner peripheral holes 349. The spokes 343 support the rim 344 while being fixed to the shaft main body 341. A plurality of spokes 343 are aligned in the circumferential direction CD relative to the rim inner peripheral hole 349. Spokes 343 are disposed between adjacent flange vent holes 346 in the circumferential direction CD. The spokes 343 extend in a frame-like manner in the radial direction RD, corresponding to a support frame.

As shown in fig. 126 and 127, the stator area 471, the opposing area 472, the outer circumferential area 473, and the axial gap 475 are provided in the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b, respectively. For the first rotor 300a, there is a first opposing region 472a, a first outer peripheral region 473a, and a first axial gap 475a. For the second rotor 300b, there is a second opposing region 472b, a second outer peripheral region 473b, and a second axial gap 475b. The stator area 471 is a space between the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b, and is common to the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300 b. The stator 200 is accommodated in the stator area 471.

The first axial gap 475a is a gap between the first rotor 300a and the stator 200, and corresponds to an axial gap. The first opposing region 472a is a space between the first rotor 300a and the rear frame 370, and corresponds to an opposing space. The first outer peripheral region 473a is a space between the first rotor 300a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b, and corresponds to an outer peripheral space. The gap outer peripheral end 476 of the first axial gap 475a communicates with the first opposing region 472a through the first outer peripheral region 473 a. The gap inner peripheral end 477 of the first axial gap 475a communicates with the first opposing region 472a through the bracket adjustment hole 326 of the first rotor 300 a. The gap inner peripheral end 477 of the first axial gap 475a communicates with the first opposing region 472a through the bracket center hole 324 and the like of the first rotor 300a, and the flange vent hole 346.

The second axial gap 475b is a gap between the second rotor 300b and the stator 200, and corresponds to an axial gap. The second opposing region 472b is a space between the second rotor 300b and the driving frame 390, and corresponds to an opposing space. The second outer peripheral region 473b is a space between the second rotor 300b and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b, and corresponds to an outer peripheral space. The second axial gap 475b has a gap outer peripheral end 476 that communicates with the second opposing region 472b through a second outer peripheral region 473 b. The gap inner peripheral end 477 of the second axial gap 475b communicates with the second opposing region 472b through the bracket adjustment hole 326 of the second rotor 300 b. The gap inner peripheral end 477 of the second axial gap 475b communicates with the second opposing region 472b through the bracket center hole 324 and the like of the second rotor 300b, and the flange vent hole 346.

The drive frame 390 is provided to the housing main body 71 so as to cover the second rotor 300b from the second opposing region 472b side. The drive frame 390 is fixed to the motor housing 70 by being fixed to the housing main body 71. The drive frame 390 corresponds to a rotor cover portion.

As shown in fig. 127 and 130, the driving frame 390 includes driving ribs 395, outer circumferential ribs 396, and inner circumferential ribs 397. These ribs 395 to 397 protrude from the frame body 391 toward the second rotor 300b in the axial direction AD. Ribs 395 to 397 are projections provided on the frame main body 391. The driving rib 395 extends along the frame body 391 in the radial direction RD. The outer circumferential rib 396 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the outer circumferential end of the frame body 391. The inner circumferential rib 397 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the inner circumferential end of the frame body 391. The outer circumferential rib 396 and the inner circumferential rib 397 are formed in a ring shape. The driving rib 395 is erected between the outer circumferential rib 396 and the inner circumferential rib 397. The frame body 391 corresponds to a cover body, and the driving rib 395 corresponds to a cover rib.

When the rotor 300 rotates, the gas is stirred and flowed in the inner space of the motor case 70 by the bracket ribs 323. The flow of gas generated by the bracket ribs 323 includes a gas flow flowing to circulate around the rotor 300 in a direction orthogonal to the circumferential direction CD. The air flow is conveyed from the support rib 323 toward the outer peripheral region 473 to the radially outer side at the opposing region 472. The air flow reaching the outer peripheral region 473 flows into the axial gap 475 from the gap outer peripheral end 476 and flows out from the gap inner peripheral end 477. The air flow flowing out from the axial gap 475 returns to the outer peripheral region 473 through the bracket adjustment aperture 326 or the bracket center aperture 324 or the like. The air flow passing through the bracket center hole 324 and the like passes through the flange vent holes 346 and the rim inner peripheral hole 349 to reach the bracket center hole 324 and the like after flowing out from the axial gap 475.

The path of the air flow returning to the outer peripheral region 473 through the holder adjustment holes 326 is sometimes referred to as a first circulation path. The path of the air flow returning to the outer peripheral region 473 through the bracket central aperture 324 is sometimes referred to as a second circulation path.

The air flows flowing around the rotor 300 include air flows Fm1 to Fm4. The airflows Fm1, fm2 circulate around the first rotor 300a in the direction orthogonal to the circumferential direction CD as the first rotor 300a rotates. The airflows Fm1, fm2 flow from the first opposing region 472a through the first outer peripheral region 473a into the first axial gap 475a. Thereafter, the air flow Fm1 returns from the first axial gap 475a to the first opposing region 472a through the bracket adjustment hole 326. On the other hand, the air flow Fm2 returns from the first axial gap 475a to the first opposing region 472a through the flange vent holes 346, the rim inner peripheral holes 349, the bracket center holes 324, and the like.

The airflows Fm3, fm4 circulate around the second rotor 300b in the direction orthogonal to the circumferential direction CD as the second rotor 300b rotates. The airflows Fm3, fm4 flow from the second opposing region 472b through the second outer peripheral region 473b into the second axial gap 475b. Thereafter, the air flow Fm3 returns from the second axial gap 475b to the second opposing region 472b through the bracket adjustment aperture 326. On the other hand, the air flow Fm4 returns from the second axial gap 475b to the second opposing region 472b through the flange vent holes 346, the rim inner peripheral holes 349, the bracket center holes 324, and the like.

In the second opposing region 472b, the heat dissipation effect from the airflows Fm3, fm4 to the drive frame 390 is enhanced by the drive rib 395. In the second opposing region 472b, the bracket rib 323 moves relatively in the circumferential direction CD with respect to the driving rib 395 with the rotation of the second rotor 300b, so that the airflows Fm3, fm4 are easily agitated. The airflows Fm3 and Fm4 easily flow between two drive ribs 395 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD so as to rotate in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. For example, the airflows Fm3 and Fm4 flow radially inward along one of the drive ribs 395, U-turn around the inner circumferential rib 397, and flow radially outward along the other drive rib 395. Thereafter, the airflows Fm3 and Fm4 turn around in a U-shape on the outer circumferential rib 396 and flow radially outward again along the one drive rib 395.

< formation group N >)

As shown in fig. 131, the motor device unit 50 includes a motor sealing portion 402 and an inverter sealing portion 403. The sealing portions 402 and 403 are elastically deformable sealing members, and are formed of a resin material or the like. The sealing portions 402 and 403 are, for example, O-rings. The seal portions 402, 403 are formed in a ring shape and extend along the circumferential direction CD.

The motor sealing portion 402 is included in the motor device 60. The motor sealing portion 402 is sandwiched between the motor housing 70 and the rear frame 370. The motor sealing portion 402 is provided between the motor housing 70 and the rear frame 370, and blocks a gap between the motor housing 70 and the rear frame 370. The motor sealing portion 402 seals the boundary portion between the motor housing 70 and the rear frame 370, restricts water or the like from entering the interior of the motor housing 70, and the like. The motor sealing portion 402 extends in a ring shape along the motor outer peripheral surface 70a.

The case body 71 extends in the circumferential direction CD in a ring shape. The housing main body 71 is formed in a cylindrical shape as a whole. The outer peripheral surface of the housing main body 71 is a motor outer peripheral surface 70a. The housing main body 71 forms an outer peripheral wall of the motor housing 70, and corresponds to an outer peripheral wall of the motor. The housing main body 71 is sometimes referred to as a motor peripheral wall. The inner space of the housing body 71 forms the inner space of the motor housing 70. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a corresponds to the motor outer peripheral surface.

The rear frame 370 is fixed to the motor case 70 and corresponds to a fixation target. The rear frame 370 is juxtaposed with the housing main body 71 in the axial direction AD. The rear frame 370 is sandwiched between the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90 in the axial direction AD. The rear frame 370 covers the inner space of the case body 71 from the axial direction AD, and corresponds to a cover member. The rear frame 370 covers the internal space of the motor case 70, the rotors 300a and 300b, and the stator 200 from the inverter device 80 side.

The rear frame 370 has a rear outer peripheral surface 370a. The rear outer peripheral surface 370a is an outer peripheral end of the rear frame 370, and is an end surface facing radially outward. The rear outer peripheral surface 370a extends in a ring shape in the circumferential direction CD. The rear outer peripheral surface 370a is exposed radially outward together with the outer peripheral surfaces 70a and 90a between the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90. The rear outer peripheral surface 370a is provided between the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 90a in the axial direction AD. The rear outer peripheral surface 370a corresponds to the object outer peripheral surface.

The inverter sealing portion 403 is sandwiched between the motor device 60 and the inverter device 80. The inverter sealing part 403 is provided between the inverter case 90 and the rear frame 370, and blocks a gap between the inverter case 90 and the rear frame 370. The inverter sealing part 403 seals the boundary part between the inverter housing 90 and the rear frame 370, restricts water or the like from entering the inside of the inverter housing 90, and the like. The inverter sealing portion 403 extends in a ring shape along the outer peripheral surface 90a. The outer peripheral surface 90a is sometimes referred to as an inverter outer peripheral surface 90a.

The inverter housing 90 has an inverter inner peripheral surface 90b. The inverter inner peripheral surface 90b is included in the inner surface of the motor case 70, and extends in the circumferential direction CD as a whole in a ring shape. The case main body 91 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the inverter inner peripheral surface 90b in a ring shape. The housing main body 91 is formed in a cylindrical shape as a whole. The outer peripheral surface of the case body 91 is an inverter outer peripheral surface 90a, and the inner peripheral surface is an inverter inner peripheral surface 90b. The case body 91 forms an outer peripheral wall of the inverter case 90, sometimes referred to as an inverter outer peripheral wall. The inner space of the case body 91 forms the inner space of the inverter case 90.

As shown in fig. 132, the motor device 60 includes a motor seal holding portion 78 and a rear holding portion 376. The motor seal retaining portion 78 and the rear retaining portion 376 retain the motor seal portion 402, and restrict positional displacement of the motor seal portion 402. The motor sealing portion 402 is sandwiched between the motor sealing and holding portion 78 and the rear holding portion 376, and blocks the gap between these holding portions 78 and 376.

The motor seal holder 78 is included in the motor housing 70. The motor seal holder 78 is provided in the housing main body 71. In the present embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 and the housing main body 71 are integrally formed. The motor seal holding portion 78 is included in the case body 71, for example, at an end portion on the inverter device 80 side of the case body 71. The outer surface of the motor seal holder 78 is included in the motor outer peripheral surface 70a. Therefore, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is located radially outward of the motor seal retaining portion 78. The motor seal holder 78 corresponds to a seal holder.

The rear frame 370 has a rear main body 375, a rear retaining portion 376, and a rear exposed portion 377. The rear body 375 is formed in a plate shape extending in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The rear body 375 forms a major portion of the rear frame 370. In the rear frame 370, for example, a bus bar support portion 371, a bearing support portion 372, and a frame opening portion 373 are provided to a rear body 375. The rear body 375 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in a ring shape. The rear body 375 is provided, for example, at a position radially inward of the access motor housing 70.

The rear retaining portion 376 is provided to the rear body 375. The rear retaining portion 376 is located near the outer peripheral end of the rear body 375. The rear retaining portion 376 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in a ring shape. The rear retaining portion 376 protrudes from the rear body 375 in the axial direction AD. The rear retaining portion 376 is placed so as to bridge the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90 in the axial direction AD. The rear retaining portion 376 overlaps the inner peripheral surfaces 70b and 90b, and protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surfaces 70b and 90 b. The rear holding portion 376 is provided at a position separated radially outward from the frame opening 373. The rear holding portion 376 corresponds to an object holding portion.

The rear retaining portion 376 is provided at a position juxtaposed with the motor seal retaining portion 78 in the radial direction RD. The rear retaining portion 376 is located radially inward of the motor seal retaining portion 78 via the motor seal portion 402. The rear retaining portion 376 and the motor seal retaining portion 78 are in a state of pressing the motor seal portion 402 in the radial direction RD. The motor seal 402 is elastically deformed to collapse in the radial direction RD by the pressing force of the rear retaining portion 376 and the motor seal retaining portion 78. The motor seal 402 is brought into close contact with the rear retaining portion 376 and the motor seal retaining portion 78 by the restoring force associated with the elastic deformation.

The rear retaining portion 376 has a motor-side rear groove 376a and an inverter-side rear groove 376b. The rear grooves 376a and 376b are concave portions recessed inward in the radial direction, and open outward in the radial direction. The rear grooves 376a, 376b extend in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in a groove shape. The rear grooves 376a, 376b are provided around the rear retaining portion 376a circle in the circumferential direction CD. The rear grooves 376a, 376b are aligned in the axial direction AD.

The motor-side rear groove 376a is provided at a position parallel to the motor seal holder 78 in the radial direction RD. The motor-side rear groove 376a is a recess into which the motor seal 402 can enter. The motor sealing portion 402, when entering the inside of the motor-side rear groove 376a, blocks the gap between the motor sealing and holding portion 78 and the rear holding portion 376. The motor-side rear groove 376a restricts positional displacement of the motor seal portion 402 with respect to the motor seal retaining portion 78 and the rear retaining portion 376. The motor seal 402 is brought into close contact with both the rear retaining portion 376 and the motor seal retaining portion 78 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation of the motor seal 402. Specifically, the motor sealing portion 402 is in close contact with the inner surfaces of the motor inner peripheral surface 70b and the motor-side rear groove 376a, respectively. The motor-side rear groove 376a corresponds to the target recess.

The inverter device 80 has an inverter seal holding portion 98. The inverter seal holding portion 98 and the rear holding portion 376 hold the inverter seal portion 403, and restrict positional displacement of the inverter seal portion 403. The inverter sealing portion 403 is sandwiched between the inverter sealing and holding portion 98 and the rear holding portion 376. The inverter sealing portion 403 is provided between the inverter sealing and holding portion 98 and the rear holding portion 376, and blocks the gap between these holding portions 98 and 376.

The inverter seal holding portion 98 is included in the inverter case 90. The inverter seal holding portion 98 is provided in the case main body 91. In the present embodiment, the inverter seal holding portion 98 and the case main body 91 are integrally formed. The inverter seal holding portion 98 is included in the case body 91, for example, at an end portion of the case body 91 on the motor device 60 side. The outer surface of the inverter seal holder 98 is included in the outer peripheral surface 90a. Accordingly, the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a is located radially outward of the inverter seal retaining portion 98.

The rear retaining portion 376 and the inverter-side rear groove 376b are provided at positions parallel to the inverter seal retaining portion 98 in the radial direction RD. The inverter-side rear groove 376b is a recess into which the inverter sealing portion 403 can enter. The inverter sealing portion 403, when entering the inside of the inverter-side rear groove 376b, blocks the gap between the inverter sealing and holding portion 98 and the rear holding portion 376. The inverter-side rear groove 376b restricts positional displacement of the inverter seal portion 403 with respect to the inverter seal holding portion 98 and the rear holding portion 376. The inverter sealing portion 403 is in close contact with both the rear retaining portion 376 and the inverter sealing retaining portion 98 due to a restoring force associated with elastic deformation of the inverter sealing portion 403. Specifically, the inverter sealing portion 403 is in close contact with the inner peripheral surface 90b and the inner surface of the inverter-side rear groove 376b, respectively.

The rear exposed portion 377 is a portion of the rear frame 370 that enters between the motor seal holding portion 78 and the inverter seal holding portion 98. The rear exposed portion 377 extends radially outward from the rear body 375 to form a rear outer peripheral surface 370a. In the present embodiment, the rear exposed portion 377 extends radially outward from the rear body 375 via the rear retaining portion 376. The rear exposed portion 377 extends radially outward from the rear holding portion 376 at a position between the motor side rear groove 376a and the inverter side rear groove 376 b. The rear retaining portion 376 connects the rear body 375 and the rear exposed portion 377.

In the motor device 60, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are arranged continuously in the axial direction AD. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are flush with each other, and form the same plane. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are located at positions aligned in the radial direction RD. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are continuously aligned in the axial direction AD even at positions slightly offset in the radial direction RD. In this way, a step surface is not generated at the boundary portion between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a.

The inverter outer peripheral surface 90a is arranged continuously with the rear outer peripheral surface 370a in the axial direction AD, like the motor outer peripheral surface 70a. The outer peripheral surface 90a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are flush with each other, and form the same plane. The outer peripheral surface 90a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are located at positions aligned in the radial direction RD. The outer peripheral surface 90a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are continuously aligned in the axial direction AD even at positions slightly offset in the radial direction RD. In this way, a step surface is not generated at the boundary portion between the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a.

The power outlet 212 is curved so as to avoid the rear retaining portion 376 radially inward. In the power outlet 212, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is located at a position parallel to the rear holding portion 376 in the axial direction AD. The outer peripheral lead portion 212a extends in the axial direction AD toward the rear retaining portion 376. The cross lead portion 212c is located at a position separated from the rear retaining portion 376 toward the first rotor 300a in the radial direction RD. The cross lead-out portion 212c extends radially inward to pass between the rear retaining portion 376 and the first rotor 300 a. The cross lead portion 212c protrudes radially inward from the rear retaining portion 376. The cross lead portion 212c corresponds to a penetration lead portion. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position parallel to the rear retaining portion 376 in the radial direction RD. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position separated radially inward from the rear retaining portion 376.

The motor device unit 50 has a pipe flow path 105. The duct flow path 105 is formed between the unit case 51 and the unit duct 100, and is a flow path through which gas flows. The unit pipe 100 covers the motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90 from the outer peripheral sides of the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92. The unit pipe 100 is located at a position separated radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90 a. The unit pipe 100 is separated from the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 90a radially outward by at least the fins 72, 92. The separation space becomes the conduit flow path 105. The unit pipe 100 is brought into contact with or close to the fins 72, 92. The unit pipe 100 corresponds to an outer peripheral pipe, and the pipe passage 105 corresponds to an outer peripheral passage.

The gas flowing outside the motor unit 50 includes the gas flowing along the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 90a, 370a as the gas flow Fb1. The air flow Fb1 flows in the axial direction AD from the inverter device 80 toward the motor device 60 in the duct flow path 105. Since the air flow Fb1 flows along the fins 72, 92, the heat of the fins 72, 92 is released to the air flow Fb1.

The air flow Fb1 passes through the boundary portion between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a in the axial direction AD. At this boundary portion, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are continuous surfaces, so that the airflow Fb1 is less likely to be disturbed. The airflow Fb1 passes through the boundary portion between the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a in the axial direction AD. At this boundary portion, the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are continuous surfaces, so that turbulence is unlikely to occur in the airflow Fb1.

Next, a method of manufacturing the motor device unit 50 will be described. The process for manufacturing the motor device unit 50 includes a process for manufacturing the motor device 60 and a process for manufacturing the inverter device 80. In the process of manufacturing the motor device 60, a worker prepares the motor housing 70, the rear frame 370, and the motor sealing portion 402 as a preparation process. In this preparation step, the rotor 300, the stator 200, and the like are housed in the motor case 70.

After the preparation process, the worker performs a process of temporarily fixing the rear frame 370 to the motor housing 70. In this step, the worker attaches the motor sealing portion 402 to the rear frame 370. The operator brings the motor seal 402 into the motor-side rear groove 376a. Then, the worker temporarily fixes the rear frame 370 to the motor housing 70 so that the motor seal portion 402 is brought into close contact with the motor seal holding portion 78.

After the preparation process, the worker performs a process of temporarily fixing the rear frame 370 to the inverter case 90. In this step, the worker attaches the inverter sealing portion 403 to the rear frame 370. The operator brings the inverter sealing portion 403 into the inverter-side rear groove 376b. Then, the worker temporarily fixes the rear frame 370 to the inverter case 90 so that the inverter seal portion 403 and the inverter seal holding portion 98 are brought into close contact.

After the temporary fixation, the worker fixes the motor housing 70, the inverter housing 90, and the rear frame 370 by fasteners such as bolts. Thereafter, the worker performs an operation of attaching the unit pipe 100 to the motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90.

The motor device unit 50 is mounted on a flying body, for example. The flying body is an electric flying body such as an electric aircraft. In the electric flying body, the motor device unit 50 rotates a rotor such as a flying rotor. The motor device unit 50 is a propulsion device for propelling the flying body. The motor device 60 is a drive source for rotating the rotor.

< formation group A >

According to the present embodiment described so far, the neutral point bus 290 is provided at a position separated from the bus protection unit 270 having electrical insulation and protecting the power bus 261. In this configuration, the neutral point bus 290 and the power bus 261 are not in contact with each other, and even the neutral point bus 290 and the bus protection unit 270 are not in contact with each other. Therefore, since the neutral point bus 290 is separated from the bus bar protection unit 270, a decrease in insulation reliability in the electrically insulated state between the neutral point bus 290 and the power bus 261 can be suppressed. Therefore, since the neutral point bus 290 is separated from the bus bar protection portion 270, the electrical insulation reliability of the motor device 60 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the power bus 261 is provided in one of the stator-side space S1 and the inverter-side space S2 arranged in the axial direction AD, and the neutral point bus 290 is provided in the other. Specifically, the power bus 261 is provided in the inverter-side space S2, and the neutral point bus 290 is provided in the stator-side space S1. The stator-side space S1 and the inverter-side space S2 are partitioned by the rear frame 370. In this configuration, the neutral point bus 290 is restricted from contacting the power bus 261 by the rear frame 370. In this way, the reduction in insulation reliability with respect to the electrically insulated state of the neutral point bus 290 and the power bus 261 can be suppressed by the rear frame 370. Accordingly, the reliability of electrical insulation of the motor device 60 can be improved by the rear frame 370.

According to the present embodiment, the neutral point bus 290 and the bus bar protection unit 270 are provided at positions separated in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the separation distance between the neutral point bus 290 and the bus bar protection unit 270 can be increased as much as possible. Therefore, the insulation reliability between the neutral point bus 290 and the power bus 261 is improved, and the shortage of the separation distance between the neutral point bus 290 and the bus protection unit 270 can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the motor device 60 is a rotary electric machine that matches both of an axial gap type and a double rotor type. That is, the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b are arranged along the motor axis Cm via the stator 200. In this configuration, the motor device 60 can be miniaturized by the axial gap type, and the motor output can be improved by the double rotor type. In this configuration, halbach arrays are used for the arrangement of the magnets 310 in the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b. Therefore, the back yoke can be easily omitted in the motor device 60. Further, the coil 211 is formed by winding a coil wire 220 having a plurality of bare wires 223. Therefore, copper loss of the coil wire 220 generated in the coil 211 can be reduced.

According to the present embodiment, the number of turns of the two coil portions 215 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD is different. In this configuration, the coil wire 220 can be easily pulled out in the radial direction RD in the two coil portions 215. Therefore, in the coil 211, one of the power lead line 212 and the neutral lead line 213 is easily drawn out to the radially outer side, and the other is easily drawn out to the radially inner side. Accordingly, the insulation reliability with respect to the electrically insulated state of the power outlet 212 and the neutral outlet 213 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the connection portion between the power bus 261 and the relay terminal 280 is supported by the terminal block 285. In this configuration, even if a relative vibration of the power bus 261 with respect to the relay terminal 280 occurs, the stress caused by the vibration is easily suppressed at the terminal stage 285. Therefore, vibration resistance can be improved for the relay terminal 280 and the power bus 261 forming the output line 143. Therefore, even if a relative vibration of the motor device 60 with respect to the inverter device 80 occurs, occurrence of an abnormality in the output line 143 formed by the relay terminal 280 and the power bus 261 can be suppressed.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, in a configuration in which the power bus 261 is directly connected to the inverter device 80 side without the relay terminal 280, the power bus 261 is placed in a state of being bridged between the inverter device 80 and the motor device 60. Therefore, if a relative vibration of the motor device 60 with respect to the inverter device 80 occurs, stress concentrates on the power bus 261, and an abnormality may occur in the power bus 261. That is, there is a concern that abnormality occurs in the output line 143 formed on the power bus 261.

According to the present embodiment, one relay terminal 280 is disposed in each of the plurality of divided areas RE. In this configuration, the separation distance between two relay terminals 280 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD can be ensured sufficiently. Therefore, even if it is assumed that heat is generated in the relay terminal 280 due to the current or the like flowing in the relay terminal 280, the heat is easily released from the relay terminal 280. Therefore, occurrence of abnormality in the motor device 60 due to heat generated in the relay terminal 280 can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the rear frame 370 has a busbar support portion 371 and a bearing support portion 372. In this configuration, two devices such as the power bus 261 and the first bearing 360 can be supported by one member such as the rear frame 370. Therefore, the number of components constituting the motor device 60 can be reduced.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the power bus 261 and the first bearing 360 are supported by separate dedicated members. In this configuration, it is necessary to use dedicated members for the power bus 261 and the first bearing 360, and to fix the dedicated members to the motor housing 70 or the like. Therefore, in this configuration, there is a concern that the number of components constituting the motor device 60 increases.

According to the present embodiment, resolver 421 is provided on the opposite side of neutral point bus 290 in axial direction AD via rear frame 370. In this configuration, the separation distance between resolver 421 and neutral point bus 290 can be sufficiently ensured. Therefore, even if electromagnetic waves are generated by the current flowing through the neutral point bus 290, the electromagnetic waves are not easily affected by the resolver 421. For example, it is not easy to generate noise in the detection signal of the resolver 421 in response to the energization of the neutral point bus 290.

< formation group B >)

According to the present embodiment, in the rotor 300, the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b adjacent in the circumferential direction CD are oriented obliquely with respect to the motor axis Cm toward the stator 200 side in the axial direction AD. In addition, a pair of peripheral magnets 311a, 311b adjacent to each other via a pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b in the circumferential direction CD are oriented so as to face each other in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, since the magnetic fluxes of the pair of peripheral magnets 311a and 311b and the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b are concentrated on the stator 200 side or the like, the magnetic field on the stator 200 side is easily enhanced. Accordingly, the energy efficiency of the motor device 60 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b are oriented obliquely with respect to the motor axis Cm toward the stator 200 side in the axial direction AD and are opposed to each other in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, the magnetic fluxes of the pair of peripheral magnets 311a, 311b and the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b are easily concentrated toward the inner boundary portion BI side in the circumferential direction CD. By concentrating the magnetic flux in this manner, the magnetic field on the stator 200 side can be enhanced.

According to the present embodiment, in the rotor 300, a pair of outer-shaft magnets 313a, 313b adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD are provided on opposite sides via the first circumferential magnet 311a or the second circumferential magnet 311 b. In addition, the pair of outer shaft magnets 313a, 313b are oriented obliquely with respect to the motor axis Cm to face the opposite side to the stator 200 in the axial direction AD and to face the opposite sides to each other in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, the magnetic flux is spread in the axial direction AD on the opposite side to the stator 200, and the magnetic field on the stator 200 side is easily enhanced. Therefore, the energy efficiency of the motor device 60 can be further improved.

According to the present embodiment, the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b are disposed in point symmetry with each other so that the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b provided on one side and the pair of outer shaft magnets 313a and 313b provided on the other side are aligned in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the magnetic flux passing through the stator 200 in the axial direction AD is easily concentrated on the inner boundary BI and the outer boundary BO sides in the circumferential direction CD. Therefore, the magnetic field on the stator 200 side can be enhanced.

According to the present embodiment, the fixing block 330 fixes the magnet 310 to the magnet holder 320 such that the block tapered surface 330a overlaps the inner circumferential tapered surface 316d and the block tapered surface 330a sandwiches the magnet 310 with the magnet holder 320. In this configuration, when the block tapered surface 330a and the inner circumferential tapered surface 316d are inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm, the magnet 310 can be firmly fixed to the magnet holder 320 by the fixing block 330.

According to the present embodiment, the plurality of magnet units 316 arranged in the circumferential direction CD in the rotor 300 includes an inclined magnet unit 317 and a parallel magnet unit 318. In this configuration, in the manufacturing process of the rotor 300, the worker can set the parallel magnet unit 318 as the last magnet unit 316 arranged on the magnet holder 320 so as to enter between two inclined magnet units 317 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD. Accordingly, all of the magnet units 316 can be appropriately fixed to the magnet holder 320.

According to the present embodiment, the pressing force F3 is applied to the rotor 300 on the opposite side to the magnet 310 via the rim front end 344a as a fulcrum in the radial direction RD to generate the bending stress F2 against the attractive force F1 to the magnet 310 in the rotor 300. In this configuration, the deformation of the rotor 300 into warpage can be suppressed by the bracket fixture 350 by the vicinity of the peripheral portion of the magnet 310 in the rotor 300 approaching the stator 200. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress occurrence of a failure such as a decrease in efficiency of the motor 61 due to deformation of the rotor 300.

According to the present embodiment, the portion of the fixing bracket fixing member 350 in the rotor 300 is separated from the portion of the fixing bracket fixing member 350 in the shaft flange 342 in the axial direction AD. Therefore, even if the pressing force F3 is insufficient with respect to the attractive force F1, the shortage of the pressing force F3 can be eliminated by increasing the pressing force F3 by the holder fixture 350.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket fixing hole 325 in the first rotor 300a into which the first bracket fixing piece 350a is inserted and the bracket fixing hole 325 in the second rotor 300b into which the second bracket fixing piece 350b is inserted are located at positions separated in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, it is not necessary to insert both the first bracket fixing 350a and the second bracket fixing 350b into the shaft flange 342 from the opposite side of the axial direction AD in one hole. Therefore, it is not necessary to make the shaft flange 342 thick enough to insert both the first bracket fixing 350a and the second bracket fixing 350b in one hole. Accordingly, the shaft flange 342 can be made thinner and lighter.

< formation group C >)

According to the present embodiment, the motor case 70 is provided with the coil protecting portion 250 in a state of overlapping with the inner peripheral surface 70 b. In this configuration, heat of the coil 211 is easily transferred to the motor case 70 via the coil protection portion 250. In the motor housing 70, motor fins 72 are provided on the outer peripheral surface 70 a. Accordingly, the heat transferred from the coil protecting portion 250 to the motor housing 70 is easily released to the outside through the motor fins 72. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the coil protecting portion 250 enters between the plurality of stator holding portions 171 from the radially inner side. In this configuration, the contact area between the coil protecting portion 250 and the inner peripheral surface 70b can be increased by the stator holding portion 171. Therefore, heat is easily transferred from the coil protection portion 250 to the stator holding portion 171, and as a result, the heat radiation effect of the motor case 70 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the coil portion 215 and the shaft holding portion 174 are opposed to each other in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the distance separating the coil portion 215 from the motor case 70 in the radial direction RD can be reduced by the shaft holding portion 174. That is, the thickness dimension of the coil protection portion 250 existing between the shaft holding portion 174 and the radial direction RD can be reduced. Therefore, heat transferred from the coil portion 215 to the motor case 70 is not easily generated and stays in the coil protection portion 250. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor case 70 can be suppressed from being reduced by the coil protection portion 250.

According to the present embodiment, the coil protection portion 250 overlaps at least the case roughened surface 177. In this configuration, the coil protection portion 250 is easily brought into close contact with the case roughened surface 177, so that heat is easily transferred from the coil protection portion 250 to the motor case 70. In addition, in this configuration, the contact area between the coil protection portion 250 and the case roughened surface 177 is easily increased, so that heat is easily transferred from the coil protection portion 250 to the motor case 70. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor housing 70 can be improved by the housing roughened surface 177.

According to the present embodiment, the grommet 255 protecting the power outlet 212 fills the gap between the power outlet 212 and the coil protecting portion 250. In this configuration, the grommet 255 can prevent the power lead-out wire 212 from being deformed to be bent at the boundary portion between the embedded portion 255a and the exposed portion 255 b. In addition, in the case of resin molding the coil protection portion 250 during manufacturing of the motor device 60, leakage of the molten resin from the periphery of the power lead 212 can be suppressed by the grommet 255.

According to the present embodiment, since the coil bobbin 240 has electrical insulation properties, the electrically insulated state of the coil 211 can be rationalized by the coil bobbin 240. Therefore, the generation of partial discharge can be suppressed for the coil 211. In addition, since the heat of the core 231 is released to the coil protection part 250 via the bobbin 240, the heat radiation effect of the core unit 230 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the coil protecting portion 250 overlaps at least the bobbin roughened surface 247. In this configuration, the coil protection part 250 is easily brought into close contact with the bobbin roughened surface 247, so that heat is easily transferred from the bobbin 240 to the coil protection part 250. In addition, in this configuration, the contact area between the coil protection portion 250 and the bobbin roughened surface 247 is easily increased, so that heat is easily transferred from the bobbin 240 to the coil protection portion 250. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved by the bobbin roughened surface 247.

According to the present embodiment, in the core 231, the core width is stepwise reduced toward the radial inner side. In this configuration, for example, the surface area of the core 231 is easily increased as compared with a configuration in which the core width is continuously reduced, and the core is easily adhered to the bobbin 240. Therefore, the heat of the core 231 is easily transferred to the bobbin 240. In the case of manufacturing the core 231 by stacking a plurality of core-forming plates 236, the type of the core-forming plates 236 can be restricted according to the number of stages in which the core width is reduced. Therefore, an increase in cost for manufacturing the core-forming plate 236 can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the flange inner plate surface 243 of the coil bobbin 240 is provided with a flange recess 243a recessed for drawing the power lead line 212 from the coil 211. In this configuration, a dead space is less likely to occur between the flange inner plate surface 243 and the coil 211 in the circumferential direction CD via the coil former body 241 on the opposite side of the flange recess 243a. Therefore, the coil 211 in the bobbin 240 can be increased in space efficiency.

< formation group D >)

According to the present embodiment, the inverter 81, the rotor 300 and the stator 200 arranged in the axial direction AD are housed in the unit case 51. In this configuration, the motor device 60 can be made thin and lightweight, and the motor device unit 50 can be made small. Further, motor fins 72 and inverter fins 92 are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the unit case 51. Accordingly, the heat radiation effect of the motor device unit 50 can be improved by the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92. Therefore, both downsizing and improved heat dissipation effects of the motor device unit 50 can be achieved.

According to the present embodiment, the coil protecting portion 250 is overlapped on the inner peripheral surface of the unit case 51. In this configuration, heat of the coil 211 is easily transferred to the unit case 51 via the coil protection portion 250. Further, motor fins 72 and inverter fins 92 are provided on the outer peripheral surface of the unit case 51. Therefore, the heat transferred from the coil protecting portion 250 to the unit case 51 is easily released to the outside through the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor device unit 50 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, since the stator 200 and the rotor 300 are arranged in the axial direction AD, the motor housing 70 is made thin and lightweight, and the motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90 are arranged in the axial direction AD in the unit housing 51. Therefore, the motor device unit 50 can be prevented from being enlarged in the axial direction AD by the light and thin motor housing 70.

According to the present embodiment, the flange vent holes 346 provided in the shaft flange 342 penetrate the rim 344 in the radial direction RD, and allow ventilation in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, heat of the stator 200 is easily released in the radial direction RD through the flange vent holes 346. Accordingly, the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved by the flange vent holes 346.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket adjustment hole 326 for adjusting the balance of the rotor 300 penetrates the rotor 300 in the axial direction AD, and is capable of ventilation in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the heat of the stator 200 is easily released in the axial direction AD through the bracket adjustment hole 326. Accordingly, the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved by using the bracket adjustment hole 326 for adjusting the balance of the rotor 300.

According to the present embodiment, the signal wiring 426 extending from the resolver 421 and the signal wiring 436 extending from the temperature sensor 431 are collected to the signal terminal block 440. In this configuration, the inverter wiring included in the inverter device 80 is led to the signal terminal block 440, and can be electrically connected to both the resolver 421 and the temperature sensor 431. Therefore, when the worker connects the signal wiring provided in the motor device 60 and the signal wiring provided in the inverter device 80 at the time of manufacturing the motor device 60, the work load can be reduced.

According to the present embodiment, the dust cover 380 covers the frame opening 373. Accordingly, the structure in which the power lead-out wires 212 are led out from the frame opening 373 is realized, and foreign matter can be prevented from passing through the frame opening 373 by the dust cover 380.

According to the present embodiment, in the motor case 70, the flange hole 74a is provided in the coupling flange 74 protruding from the case main body 71. Therefore, the rigidity of the case body 71 can be suppressed from decreasing due to the flange hole 74a. Further, a flange hole 178a is provided in the fixing flange 178 protruding from the housing main body 71. Therefore, the rigidity of the case body 71 can be suppressed from decreasing due to the flange hole 178a.

According to the present embodiment, in the driving frame 390, the first fixing holes 392a and the second fixing holes 392b are arranged in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the stress applied to the first fixing hole 392a from the motor housing 70 and the stress applied to the second fixing hole 392b from the speed reducer 53 are likely to cancel each other out. Therefore, occurrence of an abnormality such as deformation in the drive frame 390 due to stress from the motor case 70 and stress from the speed reducer 53 can be suppressed.

< formation group E >)

According to the present embodiment, the outer grommet portion 258 extends toward the power bus bar 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. In this configuration, the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor housing 70 can be maintained by the outer grommet 258 regardless of the positional relationship between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. For example, even if the position of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a is unintentionally shifted toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD, the outer grommet 258 can suppress a decrease in electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor case 70. Accordingly, the reliability of electrical insulation of the motor device 60 can be improved by the outer grommet portion 258.

Further, since the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor case 70 is maintained by the outer grommet 258, the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b can be disposed at positions close to each other in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the motor housing 70 can be miniaturized in the radial direction RD.

According to the present embodiment, the outer grommet portion 258 extends toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the outer Zhou Shequ portion 212 d. In this configuration, the electrical insulation between the outer Zhou Shequ portion 212d and the motor housing 70 can be maintained by the outer grommet 258 regardless of the degree of bending and the position of the outer peripheral bent portion 212 d.

According to the present embodiment, the outer grommet 258 is located at a position separated from the inner peripheral lead-out portion 212b toward the opposite side from the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the outer grommet 258 can be prevented from being excessively elongated toward the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD. Further, since the inner peripheral lead portion 212b is provided on the inner side than the inner peripheral lead portion 212b in the radial direction RD, electrical insulation between the inner peripheral lead portion 212b and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b is not easily reduced. Therefore, even if the outer grommet 258 does not enter between the inner peripheral lead-out portion 212b and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b, electrical insulation between the inner peripheral lead-out portion 212b and the motor case 70 can be maintained.

According to the present embodiment, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a extends further toward the opposite side of the power bus bar 261 than the outer grommet portion 258 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the outer grommet 258 can be prevented from being excessively elongated in the axial direction AD toward the side opposite to the power bus 261. Further, in the axial direction AD, electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor case 70 can be maintained by the coil protection portion 250 or the like different from the outer grommet 258 through a region on the opposite side of the outer grommet 258 from the power bus bar 261.

According to the present embodiment, the outer grommet portion 258 extends toward both sides in the circumferential direction CD as compared to the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212 a. Therefore, even if the position of the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is unintentionally shifted in the circumferential direction CD, for example, a decrease in electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor case 70 can be suppressed by the outer grommet 258.

According to the present embodiment, the width dimension Wa1 of the outer grommet 258 is larger than the width dimension Wa3 of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a in the circumferential direction CD. Therefore, the outer grommet portion 258 can be configured to extend to both sides in the circumferential direction CD as compared with the outer circumference drawing portion 212 a.

According to the present embodiment, the grommet 255 including the outer grommet portion 258 is a member for maintaining the state of the molten resin seal coil 211. In this configuration, the grommet 255 has two functions, that is, a function of assisting the coil protection portion 250 in sealing the coil 211 and a function of maintaining electrical insulation between the outer periphery lead portion 212a and the motor case 70. Therefore, for example, the number of components of the motor device 60 can be reduced as compared with a configuration in which a dedicated member for maintaining electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor housing 70 is provided.

According to the present embodiment, since the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b are arranged in the axial direction AD via the stator 200, the motor device 60 can be miniaturized in the axial direction AD. Further, since the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor case 70 can be maintained by the outer grommet 258, the motor device 60 can be miniaturized in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the motor device 60 can be miniaturized in both the axial direction AD and the radial direction RD.

According to the present embodiment, the outer grommet portion 258 extends toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the inner grommet portion 257. In this configuration, the inner grommet 257 is located farther than the outer grommet 258 in the axial direction AD than the power bus 261. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the degree of freedom in relation to the arrangement of the power lead lines 212, such as the position of the cross lead portions 212c due to the presence of the inner grommet portion 257. Accordingly, the degree of freedom in arrangement of the power lead wires 212 can be improved, and the electrical insulation of the motor device 60 can be improved by the outer grommet 258.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the inner grommet 257 extends toward the power bus 261 to the same position as the outer grommet 258 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the inner grommet 257 restricts the outer Zhou Shequ portion 212d from being disposed at a position parallel to the outer grommet 258 in the radial direction RD.

< formation group F >)

According to the present embodiment, the holder rib 323 provided in the first rotor 300a rotates together with the holder body 321 and blows air toward the power outlet 212. In this configuration, the air sent through the bracket rib 323 can be blown as cooling air to the power outlet 212 that generates heat by energizing the power outlet 212. That is, the air flow generated by the bracket rib 323 can be blown to the power outlet 212. Accordingly, since the cooling wind is generated by the bracket rib 323 by the rotation of the first rotor 300a, the power outlet 212 can be actively cooled by the cooling wind. Therefore, the cooling effect of the motor device 60 can be improved by the first rotor 300 a.

Further, since the power lead-out wires 212 are cooled by the cooling air generated by the bracket ribs 323, the temperature rise of the bus bar unit 260 connected to the power lead-out wires 212 can be suppressed. For example, the temperature rise of the lead connection portion 266, the bus bar lead 265, and the power bus bar 261 can be suppressed. Therefore, excessive increases in temperature of the bus bar protection portion 270, the lead connection portion 266, and the like can be suppressed, and occurrence of an abnormality in the bus bar protection portion 270, the lead connection portion 266, and the like can be suppressed.

Further, since the cooling air can be generated by the bracket rib 323 provided in the first rotor 300a, it is not necessary to provide a dedicated cooling fan for generating the cooling air. Therefore, since there is no dedicated cooling fan, the motor device 60 can be miniaturized and light. In addition, since there is no dedicated cooling fan, the number of components constituting the motor device 60 can be reduced.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket rib 323 is provided on the bracket body 321 to convey air toward the radially outer side. In this configuration, the air flow generated by the bracket rib 323 is easily blown to the power outlet 212 passing radially outward of the first rotor 300 a. Therefore, the structure in which the power lead-out wires 212 are cooled by the cooling air generated by the bracket ribs 323 can be realized easily.

According to the present embodiment, a plurality of bracket ribs 323 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, the plurality of bracket ribs 323 rotate with the rotation of the first rotor 300a, so that the cooling air blown to the power outlet 212 is liable to increase. Therefore, the cooling effect of the bracket rib 323 on the power outlet 212 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the distal end portion of the bracket rib 323 includes a rib tapered portion 323d inclined to the radially outer side with respect to the bracket body 321. For example, the rib cone 323d is inclined with respect to the main body outer plate surface 321 a. In this configuration, the cooling wind generated by the rib cone 323d tends to increase more radially inward. Therefore, the cooling wind flows radially outward as a whole by the rib cone 323d, and thus easily blows on the power outlet 212. Therefore, the cooling effect of the bracket rib 323 on the power outlet 212 can be improved by the rib taper portion 323d.

According to the present embodiment, the distal end portion of the bracket rib 323 includes a rib parallel portion 323c extending parallel to the bracket body 321. For example, the rib parallel portion 323c extends parallel to the main body outer plate surface 321 a. In this configuration, the protruding dimension of the holder rib 323 from the holder body 321 is made uniform by the rib parallel portion 323c. Therefore, the cooling wind generated by the bracket ribs 323 can be increased as much as possible. Therefore, the cooling effect of the bracket rib 323 on the power outlet 212 can be improved by the rib parallel portion 323c.

According to the present embodiment, at least a part of the bracket rib 323 is provided in the first rotor 300a at a position juxtaposed with the magnet 310 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the cooling wind generated by the bracket ribs 323 easily flows along the bracket ribs 323. This cooling air flows along the magnet 310 through the bracket body 321, and therefore the magnet 310 is easily cooled. Accordingly, the cooling effect of the magnet 310 by the bracket rib 323 can be given.

According to the present embodiment, the holder rib 323 extends along the holder body 321 from the holder outer circumferential end 320b toward the radially inner side. In this configuration, cooling wind can be generated by the bracket ribs 323 at a position as close to the power outlet 212 as possible in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the cooling effect of the bracket rib 323 on the power outlet 212 can be improved according to the positional relationship between the bracket body 321 and the bracket rib 323.

According to the present embodiment, in the power outlet 212, the side-by-side lead portions such as the inner peripheral lead portion 212b, the cross lead portion 212c, and the inner peripheral bent portion 212e are located at positions that are in parallel with the bracket rib 323 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the cooling air generated by the bracket ribs 323 and flowing in the axial direction AD is easily blown onto the side-by-side extraction portions, so that the cooling effect of the side-by-side extraction portions of the cooling air can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the frame opening 373 into which the power lead-out wire 212 is inserted is provided at a position parallel to the bracket rib 323 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the cooling air generated by the bracket ribs 323 flows out from the frame opening 373 and is blown to the power outlet 212. Therefore, the cooling effect of the bracket rib 323 on the power outlet 212 can be improved by the frame opening 373.

According to the present embodiment, lead connection portion 266 connecting power lead 212 and bus bar lead 265 is provided at a position parallel to frame opening 373 in axial direction AD. In this configuration, the cooling air generated by the bracket rib 323 and flowing out from the frame opening 373 is blown to the lead-out connection portion 266. Therefore, the cooling effect of the bracket rib 323 on the lead connection portion 266 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the power bus 261 is fixed to the rear frame 370. In this configuration, the cooling wind generated by the bracket ribs 323 and flowing along the rear frame 370 cools the power bus 261 via the rear frame 370. Therefore, the cooling effect by the bracket rib 323 can be indirectly given to the power bus 261.

< formation group G >)

According to the present embodiment, the fixing block 330 is fixed to the magnet holder 320 in a state of being hung on the inner circumferential tapered surface 316d from the axial gap 475 side. In this configuration, by using the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d, the magnet unit 316 can be fixed to the magnet holder 320 by the fixing piece 330 without protruding the fixing piece 330 from the first unit surface 316g toward the axial gap 475 side. Since the fixing block 330 does not protrude toward the axial gap 475 in this way, the axial gap 475 can be reduced as much as possible. Therefore, the leakage magnetic flux from the axial gap 475 can be reduced, and the magnetic field generated in the axial gap 475 can be enhanced.

The inner peripheral tapered surface 316d extends along the outer peripheral end of the first unit surface 316g in the magnet unit 316. In this configuration, the fixing block 330 can be configured to engage the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d only by arranging the fixing block 330 in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD and the magnet unit 316. Therefore, the fixing block 330 is not required to cover the first unit surface 316g from the axial gap 475 side. Therefore, the magnetic flux is blocked by the fixing block 330 in the axial gap 475, and the magnetic field generated in the axial gap 475 is weakened.

As described above, the magnetic field generated in the axial gap 475 is enhanced, whereby the energy efficiency of the motor device 60 can be improved.

Further, since the magnet unit 316 is fixed to the magnet holder 320 by the inclination of the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d, it is not necessary to form a recess such as a groove in the peripheral surface of the magnet unit 316, for example. Therefore, the shape of the magnet unit 316 can be prevented from becoming complicated. By simplifying the shape of the magnet unit 316 in this way, the man-hours required for processing the magnet unit 316 can be reduced. Therefore, the cost required for manufacturing the magnet unit 316 can be reduced.

Further, since the fixing block 330 is fixed to the magnet holder 320 in a state of being caught by the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d, it is not necessary to use a separate member from the fixing block 330 for fixing the magnet unit 316. Therefore, the number of components used for fixing the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320 can be reduced. Therefore, the cost required for manufacturing the rotor 300 can be reduced, and the weight of the rotor 300 can be reduced.

According to the present embodiment, the block tapered surface 330a is hung on the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d in an overlapping manner. In this configuration, the surfaces of the block tapered surface 330a and the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d can be brought into surface contact with each other. Therefore, a configuration in which the positional displacement of the magnet unit 316 with respect to the fixed block 330 is less likely to occur can be realized.

According to the present embodiment, the fixed block 330 is provided only on the radially outer side of the magnet unit 316 and the radially inner side of the radially inner side. In this configuration, the fixing block 330 is not provided on the radially outer side of the magnet unit 316, and accordingly, the portion of the rotor 300 radially outer than the magnet unit 316 can be shortened in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the rotor 300 can be prevented from being enlarged in the radial direction RD.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the fixing block 330 is provided radially outside the magnet unit 316. In this configuration, the axial gap 475 is required to be disposed radially inward due to the presence of the fixing block 330. In this case, the gap area reduction magnetic field becomes weak, and the output of the motor device 60 may be reduced. In contrast, according to the present embodiment, since the fixing block 330 is not provided on the radially outer side of the magnet unit 316, the gap area can be increased as much as possible. Therefore, the magnetic field of the axial gap 475 can be enhanced as much as possible, and as a result, the output of the motor device 60 can be increased.

Further, since the fixing block 330 is provided on the radially inner side of the magnet unit 316, it is possible to prevent the fixing block 330 from being given to the radially outer side from the magnet unit 316 due to the load generated by the inertia of the rotor 300. Further, since the fixing block 330 is provided on the radially inner side of the magnet unit 316, the portion of the magnet holder 320 located on the radially outer side of the magnet unit 316 can be reduced in size and weight. Therefore, an increase in inertia with the rotation of the rotor 300 can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, in the magnet unit 316, the unit outer peripheral end 316b is hung on the outer peripheral engaging portion 322. The plurality of magnet units 316 include an inclined magnet unit 317 and a parallel magnet unit 318. In this configuration, in the manufacturing process of the rotor 300, when the worker arranges the plurality of magnet units 316 in the circumferential direction CD, it is possible to avoid the last magnet unit 316 from being able to be hung on the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. Specifically, by making the last magnet unit be the parallel magnet unit 318, the parallel magnet unit 318 can be hung on the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 while the parallel magnet unit 318 is interposed between two magnet units 316 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD.

For example, if the worker makes the last magnet unit 316 be the inclined magnet unit 317, the worker cannot put the inclined magnet unit 317 between two magnet units 316 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD and hang it on the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. This is because the unit outer peripheral end 316b of the inclined magnet unit 317 has a width dimension larger than the separation distance between the two magnet units 316 on the radially inner side than the outer peripheral engaging portion 322.

According to the present embodiment, the outer peripheral engaging portion 322 is in a state of catching the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e from the axial gap 475 side. In this configuration, by using the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e, the magnet unit 316 can be caught by the outer peripheral engaging portion 322 without protruding the outer peripheral engaging portion 322 from the first unit surface 316g toward the axial gap 475 side. Since the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 does not protrude toward the axial gap 475 in this manner, the axial gap 475 can be reduced as much as possible.

According to the present embodiment, a plurality of fixing blocks 330 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, the rotor 300 can be made lightweight by miniaturizing the fixing blocks 330 so that a gap is generated between two fixing blocks 330 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD.

According to the present embodiment, in the magnet holder 335, the magnet holder 320 is caught from the fixing head portion 337 from the opposite side to the axial gap 475. In this configuration, the fixing head portion 337 can be configured not to protrude from the fixing block 330 toward the axial gap 475 side. In this configuration, the configuration in which the fixing shaft portion 336 does not protrude from the fixing block 330 toward the axial gap 475 side can be realized by adjusting only the length of the fixing shaft portion 336. Therefore, since the magnet holder 335 does not protrude toward the axial gap 475 side, the axial gap 475 can be reduced as much as possible. In other words, by realizing a configuration in which the magnet holder 335 does not interfere with the stator 200, the axial gap 475 can be reliably ensured.

Further, by adjusting the amount of screwing the fixing shaft portion 336 into the block hole 333, the strength of pressing the fixing block 330 to the magnet unit 316 can be adjusted. By pressing the fixing block 330 against the magnet unit 316 by the axial force of the magnet fixing member 335 in this way, the position of the magnet unit 316 can be accurately determined, and the magnet unit 316 can be firmly fixed to the magnet holder 320.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket receiving surface 328a and the block receiving surface 330b are inclined with respect to the motor axis Cm, and thus serve as adjustment surfaces capable of adjusting the position of the fixed block 330 in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, for example, when the position of the fixed block 330 is adjusted in the radial direction RD according to the size, shape, and the like of the magnet unit 316, the bracket receiving surface 328a and the block receiving surface 330b can be brought into contact by shifting the fixed block 330 in the axial direction AD. That is, between the magnet unit 316 and the bracket receiving portion 328, the fixing block 330 is stabilized with respect to the magnet unit 316 and the bracket receiving portion 328. Therefore, even if the sizes, shapes, and the like of the plurality of magnet units 316 are slightly varied due to manufacturing errors and the like, the magnet units 316 can be fixed by the fixing block 330.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket receiving surface 328a overlaps the block receiving surface 330 b. In this configuration, the faces of the bracket receiving face 328a and the block receiving face 330b can be brought into surface contact with each other. Therefore, the fixing block 330 is less likely to be displaced from the bracket receiving portion 328.

According to the present embodiment, the position of the magnet unit 316 in the circumferential direction CD is determined based on the magnet protrusion 483. In this configuration, the position of the magnet unit 316 in the circumferential direction CD does not need to be determined by the fixing block 330. That is, the fixing block 330 does not need to be provided with a portion for determining the position of the magnet unit 316 in the circumferential direction CD. Therefore, the shape of the fixing block 330 can be suppressed from becoming complicated.

According to the present embodiment, the magnets 310 are arranged using halbach arrays. In this configuration, it is not necessary to provide a back yoke on the opposite side of the axial gap 475 via the magnet 310. Therefore, the shape of the magnet holder 320 can be suppressed from becoming complicated, and the weight of the rotor 300 can be suppressed from increasing.

< formation group H >)

According to the present embodiment, the connection bent portion 212f is provided at a position separated from the first coil end 211a toward the second coil end 211b on the first rotor 300a side in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, even if the buried portion 255a does not cover the connecting bent portion 212f, the buried portion 255a can be disposed at a position as far from the first rotor 300a as possible in the axial direction AD. Therefore, the embedded portion 255a can be prevented from extending to protrude toward the first rotor 300a side in the axial direction AD as compared with the coil 211. In addition, it is possible to suppress the coil protection portion 250 from extending toward the first rotor 300a in order to embed the embedding portion 255a in the coil protection portion 250. Therefore, the coil protection portion 250 can be prevented from being enlarged in the axial direction AD. That is, the physical constitution of the coil protection portion 250 can be miniaturized in the axial direction AD. This can suppress an increase in the size of the motor device 60 in the axial direction AD, and as a result, the motor device 60 can be miniaturized.

In the present embodiment, since the coil protection portion 250 is molded, there is a concern that the power lead 212 is unintentionally deformed due to the injection pressure of the molten resin. In contrast, according to the present embodiment, the portion of the power lead line 212 in which the coil protection portion 250 is embedded is covered with the embedded portion 255 a. In this configuration, since the injection pressure of the molten resin is applied to the embedded portion 255a, the deformation of the power lead 212 due to the injection pressure of the molten resin can be suppressed by the embedded portion 255 a.

According to the present embodiment, the connection bent portion 212f is provided at a position closer to the second coil end 211b than the first coil end 211a on the first rotor 300a side in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the distance separating the first coil end portion 211a from the connecting bent portion 212f in the axial direction AD is greater than 1/2 of the length dimension of the coil 211. Therefore, in the embedded portion 255a, the portion covering the power lead-out wire 212 between the first coil end 211a and the connection bent portion 212f can be made sufficiently long in the axial direction AD. Therefore, the embedded portion 255a can be prevented from being separated from the coil protection portion 250 due to the short embedded portion 255 a. In this way, the grommet 255 can be prevented from being unintentionally separated from the coil protection portion 250, and the coil protection portion 250 can be prevented from being enlarged in the axial direction AD.

According to the present embodiment, the connection bent portion 212f is provided at the second coil end 211b. In this configuration, the distance separating the first coil end portion 211a from the connecting bent portion 212f in the axial direction AD can be maximized. Therefore, detachment of the embedded portion 255a from the coil protection portion 250 can be reliably suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the embedded portion 255a extends beyond the first coil end 211a toward the second coil end 211b in the axial direction AD. Therefore, the embedded portion 255a can be embedded in the coil protection portion 250 as deep as possible. Since the embedded portion 255a is deeper than the coil protection portion 250, detachment of the embedded portion 255a from the coil protection portion 250 can be reliably suppressed.

The connection bent portion 212f is provided at a position separated from the embedded portion 255a toward the second coil end 211b in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, it is not necessary to cover the bent portion of the power lead line 212, such as the connection bent portion 212f, with the embedded portion 255 a. Therefore, the difficulty of the work of attaching grommet 255 to power outlet 212 can be reduced. Further, since the buried portion 255a is attached to the bent portion of the power outlet 212, the grommet 255 can be prevented from being deformed into an undesired shape. For example, the tightening cylinder 461 is prevented from being deformed into an undesired shape, and the adhesion of the tightening cylinder 461 to the power outlet 212 is prevented from being unintentionally reduced.

According to the present embodiment, the embedded portion 255a extends in the axial direction AD toward the second coil end 211b beyond the protection axis Cp. In this configuration, the embedded portion 255a is embedded in a sufficiently deep position of the coil protection portion 250. Accordingly, the embedded portion 255a can be reliably prevented from being unintentionally separated from the coil protection portion 250.

According to the present embodiment, in grommet 255, tightening cylinder 461 covers power lead-out wire 212 in a state of being in close contact with power lead-out wire 212. In this configuration, the grommet 255 can be prevented from being unintentionally displaced relative to the power outlet 212 by tightening the tubular portion 461. In addition, when the coil protection portion 250 is molded, the leakage of the molten resin from the inside of the grommet 255 can be restricted by tightening the tubular portion 461.

In the grommet 255, the expansion tube 462 covers the power outlet 212 in a state separated from the power outlet 212. In this configuration, only the tightening cylinder 461 out of the tightening cylinder 461 and the expanding cylinder 462 is in close contact with the power outlet 212. Therefore, unlike the present embodiment, for example, the work load when attaching grommet 255 to power outlet 212 can be reduced as compared with a configuration in which the entire grommet 255 is in close contact with power outlet 212. For example, the difficulty in inserting the power outlet 212 into the grommet 450 can be reduced.

In the grommet 255, at least a part of the expansion cylinder 462 is embedded in the coil protection part 250. In this configuration, the molten resin is likely to enter the inside of the expansion cylinder 462 when the coil protection portion 250 is molded. Accordingly, since the molten resin exists on both the inner side and the outer side of the expansion cylinder 462, excessive deformation of the expansion cylinder 462 due to the injection pressure of the molten resin can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the coil protection unit 250 is in a state where the protection entry unit 252 enters between the expansion tube unit 462 and the power outlet 212. In this configuration, in the coil protection portion 250, the protection inlet portion 252 is in close contact with the inner peripheral surface of the expansion cylinder portion 462, and the protection body 251 is easily in close contact with the outer peripheral surface of the expansion cylinder portion 462. Accordingly, the expansion cylinder 462 can be prevented from being unintentionally separated from the coil protection part 250.

According to the present embodiment, the length dimension Lb1 of the take-up cylinder 461 is smaller than the length dimension Lb2 of the expansion cylinder 462 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the tightening cylinder 461, which is a portion of the grommet 255 that is in close contact with the power outlet 212, can be prevented from becoming excessively long. Therefore, the difficulty of the worker attaching grommet 255 to power outlet 212 can be avoided from being increased due to the excessively large contact area between tightening tube 461 and power outlet 212.

According to the present embodiment, in the embedded portion 255a, the grommet groove 466 is engaged with the coil protection portion 250. Therefore, the engagement of the guard ring groove 466 with the coil protector 250 can prevent the buried portion 255a from being separated from the coil protector 250.

According to the present embodiment, the protection engagement portion 253 included in the coil protection portion 250 enters the inside of the guard ring groove 466 to engage with the guard ring groove 466. Therefore, the guard ring groove 466 can be engaged with the guard engagement portion 253. In the grommet 255, the engagement portion with the protection engagement portion 253 is the grommet groove 466, so that it is not necessary to protrude the engagement portion outward from the grommet 255. Therefore, it is possible to suppress occurrence of undesired deformation, breakage, or the like in the engagement portion of the grommet 255 at the time of manufacturing the motor device 60. In this way, by engaging the protection engagement portion 253 with the grommet groove 466, which is less likely to cause undesired deformation, breakage, or the like, the grommet 255 can be reliably prevented from being separated from the coil protection portion 250.

< formation group I >

According to the present embodiment, rim 344 supporting rotor 300 against attractive force F1 of coil 211 and magnet 310 is located at a position separated radially outward from shaft main body 341. In this configuration, rim 344 can be disposed as close to magnet 310 as possible. Therefore, the rim 344 can suppress deformation of the rotor 300 in the axial direction AD in the direction in which the magnet 310 is attracted to the coil 211. That is, deflection of the magnet holder 320 can be reduced by the rim 344. Therefore, in the motor device 60, occurrence of an abnormality caused by deformation of the rotor 300 can be suppressed.

Examples of the abnormality caused by the deformation of the rotor 300 include contact of the rotor 300 with the stator 200, excessive deformation of the rotor 300, and the like. Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the rim 344 can suppress the rotor 300 from contacting the stator 200, excessive deformation of the rotor 300, and the like.

According to the present embodiment, rim 344 is provided at a position where distance LI5 with respect to magnet 310 is smaller than distance LI6 with respect to shaft main body 341. In this configuration, rim 344 is disposed closer to magnet 310 as distance LI5 is smaller than distance LI 6. In this way, the portion of the rotor 300 between the rim 344 and the magnet 310 is short in the radial direction, and therefore deformation of the portion is less likely to occur.

According to the present embodiment, the rim 344 is provided at a position where the distance LI1 with respect to the holder outer peripheral end 320b is smaller than the distance LI2 with respect to the motor axis Cm. In this configuration, the distance LI1 is set closer to the holder outer peripheral end 320b than the distance LI 2. In the rotor 300, a magnet 310 is provided between the rim 344 and the bracket outer peripheral end 320 b. Therefore, the portion between rim 344 and bracket outer peripheral end 320b is short in rotor 300, so the portion between rim 344 and magnet 310 is short. Therefore, the rotor 300 is not easily deformed at a portion between the rim 344 and the magnet 310.

According to the present embodiment, the rotor 300 formed in a ring shape is provided at a position separated radially outward from the shaft main body 341. In this configuration, the width dimension of the rotor 300 can be reduced as much as possible in the radial direction RD. Rim 344 is provided between bracket inner peripheral end 320a and magnet 310 with respect to rotor 300. In this configuration, in the rotor 300 having the width dimension of the radial direction RD reduced as much as possible, the portion between the rim 344 and the magnet 310 can be further shortened in the radial direction RD. Therefore, deformation of the rotor 300 at the portion between the rim 344 and the magnet 310 can be reliably suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the rim 344 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b, and supports the rotors 300a and 300b against the attractive force F1 applied to the rotors 300a and 300b, respectively. In this configuration, stress given to the rim 344 by the attractive force F1 to the first rotor 300a is generated in a direction in which the rim 344 approaches the second rotor 300b. On the other hand, stress given to the rim 344 by the attractive force F1 to the second rotor 300b is generated in a direction to bring the rim 344 close to the first rotor 300 a. In this way, the stress imparted to the rim 344 due to the attractive force F1 to the first rotor 300a and the stress imparted to the rim 344 due to the attractive force F1 to the second rotor 300b are easily canceled in the rim 344. Therefore, the shaft flange 342 can be prevented from being deformed in the direction in which the rim 344 moves in the axial direction AD by the attractive force F1 of the rotors 300a, 300b and the stator 200.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the motor device 60 does not have the configuration of the second rotor 300 b. In this configuration, if an attractive force F1 is generated between the first rotor 300a and the stator 200, the attractive force F1 brings the rim 344 close to the stator 200 in addition to the first rotor 300 a. Therefore, even if it is assumed that the deformation of the first rotor 300a is restricted by the rim 344, there is a concern that the shaft flange 342 is deformed such that the rim 344 approaches the stator 200.

In the present embodiment, a plurality of spokes 343 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. Therefore, for example, the shaft flange 342 can be made lighter than the structure of the shaft main body 341 by the plate-like member connecting rim 344 extending in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. As described above, since the stress given to the rim 344 by the attractive forces F1 of the rotors 300a and 300b is offset, the spokes 343 are less likely to deform even if the shaft flange 342 is made lighter by the plurality of spokes 343.

According to the present embodiment, the spoke 343 is connected to a portion between the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b in the rim 344. In this configuration, the portion between the spoke 343 and the first rotor 300a in the rim 344 can be made as short as possible in the axial direction AD. Therefore, deformation of the rim 344 at the portion between the spoke 343 and the first rotor 300a due to the attractive force F1 to the first rotor 300a can be suppressed. The same effect can be achieved in the second rotor 300 b. For example, the portion between the spoke 343 and the second rotor 300b in the rim 344 can be made as short as possible in the axial direction AD. Therefore, deformation of the rim 344 at the portion between the spoke 343 and the second rotor 300b due to the attractive force F1 to the second rotor 300b can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket fixing 350 is provided at a position separated from the rim 344 to the opposite side of the magnet in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the load resistance of the bracket fixing 350 can be improved by using the "lever principle" using the rim front end 344a as a fulcrum. Therefore, the fixation of the rotor 300 and the spoke 343 by the bracket fixing 350 can be suppressed from being released by the attractive force F1.

According to the present embodiment, the pressing force F3 applied to the rotor 300 by the bracket fixing 350 generates the bending stress F2 against the attractive force F1. Accordingly, by balancing the rigidity of the magnet holder 320 and the attractive force F1, the magnet holder 320 can be prevented from being bent so that the magnet 310 approaches the stator 200. For example, since the attractive force F1 is offset from the bending stress F2, the original shape of the magnet holder 320 can be maintained.

According to the present embodiment, the rim 344 is integrally formed with the shaft main body 341. In this configuration, it is not necessary to attach and fix the rim 344 to the shaft main body 341 by welding, bolts, or the like. Therefore, the rim 344 is not released from the shaft main body 341 due to the generation of the attractive force F1 or the like. The occurrence of an abnormality in the motor device 60 can be suppressed by the integral formation of the rim 344 and the shaft main body 341.

< formation group K >

According to the present embodiment, the resolver 421 is placed between the power bus 261 and the shaft main body 341. In this configuration, the space between the power bus 261 and the shaft main body 341 can be used as a storage space for storing the resolver 421. In this way, the physical size of the motor device 60 can be prevented from being increased in the axial direction AD due to the arrangement of at least a part of the resolver 421 and the power bus 261 in the radial direction RD.

The resolver 421 is provided at a position separated from the power bus 261 toward the inside in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the resolver 421 is not easily reached by the influence of the current flowing through the power bus 261. As an example of this influence, noise is generated in the detection signal of the resolver 421 due to a magnetic field generated by a current flowing through the power bus 261. By separating the resolver 421 and the power bus 261 from each other in this way, noise is less likely to occur in the detection signal of the resolver 421. Therefore, a decrease in detection accuracy of the resolver 421 due to the energization of the power bus 261 can be suppressed.

As described above, the detection accuracy of the resolver 421 can be improved while the motor device 60 is miniaturized.

According to the present embodiment, the power bus 261 and the resolver 421 are arranged along the rear frame 370 in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, it is possible to fix both the resolver 421 and the power bus 261 to the rear frame 370 while achieving a state in which the resolver 421 is interposed between the power bus 261 and the shaft main body 341.

According to the present embodiment, the resolver 421 is provided on the opposite side to the stator 200 and the rotor 300 via the rear frame 370. In this configuration, the influence of the stator 200 and the rotor 300 can be restricted from reaching the resolver 421 by the rear frame 370. As an influence by the stator 200, there is a noise or the like generated in the detection signal of the resolver 421 due to a magnetic field generated by a current flowing through the coil 211. As an influence by the rotor 300, there is noise or the like generated in the detection signal of the resolver 421 due to the magnetic field generated by the magnet 310. In this way, by providing the rear frame 370 between the resolver 421 and the stator 200 and the rotor 300, noise is not easily generated in the detection signal of the resolver 421. Therefore, the degradation of the detection accuracy of the resolver 421 due to the presence of the stator 200 and the rotor 300 can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the power bus 261 is provided at a position closer to the case body 71 than the resolver 421 in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the power bus 261 can be arranged at a position as far as possible from the resolver 421 in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the reduction in the detection accuracy of the resolver 421 with the energization of the power bus 261 can be suppressed by the positional relationship between the power bus 261 and the resolver 421.

According to the present embodiment, the power bus 261 is provided at a position parallel to the coil portion 215 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the power bus 261 can be disposed as close to the coil portion 215 as possible. Thus, for example, the power outlet 212 need not be routed through a location proximate to the resolver 421. Therefore, the influence of the current flowing through the power outlet 212 does not easily reach the resolver 421. As this influence, there is a case where a magnetic field generated by a current flowing through the power line 212 causes noise or the like to be generated in a detection signal of the resolver 421. By arranging the power bus 261 and the coil portion 215 in the axial direction AD in this way, noise generated in the detection signal of the resolver 421 can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, neutral point bus 290 is provided at a position separated from resolver 421 in axial direction AD. In this configuration, the influence of the current flowing through the neutral point bus 290 does not easily reach the resolver 421. As an example of this influence, noise is generated in the detection signal of the resolver 421 due to a magnetic field generated by a current flowing through the neutral point bus 290. In this way, since the resolver 421 and the neutral point bus 290 are separated from each other, noise is not easily generated in the detection signal of the resolver 421. Therefore, the degradation of the detection accuracy of the resolver 421 due to the energization of the neutral point bus 290 can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the neutral point bus 290 is provided on the opposite side of the resolver 421 in the axial direction AD via the spoke 343. In this configuration, the spoke 343 restricts the influence of the current flowing through the neutral point bus 290 from reaching the resolver 421. Therefore, even if the resolver 421 is disposed as close to the neutral point bus 290 as possible in the axial direction AD, the spoke 343 can suppress degradation of the detection accuracy of the resolver 421. Therefore, the spokes 343 can reduce the size of the motor device 60 in the axial direction AD and improve the detection accuracy of the resolver 421.

According to the present embodiment, the neutral point bus 290 is provided on the opposite side of the resolver 421 in the axial direction AD via the first rotor 300 a. In this configuration, the first rotor 300a can restrict the influence of the current flowing through the neutral point bus 290 from reaching the resolver 421. Therefore, even if the resolver 421 is disposed as close to the neutral point bus 290 as possible in the axial direction AD, the first rotor 300a can suppress a decrease in the detection accuracy of the resolver 421. Therefore, the first rotor 300a can achieve both downsizing of the motor device 60 in the axial direction AD and improvement of the detection accuracy of the resolver 421.

According to the present embodiment, the neutral point bus 290 is provided between the power bus 261 and the resolver 421 in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, since the neutral point bus 290 is disposed between the power bus 261 and the resolver 421, the power bus 261 and the resolver 421 are located at positions separated in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the reduction in the detection accuracy of the resolver 421 with the energization of the power bus 261 can be suppressed by the positional relationship between the power bus 261 and the resolver 421 with the neutral bus 290 as a reference.

According to the present embodiment, the neutral point bus 290 is provided between the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300b in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the rotor 300 can be arranged between the resolver 421 and the neutral point bus 290 regardless of which of the first rotor 300a side and the second rotor 300b side the resolver 421 is provided. Accordingly, the degree of freedom regarding the position of the neutral point bus 290 can be increased while suppressing a decrease in the detection accuracy of the resolver 421 due to the energization of the neutral point bus 290 by the rotor 300.

According to the present embodiment, since the halbach array is used for the arrangement of the magnets 310, the magnetic flux extending from the magnets 310 is not likely to leak to the outside of the magnet holder 320. In this way, the leakage magnetic flux from the rotor 300 can be reduced by the halbach array. Therefore, the magnetic field of the magnet 310 can be realized by the halbach array, and the magnetic field does not easily reach the resolver 421. Therefore, a decrease in the detection accuracy of the resolver 421 due to the magnetic field of the magnet 310 can be suppressed.

< formation group L >)

According to the present embodiment, the magnet grinding surface such as the first magnet surface 310g is a surface that is ground so as to be stretched over the plurality of magnet pieces 505 and extends in a planar shape. In this configuration, the step is suppressed from occurring at the boundary between the adjacent two magnet pieces 505 on the magnet grinding surface by grinding. Therefore, the shape accuracy of the magnet grinding surface such as the first magnet surface 310g can be improved. The effect of improving the shape accuracy can be given to the magnet side surface 310c, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d, the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e, the first magnet surface 310g, and the second magnet surface 310h, which are magnet grinding surfaces.

Since the shape accuracy of the magnet grinding surface is high in this way, a decrease in energy efficiency of the motor device 60 can be suppressed. For example, the first magnet face 310g is included in the rotor first face 301 forming the axial gap 475. Therefore, the axial gap 475 can be reduced as much as possible because the shape accuracy of the first magnet surface 310g is high. By minimizing the axial gap 475 as described above, the energy efficiency of the motor device 60 can be improved.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the first magnet surface 310g has a configuration with low shape accuracy. In this configuration, an undesirable step may occur on the first magnet surface 310 g. Therefore, the axial gap 475 needs to be set so as not to contact the stator 200 by the step of the first magnet surface 310 g. Accordingly, since the axial gap 475 is large, the magnetic field generated between the stator 200 and the rotor 300 is reduced, and the energy efficiency of the motor apparatus 60 is lowered.

The second magnet surface 310h is a surface of the magnet holder 320 that overlaps the main body inner plate surface 321 b. Therefore, if the shape accuracy of the second magnet surface 310h is high, the positional accuracy of the magnet 310 with respect to the magnet holder 320 is improved. In this way, the second magnet surface 310h can be suppressed from protruding the magnet 310 toward the axial gap 475, and therefore the axial gap 475 can be reduced as much as possible.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the second magnet surface 310h has a configuration with low shape accuracy. In this configuration, an undesirable step may occur in the second magnet surface 310 h. Therefore, the step of the second magnet surface 310h is in contact with the main body inner plate surface 321b, and therefore the magnet 310 is easily protruded from the magnet holder 320 toward the axial gap 475 side. In this way, the axial gap 475 needs to be set so as to be large that the magnet 310 does not contact the stator 200, and the energy efficiency of the motor apparatus 60 is reduced.

The magnet side surface 310c is a surface that overlaps the magnet side surface 310c of the adjacent magnet 310. Therefore, when the shape accuracy of the magnet side surface 310c is high, the two magnet side surfaces 310c adjacent to each other via the magnet boundary portion 501 are easily brought into close contact with each other. In this way, since a gap is not easily generated between two adjacent magnets 310, leakage magnetic flux or the like is prevented from being generated from the gap, and the magnetic field is reduced. In this way, the magnetic field generated by the plurality of magnets 310 increases, so that the energy efficiency of the motor apparatus 60 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, a plurality of component grinding surfaces such as the first surface 505g are arranged on the same plane, thereby forming a magnet grinding surface such as the first magnet surface 310 g. Therefore, even if the member grinding surface is formed by a plurality of magnet grinding surfaces, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a step between two adjacent magnet grinding surfaces. That is, the magnet grinding surface can be formed to extend in a plane while being bridged by the plurality of magnet pieces 505.

According to the present embodiment, since one magnet 310 is formed by stacking a plurality of magnet pieces 505, eddy currents are less likely to occur in the magnet 310. The thickness dimension of the magnet piece 505 is the same among the plurality of magnet pieces 505. In this configuration, the difficulty in generating eddy currents in the magnet 310 can be suppressed to the same level in the plurality of magnets 310. Therefore, the loss due to the eddy current can be reduced as a whole of the magnet 310. In other words, the eddy current loss generated in the magnet 310 is easily managed.

According to the present embodiment, the magnet 310 has a shape in which the lamination direction in which a plurality of magnets 310 are laminated is the long side direction, and the direction orthogonal to the lamination direction is the short side direction. Therefore, the plate surface of the magnet piece 505 can be reduced as much as possible. Therefore, the bar magnet 512 used for manufacturing the magnet 310 can be miniaturized. By miniaturizing the bar magnet 512, the work load and cost for manufacturing the magnet 310 can be reduced. For example, by miniaturizing the bar magnet 512, the ease of the work of manufacturing the bar magnet 512 from the sintered block 511 in the bar process can be reduced. In addition, by miniaturizing the bar magnets 512, the ease of the work of bonding the plurality of bar magnets 512 in the magnet base material process can be reduced.

According to the present embodiment, the unit grinding surface such as the first unit surface 316g is a surface that is ground so as to bridge the magnet grinding surface such as the first magnet surface 310g and extends in a plane. In this configuration, for example, in the first cell surface 316g, the generation of the step at the cell inner boundary portion 501a is suppressed by grinding. Therefore, the shape accuracy of the first cell surface 316g can be improved. Similar to the first cell surface 316g, the cell side surface 316c, the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d, the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e, and the second cell surface 316h can have an effect of improving shape accuracy.

In this way, by improving the shape accuracy of the unit grinding surface, a decrease in the energy efficiency of the motor device 60 can be suppressed. For example, the first cell surface 316g is included in the rotor first surface 301 forming the axial gap 475. Therefore, by improving the shape accuracy of the first unit surface 316g, the axial gap 475 can be reduced as much as possible.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the first unit surface 316g has a configuration with low shape accuracy. In this configuration, an undesirable level difference may occur in the first cell surface 316 g. Therefore, the axial gap 475 needs to be set so as to be large that the step of the first unit surface 316g does not contact the stator 200.

The second unit surface 316h is a surface of the magnet holder 320 that overlaps the body inner plate surface 321 b. Therefore, if the shape accuracy of the second unit surface 316h is high, the positional accuracy of the magnet unit 316 with respect to the magnet holder 320 is improved. In this way, the second unit surface 316h is suppressed so that the magnet unit 316 protrudes toward the axial gap 475 side, and therefore the axial gap 475 can be reduced as much as possible.

For example, unlike the present embodiment, the second unit surface 316h has a configuration with low shape accuracy. In this configuration, an undesirable level difference may occur in the second cell surface 316 h. Therefore, the step of the second unit surface 316h is in contact with the body inner plate surface 321b, and therefore the magnet 310 is easily protruded from the magnet holder 320 toward the axial gap 475 side.

The unit side surface 316c is a surface that overlaps the unit side surface 316c of the adjacent magnet unit 316. Therefore, when the shape accuracy of the cell side surface 316c is high, two cell side surfaces 316c adjacent to each other via the cell outer boundary portion 501b are easily brought into close contact with each other. In this way, since a gap is not easily generated between two adjacent magnet units 316, leakage magnetic flux or the like is prevented from being generated from the gap, and the magnetic field is reduced. In this way, the magnetic field generated by the plurality of magnet units 316 is enhanced, and the energy efficiency of the motor apparatus 60 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, in the inclined magnet unit 317 and the parallel magnet unit 318, the magnet pieces 505 of the plurality of magnets 310 extend in a direction perpendicular to the unit center line C316. In this configuration, the angle of the magnet piece 505 with respect to the cell center line C316 is shared by the plurality of magnets 310. Therefore, it is not necessary to independently set the angle of the magnet piece 505 with respect to the cell center line C316 in the plurality of magnets 310. Therefore, the orientation direction can be easily controlled for each of the plurality of magnets 310. In this way, in the manufacturing process of the magnet unit 316, the work load for setting the orientation direction of each of the plurality of magnets 310 independently can be reduced.

According to the present embodiment, two magnets 310 adjacent via the unit inner boundary portion 501a are oriented toward the same side in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, repulsive force is less likely to occur in the two magnets 310 adjacent to each other via the unit inner boundary portion 501 a. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the magnet unit 316, the worker does not need to bond the magnets 310 against the repulsive force generated between the two magnets 310. That is, when the worker adheres the two magnets 310, the adhesion of the two magnets 310 is not easily released due to the repulsive force generated between the two magnets 310. Therefore, the work load when bonding the two magnets 310 can be reduced.

According to the present embodiment, two magnets 310 adjacent via the unit outer boundary portion 501b are oriented to face in opposite directions to each other in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, repulsive force is easily generated in the two magnets 310 adjacent to each other via the cell outer boundary portion 501 b. Since the two magnets 310 that are the combinations that are likely to generate repulsive force in this way are adjacent to each other via the cell outer boundary portion 501b, it is not necessary to make the two magnets 310 that are adjacent to each other via the cell inner boundary portion 501a combination that is likely to generate repulsive force. Therefore, in the process of manufacturing the magnet unit 316, it is not necessary to bond the two magnets 310, which are combinations that are easy to generate repulsive force. Therefore, the work load in manufacturing the magnet unit 316 can be reduced.

According to the present embodiment, in the process of manufacturing the magnet 310, the magnet base material 513 is ground to form a magnet plane such as the first magnet surface 310g extending in a plane shape and being bridged over the plurality of bar magnets 512 in the magnet base material 513. In this configuration, in the magnet plane, the ground magnet parent metal 513 can suppress the occurrence of a step at the boundary portion between two adjacent bar magnets 512. Therefore, the shape accuracy of the magnet plane such as the first magnet surface 310g can be improved. The effect of improving the shape accuracy can be given to the magnet side surface 310c, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d, the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e, the first magnet surface 310g, and the second magnet surface 310h, which are magnet planes. Since the shape accuracy of the magnet plane is improved in this way, the reduction of the energy effect of the motor device 60 can be suppressed.

According to the present embodiment, the bar magnet 512 is manufactured through the sintering process and the bar process. Then, after the sintering step and the bar-shaped step, the unit base material 514 is ground in the magnet side surface step, the first shaping step, and the second shaping step. That is, the plurality of bar magnets 512 forming the unit base material 514 are subjected to grinding processing for concentrated grinding. Therefore, grinding of the bar magnet 512 is not required in the sintering step and the bar step. In this way, since the plurality of bar magnets 512 are intensively ground, the man-hours for grinding can be reduced as compared with a configuration in which the plurality of bar magnets 512 are independently ground. Therefore, the work load for manufacturing the magnet 310 and the magnet unit 316 can be reduced.

< formation group M >)

According to the present embodiment, in the axial gap 475, the gap outer peripheral end 476 communicates with the opposing region 472 through the outer peripheral region 473, and the gap inner peripheral end 477 communicates with the opposing region 472 through the bracket adjustment hole 326, the bracket center hole 324, or the like. In this configuration, gas easily flows into the axial gap 475 from one of the gap outer peripheral end 476 and the gap inner peripheral end 477, and gas located in the axial gap 475 easily flows out from the other. That is, the gas easily passes through the axial gap 475 in the radial direction RD. Therefore, heat generated between the stator 200 and the rotor 300 is easily released from the axial gap 475 together with the gas flowing into the axial gap 475. Therefore, heat can be suppressed from being trapped between the stator 200 and the rotor 300. This can improve the cooling effect of the motor device 60.

In the motor device 60, the magnetic field generated by the magnet 310 and the coil 211 is configured to be increased in the region between the magnet 310 and the coil 211. Therefore, in the region between the magnet 310 and the coil 211, heat is easily generated due to a strong magnetic field or the like. Since the axial gap 475 includes a region between the magnet 310 and the coil 211, heat is easily generated in the axial gap 475. Therefore, the gas is easily effective in enhancing the cooling effect of the motor device 60 through the axial gap 475 in the radial direction RD.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket rib 323 provided to the rotor 300 rotates together with the bracket body 321 to generate the air flow in the opposite region 472. In this configuration, since the air flow generated by the bracket rib 323 easily flows in the radial direction RD, the air flow can easily pass through the axial gap 475 in the radial direction RD.

The holder rib 323 extends along the holder body 321 in the radial direction RD while protruding from the holder body 321 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the deformation of the magnet holder 320 in the axial direction AD can be restricted to be convex or concave by the holder rib 323. Therefore, the deformation of the magnet holder 320 into bending in the axial direction AD due to the attractive force acting between the magnet 310 and the coil 211 can be suppressed by the holder rib 323. Therefore, the bracket rib 323 can provide both the function of suppressing the deformation of the rotor 300 and the function of generating the air flow in the opposing region 472. This can suppress the complexity of the shape of the rotor 300, for example, compared with a configuration in which portions having these two functions are provided in the rotor 300. In addition, the number of components constituting the motor device 60 can be reduced as compared with a configuration in which a dedicated component for generating an air flow in the opposing region 472 is provided independently of the rotor 300.

According to the present embodiment, in the rotor 300, the bracket rib 323 is arranged with the bracket adjustment holes 326 in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, the gas flow generated by the gas stirred by the bracket ribs 323 with the rotation of the rotor 300 easily passes through the bracket adjustment holes 326. Thus, the airflow through the bracket adjustment holes 326 and through the axial gap 475 can be increased. Therefore, the heat dissipation effect of the axial gap 475 by the air flow passing through the axial gap 475 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, one bracket adjustment hole 326 is provided between two adjacent bracket ribs 323 in the circumferential direction CD and a plurality of bracket adjustment holes 326 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, the gas stirred by the bracket rib 323 and passing through the bracket adjustment hole 326 can be increased. Therefore, the heat radiation effect exerted by the gas passing through the axial gap 475 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the driving ribs 395 are juxtaposed in the axial direction AD with the bracket ribs 323 via the second opposing region 472b, and extend in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the bracket rib 323 moves relatively to the driving rib 395 with the rotation of the second rotor 300b, so that the gas is easily stirred in the second opposing region 472 b. Accordingly, the gas flowing out from the axial gap 475 to the second opposing region 472b easily releases heat to the drive frame 390. Also, in the second opposing region 472b, the surface area of the driving frame 390 is increased by the driving ribs 395, so that the heat of the gas flowing out from the axial gap 475 is easily transferred to the driving frame 390.

In this configuration, since the driving rib 395 moves in the circumferential direction CD relative to the bracket rib 323, an air flow flowing along the frame main body 391 so as to rotate in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD is easily generated. Accordingly, the gas flowing out from the axial gap 475 flows in a manner to rotate along the frame main body 391 to easily release heat to the driving frame 390.

The driving rib 395 extends in the radial direction RD along the frame main body 391 in a state protruding from the frame main body 391 in the axial direction AD. Therefore, the driving rib 395 can suppress the driving frame 390 from being deformed to protrude or recess toward the axial direction AD. Therefore, by providing the driving rib 395 to the frame main body 391, the frame main body 391 can be made thin and lightweight.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket adjustment hole 326 is provided between the rim 344 and the axial gap 475 in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, heat existing radially outward of rim 344 is released to opposing region 472 together with airflows Fm1, fm3 flowing out from axial gap 475 to opposing region 472 through bracket adjustment hole 326. Therefore, heat sealing to the radially outer side of the rim 344 can be suppressed by the holder adjustment holes 326.

According to the present embodiment, the bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, and the bracket pin hole 327 are provided between the rim 344 and the shaft main body 341 in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, heat existing radially inward of the rim 344 is released to the opposing region 472 together with the airflows Fm2, fm4 flowing out from the axial gap 475 to the opposing region 472 through the bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, or the bracket pin hole 327. Therefore, heat sealing inside the rim 344 in the radial direction can be suppressed by the bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, and the bracket pin hole 327.

According to the present embodiment, the flange vent holes 346 penetrate the rim 344 in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the airflows Fm2, fm4 flowing out of the axial gap 475 can reach the bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, and the bracket pin hole 327 through the flange vent holes 346. Accordingly, the airflows Fm2 and Fm4 can be discharged to the opposing region 472 through the bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, and the bracket pin hole 327.

According to the present embodiment, the rim inner peripheral hole 349 penetrates the shaft flange 342 in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the airflows Fm2, fm4 passing through the flange vent holes 346 can reach the bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, and the bracket pin holes 327 through the rim inner peripheral hole 349. The spokes 343 connect the shaft main body 341 to the rim 344 via rim inner peripheral holes 349. Accordingly, the configuration in which the air flows Fm2 and Fm4 reach the bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, and the bracket pin hole 327 through the rim inner peripheral hole 349 and the configuration in which the shaft main body 341 supports the rim 344 can be realized.

< formation group N >)

According to the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided so as to be arranged continuously with the rear outer peripheral surface 370a in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the airflow Fb1 flowing in the axial direction AD is less likely to be disturbed by passing through the boundary between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370 a. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided outside the motor seal holding portion 78 in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the airflow Fb1 flowing in the axial direction AD is less likely to be disturbed by the motor seal holding portion 78. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the heat radiation effect of the motor fin 72 due to a decrease in the amount of the gas flowing along the motor fin 72 due to a disturbance of the gas flow Fb1 or the like. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the motor sealing portion 402 is provided radially inward of the housing main body 71. In this configuration, the motor sealing portion 402 does not need to be provided radially outward of the motor inner peripheral surface 70b and the rear outer peripheral surface 370 a. Therefore, the case body 71 is not easily protruded radially outward to cover the motor sealing portion 402 from the radially outer side. Accordingly, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a can be continuously arranged in the axial direction AD.

According to the present embodiment, the power lead wire 212 is curved to pass through the radial inner side of the motor sealing portion 402. In this configuration, when the configuration is achieved in which the power lead line 212 and the motor sealing portion 402 do not interfere with each other, it is not necessary to change the position of the motor sealing portion 402 radially outward. That is, when the power outlet 212 is configured so as not to interfere with the motor seal holder 78 and the rear holder 376, it is not necessary to change the positions of the motor seal holder 78 and the rear holder 376 radially outward. Accordingly, the motor housing 70 can be prevented from being enlarged in the radial direction RD while the configuration in which the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are continuously arranged in the axial direction AD is achieved.

According to the present embodiment, in the power lead-out wire 212, the outer circumference lead-out portion 212a and the inner circumference lead-out portion 212b extend in the axial direction AD, while the cross lead-out portion 212c extends radially inward so as to pass between the motor seal holding portion 78 and the first rotor 300 a. Accordingly, the power lead wire 212 can be bent to pass through the radially inner side of the motor sealing portion 402.

According to the present embodiment, the rear retaining portion 376 restricts the positional displacement of the motor sealing portion 402. In this configuration, the motor seal holder 78 does not need to restrict the positional displacement of the motor seal 402. Therefore, the motor seal holder 78 does not need to have a special shape for restricting the positional displacement of the motor seal 402. This can improve the versatility of the motor seal holder 78, and as a result, the versatility of the motor housing 70 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 sandwiches the motor seal portion 402 provided so as to enter the motor-side rear groove 376a between the motor seal holding portion and the rear holding portion 376. In this configuration, the motor sealing portion 402 enters the motor-side rear groove 376a, and the rear retaining portion 376 can restrict the positional displacement of the motor sealing portion 402.

According to the present embodiment, the rear retaining portion 376 is provided radially inward of the motor seal retaining portion 78. In this configuration, the rear retaining portion 376 does not need to protrude radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70 a. Therefore, the rear outer peripheral surface 370a and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a can be arranged in the axial direction AD such that the rear outer peripheral surface 370a does not protrude radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70 a.

In the present embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 and the rear holding portion 376 sandwich the motor seal portion 402 in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the motor seal portion 402 can be prevented from protruding from the motor seal holding portion 78 and the rear holding portion 376 in the radial direction RD.

In the present embodiment, the duct flow path 105 is formed by covering the unit duct 100 of the motor housing 70 from the outer peripheral side of the motor fin 72. Therefore, if the airflow Fb1 is disturbed in the duct flow path 105, there is a concern that the airflow Fb1 is reduced or the like, and the heat radiation effect of the motor fins 72 by the airflow Fb1 is reduced. In contrast, according to the present embodiment, since the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are continuously aligned in the axial direction AD and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is located radially outward of the motor seal holder 78, turbulence of the air flow Fb1 can be suppressed. Therefore, in the configuration in which the duct flow path 105 is formed by the unit duct 100, the heat radiation effect of the motor fin 72 can be suppressed from being reduced.

In the present embodiment, the rear frame 370 is fixed to the motor housing 70 as a fixation target. In this configuration, since the rear outer peripheral surface 370a and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a are arranged continuously in the axial direction AD, the airflow Fb1 can be suppressed from being disturbed at the boundary portion between the rear frame 370 and the motor housing 70.

According to the present embodiment, the motor device 60 is mounted on the flying body as a driving source for rotating the rotor. In this configuration, the safety related to the flight of the flying object can be improved by improving the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60.

< second embodiment >

In the second embodiment, the motor device 60 has only one rotor 300. That is, the motor device 60 is a single-rotor type rotary electric machine. For example, one rotor 300 is provided between the stator 200 and the inverter device 80 in the axial direction AD. Further, one rotor 300 may be provided on the opposite side of the inverter device 80 via the stator 200 in the axial direction AD.

The motor device 60 may have a plurality of stators 200. For example, the motor device 60 may have two stators 200. The motor device 60 is a double-stator type rotary electric machine. The motor device 60 and the inverter device 80 may be provided separately from each other. For example, the motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90 may be provided independently of each other. Further, the unit pipe 100 may not be provided to the motor device unit 50.

< formation group E >)

< third embodiment >

In the first embodiment described above, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a extends in the axial direction AD toward the opposite side of the outer grommet portion 258 from the power bus bar 261. In contrast, in the third embodiment, the outer grommet 258 extends in the axial direction AD toward the opposite side of the power bus bar 261 from the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the third embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. In the third embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 133, the outer grommet portion 258 extends in the axial direction AD toward the opposite side of the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a from the inner circumference outgoing portion 212 b. In the axial direction AD, the end portion on the coil 211 side in the outer grommet 258 is located on the coil 211 side compared to the end portion on the coil 211 side in the outer circumference drawing portion 212 a. In the axial direction AD, the outer grommet 258 has a longer length than the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. Note that, in fig. 133, as in fig. 87, illustration of the grommet main body 256 and the inner grommet portion 257 of the grommet 255 and the like are omitted.

According to the present embodiment, the outer grommet portion 258 extends in the axial direction AD toward the opposite side of the power bus bar 261 from the outer circumference outgoing portion 212 a. In this configuration, the electric insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor case 70 can be maintained by the outer grommet 258 in the region opposite to the power bus 261 via the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a in the axial direction AD. For example, even if the position of the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is unintentionally shifted in the axial direction AD to the opposite side of the power bus 261, the electric insulation between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor case 70 can be suppressed from decreasing by the outer grommet 258.

< fourth embodiment >, a third embodiment

In the first embodiment described above, the coil 211 is protected by the coil protecting unit 250. In contrast, in the fourth embodiment, the coil 211 is not protected by the coil protecting unit 250. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the fourth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the fourth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 134, the motor device 60 does not have the coil protection portion 250. That is, the coil protection portion 250 is not provided to the coil 211. In this configuration, electrical insulation is given to the coil 211 by the cover 222 provided in the coil wire 220. In fig. 134, the illustration of the second rotor 300b is omitted except for the illustration of the grommet main body 256 and the inner grommet portion 257 that the grommet 255 has. At least a part of the coil 211 may be protected by the coil protecting unit 250.

In fig. 134, the second rotor 300b is not illustrated. The motor device 60 may have only one of the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300 b. That is, the motor device 60 may be a single-rotor type rotary electric machine.

In the coil portion 215, the power lead-out wire 212 is led out from an end portion on the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD. In addition, in the coil portion 215, the power lead-out line 212 may be led out from an intermediate position in the axial direction AD.

< fifth embodiment >, a third embodiment

In the first embodiment described above, the grommet 255 has the inner grommet portion 257. In contrast, in the fifth embodiment, the grommet 255 does not have the inner grommet portion 257. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the fifth embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. In the fifth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 135, grommet 255 has grommet main body 256 and outer grommet portion 258, while not having inner grommet portion 257. In this configuration, the grommet hole 450 also penetrates the grommet body 256 in the axial direction AD. In the grommet 255, the molten resin does not enter the grommet hole 450 in the grommet main body 256 at the time of manufacturing the coil protecting portion 250. Therefore, in the process of manufacturing the coil protection part 250, the leakage of the molten resin from the grommet 450 can be restricted.

< sixth embodiment >

In the first embodiment described above, the outer grommet portion 258 enters between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. In contrast, in the sixth embodiment, a part of the coil protection portion 250 enters between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the sixth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the sixth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 136, the coil protection portion 250 has a protection body 251 and a protection extension protrusion 805. The protection body 251 protects the coil 211 by covering the coil 211. The protection extension portion 805 is a portion of the coil protection portion 250 extending and protruding in the axial direction AD from the protection body 251. The protection extension protrusion 805 extends from the protection main body 251 toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD. The protection extension projection 805 is brought into a state between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The protection extension protrusion 805 has electrical insulation properties due to being included in the coil protection portion 250. The protection extension 805 corresponds to an outer insulation portion and a lead wire insulation portion. The protection extension 805 includes a sealing resin portion corresponding to the coil protection portion 250.

The protection extension protrusion 805 has the same configuration as the outer grommet 258 of the first embodiment. For example, the protection extension protrusion 805 extends in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side than the outer circumference lead portion 212a. The protection extension projection 805 may extend to any position as long as it extends toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a. For example, the protection extension protrusion 805 may not reach the cross lead portion 212c in the axial direction AD, or may extend toward the power bus 261 side compared to the inner peripheral bent portion 212 e.

In addition, the protection extension protrusions 805 are provided independently for the plurality of power outlet lines 212, respectively. The protection extension protrusions 805 extend toward both sides of the circumferential direction CD as compared to the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a. In the circumferential direction CD, the width dimension of the protection extension projection 805 is larger than the width dimension Wa3 of the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a. The protection extension projection 805 may extend in the circumferential direction CD so as to span the plurality of power outlets 212.

The protection extension projection 805 is provided on the outer peripheral side of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a, but is not provided on the inner peripheral side of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a. That is, the protection extension protrusion 805 protects the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a from the outer circumference side, while does not protect the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a from the inner circumference side. The extended projection 805 is protected from entering between the outer peripheral extraction portion 212a and the first rotor 300 a.

According to the present embodiment, the protection extension protrusion 805 as the outer insulation part is included in the coil protection part 250. In this configuration, the protection extension protruding portion 805 can be formed by the step of forming the coil protection portion 250 when the motor device 60 is manufactured. Therefore, for example, compared with a configuration in which the protection extension protrusion 805 is manufactured by a process different from the coil protection portion 250, the process for manufacturing the protection extension protrusion 805 can be reduced. In addition, the number of components constituting the motor device 60 can be reduced as compared with a configuration in which, instead of the protection extension projection 805, other components such as the grommet 255 independent from the coil protection portion 250 are used.

According to the present embodiment, the protection extension protrusion 805 extends toward the power bus bar 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the outer circumference drawing portion 212 a. In this configuration, the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor housing 70 can be maintained by the protection extension protrusion 805 regardless of the positional relationship between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. For example, even if the position of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a is unintentionally shifted toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD, the electric insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor case 70 can be suppressed from being lowered by the protection extension protrusion 805.

On the other hand, the protection extension protrusion 805 is not provided between the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a and the first rotor 300a in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the degree of freedom relating to the arrangement of the power lead lines 212, such as the position of the cross lead portions 212c, due to the protection extension protruding portions 805. Therefore, the degree of freedom in arrangement of the power outlet 212 can be increased, and the reliability of electrical insulation of the motor device 60 can be improved by protecting the extension protrusion 805.

In the present embodiment, a part of the coil protection portion 250 may be provided radially inward of the outer peripheral lead portion 212a. For example, a part of the coil protection portion 250 is configured to enter between the outer circumference outgoing portion 212a and the first rotor 300 a. In this configuration, a part of the coil protection portion 250 protects the outer circumference lead portion 212a from the inner circumference side.

< seventh embodiment >, a third embodiment

In the sixth embodiment described above, the protection extension protrusion 805 enters between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. In contrast, in the seventh embodiment, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is interposed between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the seventh embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. In the seventh embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 137, the motor device 60 has an outer peripheral insulating layer 801. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is interposed between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is provided between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the radial direction RD. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 has electrical insulation. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is formed of an insulating paint applied to the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. The insulating coating is a coating having electrical insulation properties. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is a paint layer formed by curing an insulating paint applied to the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 corresponds to an outer insulating portion and a lead wire insulating portion.

The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 may not be formed by an insulating paint as long as it has electrical insulation. For example, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 may be formed of a resin material, a rubber material, or the like in a film shape, a sheet shape, or the like, and then fixed to the motor inner peripheral surface 70b with an adhesive or the like.

The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 has the same structure as the outer grommet 258 of the first embodiment. For example, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 extends in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side than the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 may extend to any position as long as it extends toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212 a. For example, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 may not reach the cross-draw-out portion 212c in the axial direction AD, or may extend to the power bus 261 side compared to the inner peripheral bent portion 212 e.

In addition, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is provided independently for each of the plurality of power outlet lines 212. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 extends to both sides of the peripheral direction CD than the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a. In the circumferential direction CD, the width dimension of the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is larger than the width dimension Wa3 of the outer peripheral drawn-out portion 212a. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 may extend in the circumferential direction CD so as to be bridged over the plurality of power outlet lines 212.

The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is provided on the outer peripheral side of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a, but is not provided on the inner peripheral side of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a. That is, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 protects the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a from the outer peripheral side, while does not protect the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a from the inner peripheral side. The outer peripheral insulating layer 801 does not enter between the outer peripheral extraction portion 212a and the first rotor 300 a.

According to the present embodiment, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 as the outer insulating portion is formed by an insulating paint applied to the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. In this configuration, the position, size, and shape of the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 can be set by the position and range of application of the insulating paint on the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the motor device 60. Accordingly, the degree of freedom relating to the arrangement of the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 can be improved. Therefore, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 can be arranged to improve the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the motor case 70.

According to the present embodiment, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 extends in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side than the outer peripheral lead portion 212a. In this configuration, the electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor housing 70 can be maintained by the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 regardless of the positional relationship between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. For example, even if the position of the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a is unintentionally shifted toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 can suppress a decrease in electrical insulation between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor case 70.

On the other hand, the outer peripheral insulating layer 801 is not provided between the outer peripheral lead portion 212a and the first rotor 300a in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the degree of freedom relating to the arrangement of the power lead lines 212, such as the position of the cross lead portions 212c, due to the outer peripheral insulating layer 801. Therefore, the degree of freedom in arrangement of the power lead wires 212 can be increased, and the reliability of electrical insulation of the motor device 60 can be improved by the outer peripheral insulating layer 801.

In the present embodiment, an inner insulating layer similar to the outer insulating layer 801 may be provided radially inward of the outer peripheral lead portion 212a. For example, the inner peripheral insulating layer is configured to enter between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the first rotor 300 a. In this configuration, the inner peripheral insulating layer protects the outer peripheral lead portion 212a from the inner peripheral side. The inner peripheral insulating layer is formed by applying an insulating paint or the like to the outer peripheral lead portion 212a.

< formation group F >)

< eighth embodiment >, a third embodiment

In the eighth embodiment, a vent hole different from the frame opening 373 is provided in the rear frame 370. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the eighth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the eighth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 138, the rear frame 370 has rear ventilation holes 811. The rear vent hole 811 penetrates the rear frame 370 in the axial direction AD. The rear vent hole 811 is an opening provided in the rear frame 370. The rear vent hole 811 is located in the rear frame 370 at a position separated from the frame opening 373. The rear vent hole 811 is located at a position separated radially inward from the frame opening 373, for example. A plurality of rear ventilation holes 811 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. For example, the rear vent hole 811 and the frame opening 373 are arranged in the radial direction RD.

The rear vent 811 is a vent capable of allowing air to pass therethrough. As the air passing through the rear vent hole 811, there is an air flow generated by the bracket rib 323. For example, when the air flow Fa1 generated by the bracket rib 323 flows out from the frame opening 373, the air flow Fa3 flowing in from the rear vent hole 811 is easily generated. Further, since the air flow Fa3 is generated in this way, the air flow Fa1 is easily generated. Therefore, the cooling effect of the air flow Fa1 on the power outlet 212 can be improved by the air flow Fa3. In fig. 138, the power bus 261, the first rotor 300a, and the like are not illustrated.

If the airflows Fa1 and Fa3 are generated, the cooling air generated by the bracket rib 323 is easily circulated through the frame opening 373 and the rear ventilation hole 811. For example, the cooling air sent through the bracket rib 323 flows out of the rear frame 370 through the frame opening 373 as the air flow Fa1, then flows in the inside of the rear frame 370 through the rear ventilation hole 811 as the air flow Fa3, and returns to the bracket rib 323. In this way, the cooling air flows to circulate inside and outside the rear frame 370.

< ninth embodiment >

In the ninth embodiment, a vent hole is provided in the drive frame 390. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the ninth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the ninth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 139, the drive frame 390 has a drive vent 815. The drive vent 815 penetrates the drive frame 390 in the axial direction AD. The drive vent 815 is provided in an opening of the drive frame 390. The drive vent hole 815 is located in the drive frame 390 at a position separated radially outward from the shaft main body 341. The drive vent hole 815 is located, for example, at a position parallel to the inner peripheral end of the coil protection portion 250 in the axial direction AD. A plurality of drive vent holes 815 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

The drive vent 815 is a vent that is capable of allowing air to pass through. As the air passing through the driving vent hole 815, there is an air flow generated by the bracket rib 323. For example, when the air flow Fa1 generated by the bracket rib 323 flows out from the frame opening 373, the air flow Fa4 flowing in from the drive vent hole 815 is easily generated. Further, since the air flow Fa4 is generated in this way, the air flow Fa1 is easily generated. Therefore, the cooling effect of the air flow Fa1 on the power outlet 212 can be improved by the air flow Fa4. In fig. 139, the power bus 261, the first rotor 300a, and the like are not illustrated.

When the airflows Fa1 and Fa4 are generated, the cooling air generated by the bracket rib 323 easily circulates through the frame opening 373 and the drive ventilation hole 815. For example, the cooling air supplied from the bracket rib 323 flows out of the rear frame 370 through the frame opening 373 as an air flow Fa1, and then flows into the inside of the drive frame 390 through the drive vent hole 815 as an air flow Fa4. Then, the cooling air passes through the shaft flange 342, the magnet holder 320, and the like and returns to the holder rib 323. The cooling air passes through the shaft flange 342 after passing between two spokes 343 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD, for example, and through the magnet holder 320 after passing through the holder fixing holes 325. In this way, the cooling air flows to circulate inside and outside the motor housing 70, the rear frame 370, and the driving frame 390.

< tenth embodiment >

In the first embodiment, the bracket rib 323 has both the rib parallel portion 323c and the rib tapered portion 323d. In contrast, in the tenth embodiment, the bracket rib 323 has the rib tapered portion 323d, and does not have the rib parallel portion 323c. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the tenth embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. In the tenth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 140, the bracket rib 323 has only the rib parallel portion 323c and the rib tapered portion 323d among the rib tapered portions 323d. The rib tapered portion 323d extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge between the rib inner peripheral end 323a and the rib outer peripheral end 323 b. In the bracket rib 323, the tip portion is entirely formed as a rib tapered portion 323d. The rib tapered portion 323d is provided so as to bridge the bracket inner peripheral end 320a and the bracket outer peripheral end 320 b.

< eleventh embodiment >

In the tenth embodiment described above, the bracket rib 323 has the rib tapered portion 323d, and does not have the rib parallel portion 323c. In contrast, in the eleventh embodiment, the bracket rib 323 has the rib parallel portion 323c, and does not have the rib tapered portion 323d. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the eleventh embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. In the eleventh embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 141, the bracket rib 323 has only the rib parallel portion 323c and the rib parallel portion 323c in the rib tapered portion 323 d. The rib parallel portion 323c extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge between the rib inner peripheral end 323a and the rib outer peripheral end 323 b. In the bracket rib 323, the tip portion is entirely formed as a rib parallel portion 323c. The rib parallel portion 323c is provided so as to bridge the bracket inner peripheral end 320a and the bracket outer peripheral end 320 b.

< formation group G >)

< twelfth embodiment >

In the twelfth embodiment, the rotor 300 may have a yoke. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twelfth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the twelfth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 142, the rotor 300 has a back yoke 851. The back yoke 851 is a yoke, and is formed of a ferromagnetic material. The back yoke 851 is disposed between the bracket body 321 and the magnet 310. The back yoke 851 is provided between the main body inner plate surface 321b and the first unit surface 316g, for example. The back yoke 851 is formed in a plate shape and extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The back yoke 851 is overlapped with the second unit surface 316 h. The back yoke 851 is provided for all the magnets 310. The back yoke 851 may be arranged in plurality in the circumferential direction CD as the magnets 310, or may extend in the circumferential direction CD so as to be bridged over the plurality of magnets 310.

In the configuration in which the arrangement of the magnets 310 is not halbach array, a yoke such as the back yoke 851 is preferably provided to the magnets 310. In this configuration, the magnetic field generated in the axial gap 475 can be intensified by the yoke.

< thirteenth embodiment >, a third embodiment

In the first embodiment described above, one fixing block 330 serves as a fixing member to fix one magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320. In contrast, in the thirteenth embodiment, one fixing member fixes the plurality of magnet units 316 to the magnet holder 320. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the thirteenth embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. In the thirteenth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 143, the rotor 300 has a collective block 853. The collective block 853 fixes the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320 in the same manner as the fixing block 330 of the first embodiment. The aggregate block 853 has a block tapered surface 330a, a block receiving surface 330b, a block opposing surface 330c, a block inner end surface 331, a block outer end surface 332, and a block hole 333, similar to the fixed block 330.

The aggregate block 853 extends in the circumferential direction CD so as to be bridged over the plurality of magnet units 316. The aggregate block 853 is installed on, for example, two magnet units 316. The aggregate block 853 is mounted on one inclined magnet unit 317 and one parallel magnet unit 318. A plurality of aggregation blocks 853 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The size and shape of the aggregate block 853 are the same among the plurality of fixed blocks 330. The collective block 853 has a size and shape that integrates the two fixed blocks 330 in the first embodiment. The collective block 853 corresponds to a fixed member and a collective member.

The collective block 853 is fixed to the magnet holder 320 by the magnet fixing member 335, similarly to the first embodiment. For example, a collection block 853 is secured to the magnet holder 320 by a magnet fixture 335. A block hole 333 is provided in one of the collection blocks 853. Further, one of the collective blocks 853 may be fixed to the magnet holder 320 by a plurality of magnet fixing members 335. In this case, a plurality of block holes 333 are provided in one aggregate block 853.

According to the present embodiment, the aggregate block 853 is provided so as to be bridged over the plurality of magnet units 316, and fixes the plurality of magnet units 316 to the magnet holder 320. In this configuration, the number of the set blocks 853 can be reduced with respect to the number of the magnet units 316. In addition, the number of the magnet fixtures 335 can be reduced according to the number of the set blocks 853. Therefore, the number of components constituting the rotor 300 can be reduced. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the rotor 300, the work load for fixing the assembly block 853 to the magnet holder 320 can be reduced. In addition, the weight of the rotor 300 can be reduced.

< fourteenth embodiment >, a third embodiment

In the first embodiment described above, a plurality of fixing blocks 330 are mounted as fixing members on the magnet holder 320. In contrast, in the fourteenth embodiment, one fixing member is attached to the magnet holder 320. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the fourteenth embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. In the fourteenth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 144, the rotor 300 has a block ring 855. The block ring 855 fixes the magnet unit 316 to the magnet holder 320 in the same manner as the fixing block 330 of the first embodiment. The block ring 855 has a block tapered surface 330a, a block receiving surface 330b, a block inner end surface 331, a block outer end surface 332, and a block hole 333, similar to the fixed block 330. On the other hand, the block ring 855 does not have the block opposed face 330c.

The block ring 855 extends in the circumferential direction CD so as to be bridged over the plurality of magnet units 316. The block ring 855 is formed in a ring shape. The block ring 855 is mounted to all of the magnet units 316. The block ring 855 has a size and shape that integrates all the fixing blocks 330 in the first embodiment. The block ring 855 corresponds to a fixed member and an aggregate member.

The block ring 855 is fixed to the magnet holder 320 by the magnet fixing member 335 in the same manner as in the first embodiment. For example, the block ring 855 is fixed to the magnet holder 320 by a plurality of magnet fixtures 335. A plurality of block holes 333 are provided in the block ring 855.

According to the present embodiment, the block ring 855 is provided to be erected on the plurality of magnet units 316, and fixes the plurality of magnet units 316 to the magnet holder 320. In this configuration, the number of the block rings 855 can be reduced with respect to the number of the magnet units 316. That is, the number of block rings 855 can be made one. In addition, the number of magnet fixtures 335 can be reduced according to the number of block rings 855. Therefore, as in the thirteenth embodiment, the work load for manufacturing the rotor 300, the weight of the rotor 300, and the like can be reduced.

< formation group H >)

< fifteenth embodiment >, a third embodiment

In the first embodiment described above, the grommet 255 has the outer grommet portion 258. In contrast, in the fifteenth embodiment, the grommet 255 does not have the outer grommet portion 258. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the fifteenth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the fifteenth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 145 and 146, the grommet 255 is not provided with the outer grommet portion 258. In the present embodiment, the grommet 255 does not include the outer grommet portion 258 in the exposed portion 255 b. In the present embodiment, the inner grommet portion 257 is in a state of overlapping with the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b.

In the configuration in which the grommet 255 has the outer grommet portion 258, the outer grommet portion 258 may have any shape. For example, the outer grommet portion 258 may be smaller than the inner grommet portion 257 in terms of the extension dimension extending from the grommet rib 465 in the axial direction AD. In addition, the outer grommet portion 258 may be smaller than the inner grommet portion 257 with respect to the width dimension of the circumferential direction CD.

< formation group I >

< sixteenth embodiment >

In the first embodiment described above, the rim 344 is integrally formed with the shaft main body 341. In contrast, in the sixteenth embodiment, rim 344 is attached and fixed to shaft body 341. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the sixteenth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the sixteenth embodiment, a description will be given mainly on points different from the first embodiment.

In the shaft 340, a shaft flange 342 is mounted and fixed to the shaft main body 341. This realizes a structure in which rim 344 is attached and fixed to shaft main body 341. The shaft main body 341 and the shaft flange 342 are separate members and fixed by welding, bolts, or the like.

In the process of manufacturing the shaft 340, the first base material 861 and the second base material 862 shown in fig. 147 are prepared as preparation process staff. The first base material 861 is a base material for manufacturing the shaft main body 341. The first base material 861 is, for example, a columnar member extending in the axial direction AD. The second base material 862 is a base material for manufacturing the shaft flange 342. The second base material 862 is, for example, a plate-like member extending in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The first base material 861 and the second base material 862 are formed of, for example, the same material. The first base material 861 and the second base material 862 may be formed of different materials. In fig. 147, the first base material 861 and the second base material 862 are shown superimposed, but the first base material 861 and the second base material 862 are separate and distinct members.

After the preparation step, the worker performs processing on the shapes of the first base material 861 and the second base material 862 in the processing step. The worker performs cutting processing of the first base material 861, and manufactures the shaft body 341 from the first base material 861. The worker performs a cutting process of the second base material 862 to manufacture the shaft flange 342 from the second base material 862.

According to the present embodiment, rim 344 is mounted and fixed to shaft main body 341. In this configuration, the rim 344 and the shaft main body 341 can be manufactured from different base materials. Therefore, when manufacturing the shaft 340, by preparing base materials respectively adapted to the shapes of the rim 344 and the shaft main body 341, the yield of the material is easily improved. Accordingly, the material cost for manufacturing the shaft 340 can be reduced.

In the present embodiment, the first base material 861 can be formed in a shape and size corresponding to the shaft main body 341. The second base material 862 can be formed in a shape and size corresponding to the shaft flange 342. In contrast to the configuration using the shaft base material 490 in the manufacture of the shaft 340 as in the first embodiment described above, in the present embodiment, for example, it is not necessary to use a dot-hatched portion shown in fig. 147 as the base material. Therefore, the material cost of the base material can be reduced in the hatched portion.

< formation group J >

< seventeenth embodiment >

In the seventeenth embodiment, the positional displacement of the stator 200 with respect to the motor housing 70 is restricted by a part of the motor housing 70. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the seventeenth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the seventeenth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 148 and 149, the stator 200 includes a coil body 900. The coil body 900 is included in the coil unit 210. The coil body 900 has a coil portion 215 and a core unit 230. A plurality of coil bodies 900 are arranged along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the circumferential direction CD. By arranging a plurality of coil bodies 900 in the circumferential direction CD, the coils 211 of a plurality of phases are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In fig. 149, the power outlet 212, the second rotor 300b, and the like are not shown.

The coil body 900 has a coil body end face 902 and a coil body outer peripheral face 903. The coil body end face 902 and the coil body outer peripheral face 903 are included in the outer surface of the coil body 900. The coil end face 902 is an end face of the coil 900, and a pair thereof is aligned in the axial direction AD. The coil body end face 902 includes an end face of the core 231 and an end face of the bobbin 240. The pair of coil body end surfaces 902 corresponds to a pair of end surfaces.

The coil outer peripheral surface 903 is an outer peripheral surface of the coil body 900, and extends in the winding direction of the coil portion 215. The coil outer peripheral surface 903 is provided between a pair of coil end surfaces 902. The coil outer peripheral surface 903 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the pair of coil end surfaces 902. The coil outer circumferential surface 903 includes a coil outer circumferential surface 913 and an outer circumferential surface of the bobbin 240.

The coil body 900 has core teeth 901. A pair of core teeth 901 are aligned in the axial direction AD via the coil portion 215. In the axial direction AD, the coil portion 215 is provided between the pair of core teeth 901. The core teeth 901 extend in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The core teeth 901 form a coil body end face 902. The core teeth 901 include a portion of the core unit 230. The core teeth 901 include, for example, a core flange 233 and a bobbin flange 242.

The coil portion 215 has a coil outer peripheral surface 913. The coil outer circumferential surface 913 is an outer circumferential surface of the coil portion 215, and extends in the winding direction of the coil portion 215. The coil outer circumferential surface 913 is included in the coil outer circumferential surface 903. The coil outer circumferential surface 913 extends in the axial direction AD and is in a state of being supported by the pair of core teeth 901. The coil outer circumferential surface 913 and the end surfaces of the core teeth 901 are arranged continuously in the axial direction AD. Therefore, in fig. 148, the coil portion 215 is located at a position overlapping with the core teeth 901, and reference numerals of the coil portion 215 are illustrated. The coil outer circumferential surface 913 corresponds to the outer circumferential surface.

The coil portion 215 has an outer peripheral top portion 911 and an outer peripheral root portion 912. The outer Zhou Dingbu 911 is the radially outermost portion of the coil portion 215. The outer peripheral root 912 is a circumferentially outermost portion of the coil portion 215. A pair of peripheral root portions 912 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD.

The coil outer circumferential surface 913 extends along the motor inner circumferential surface 70b in the axial direction AD. A portion between a pair of outer peripheral root portions 912 in the coil outer peripheral surface 913 is curved to protrude radially outward. The coil outer circumferential surface 913 includes a first flexible surface 913a and a second flexible surface 913b. The first flexible surface 913a and the second flexible surface 913b are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The first flexible curved surface 913a and the second flexible curved surface 913b are curved to protrude outward in the radial direction. The first flexible surface 913a is provided to one of the pair of outer peripheral root portions 912 and the outer peripheral top portion 911. The second bending surface 913b is erected on the other outer peripheral root 912 and outer peripheral apex 911. The first bending surface 913a is curved to protrude toward one side of the circumferential direction CD, and the second bending surface 913b is curved to protrude toward the other side of the circumferential direction CD.

As described above, the outer circumferential surfaces of the core teeth 901 and the coil outer circumferential surfaces 913 are continuously aligned in the axial direction AD. Accordingly, the core teeth 901 have portions corresponding to the outer peripheral top portions 911 and the outer peripheral root portions 912. The outer peripheral surface of the core tooth 901 includes a portion corresponding to the first flexible surface 913a and a portion corresponding to the second flexible surface 913b.

The motor housing 70 has a displacement restricting portion 920. The displacement regulating portion 920 protrudes radially inward from the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The displacement restricting portion 920 extends along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the axial direction AD. A plurality of displacement restricting portions 920 are arranged along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the circumferential direction CD. The displacement regulating portion 920 is integrally formed with the housing main body 71, and corresponds to an integral regulating portion. The motor housing 70 has conductivity. In the motor case 70, both the case body 71 and the displacement restricting portion 920 have conductivity. In the present embodiment, a displacement restricting portion 920 is provided in the motor case 70 in place of the stator holding portion 171.

The displacement restricting portion 920 has a restricting tip 921 and a restricting root 922. The restriction top 921 is a radially innermost portion of the displacement restricting portion 920. The restricting root 922 is the radially outermost portion of the displacement restricting portion 920. In the circumferential direction CD, the width dimension of the restricting top 921 is smaller than the width dimension of the displacement restricting portion 920. In the displacement restricting portion 920, the width dimension of the circumferential direction CD gradually decreases toward the radially inner side. A pair of restricting roots 922 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD via restricting crests 921. The restricting crests 921 are disposed centrally of the pair of restricting roots 922 in the circumferential direction CD. The restricting ridge 921 and the restricting root 922 extend in the axial direction AD along the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b.

The displacement restricting portion 920 is provided at a position across the two coil bodies 900 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD. Sometimes, two coil bodies 900 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD are merely referred to as "two coil bodies 900". The displacement restricting portion 920 extends toward the radially inner side to enter between the two coil bodies 900. In the displacement restricting portion 920, the restricting top 921 is located at a position to enter between the two coil bodies 900. The restriction top 921 is located at a position parallel to the bending surfaces 913a, 913b in the circumferential direction CD with respect to the two coil bodies 900. The restriction crests 921 are located between the outer circumferential crests 911 and the outer circumferential roots 912 in the radial direction RD with respect to the two coil bodies 900. In the displacement restricting portion 920, the restricting root 922 is located at a position juxtaposed to the outer peripheral ceiling 911 in the radial direction RD.

The displacement restricting portion 920 restricts the displacement of the coil portion 215 relative to the motor housing 70. The displacement restricting portion 920 restricts the movement of the coil portion 215 in the circumferential direction CD relative to the displacement restricting portion 920 by being in a state of catching the coil portion 215. The displacement restricting portion 920 corresponds to a motor restricting portion.

The displacement restricting portion 920 has a displacement restricting surface 923. The displacement restricting surface 923 is a radially inner surface of the outer surface of the displacement restricting portion 920. The displacement restricting surface 923 faces radially inward as a whole. The displacement restricting surface 923 extends along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the axial direction AD. The displacement restricting surface 923 corresponds to a restricting surface.

The displacement restricting surface 923 has a first restricting surface 923a and a second restricting surface 923b. The first and second restricting surfaces 923a and 923b are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. The first and second restricting surfaces 923a and 923b are curved to be recessed toward the radial outside. The first restricting surface 923a is erected on one of the pair of restricting root portions 922 and the restricting top 921. The first regulating surface 923a is provided at a position parallel to the second bending surface 913b of the coil portion 215 in the radial direction RD. The first regulating surface 923a faces the second flexible surface 913 b. The first restriction surface 923a is deflected to extend along the second deflection surface 913 b. The gap between the first regulating surface 923a and the second flexible surface 913b is substantially uniform in either the circumferential direction CD or the axial direction AD. The size of the gap between the first regulating surface 923a and the second flexible surface 913b is, for example, the separation distance between the first regulating surface 923a and the second flexible surface 913b in the direction orthogonal to the first regulating surface 923 a.

The second restricting surface 923b is erected on the restricting root 922 and the restricting tip 921 on the opposite side of the first restricting surface 923a from the pair of restricting root 922. The second regulating surface 923b is provided at a position parallel to the first bending surface 913a of the coil portion 215 in the radial direction RD. The second regulating surface 923b faces the first flexible surface 913 a. The second restriction surface 923b is deflected to extend along the first deflection surface 913 a. The gap between the second regulating surface 923b and the first flexible surface 913a is substantially uniform in any one of the circumferential direction CD and the axial direction AD. The size of the gap between the second regulating surface 923b and the first flexible surface 913a is, for example, the separation distance between the second regulating surface 923b and the first flexible surface 913a in the direction perpendicular to the second regulating surface 923b.

The displacement restricting portion 920 restricts the relative displacement of the coil portion 215 with respect to the motor case 70 by bringing the displacement restricting surface 923 into a state of being hung on the coil outer circumferential surface 913. For example, the first regulating surface 923a regulates the displacement of the coil portion 215 in a state of catching at least a part of the second flexible surface 913 b. The second regulating surface 923b regulates displacement of the coil portion 215 by being in a state of catching at least a part of the first flexible surface 913 a.

The plurality of displacement restricting portions 920 are integrated. Two displacement restricting portions 920 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD are connected to each other. In the two displacement restricting portions 920 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD, the restricting root portions 922 thereof are connected to each other. The plurality of displacement restricting portions 920 extend in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner circumferential surface 70b as a whole in a ring shape.

The displacement restricting portion 920 has a restricting end face 925. The limiting end surface 925 is an end surface of the displacement limiting portion 920, and a pair thereof is aligned in the axial direction AD. The limiting end surface 925 is included on the outer surface of the displacement limiting portion 920. The limiting end surface 925 extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD.

As shown in fig. 149, the displacement restricting portions 920 extend in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the pair of coil body end surfaces 902. In the axial direction AD, the length of the displacement restricting portion 920 is substantially the same as the length of the coil body end surface 902. The pair of limiting end surfaces 925 are provided at positions parallel to the pair of coil body end surfaces 902 in the radial direction RD. The displacement restricting portion 920 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the pair of core teeth 901. The displacement restricting portion 920 extends in the axial direction AD so as to protrude toward the core teeth 901 as compared with the coil portion 215.

As shown in fig. 148 and 149, a part of the coil protection unit 250 is brought into a state between the displacement restricting unit 920 and the coil body 900. The coil protection portion 250 is formed of a resin material containing a filler. As a resin material forming the coil protection portion 250, for example, a thermosetting resin such as an epoxy resin is used. The coil protection part 250 is formed of a resin material to have high electrical insulation, high strength, and high thermal conductivity. Examples of the filler included in the coil protection portion 250 include alumina. The coil protector 250 is in close contact with both the coil body 900 and the motor case 70. Thereby, the coil protector 250 fixes the coil body 900 to the motor case 70.

The coil protection portion 250 has a protection outer peripheral portion 917. The protection outer circumferential portion 917 is a portion of the coil protection portion 250 that enters between the displacement restricting portion 920 and the coil body 900. The protective outer circumferential portion 917 enters a gap between the displacement restricting surface 923 and the coil outer circumferential surface 913. The protective outer circumferential portion 917 is provided in the entire gap between the displacement restricting surface 923 and the coil outer circumferential surface 913. The protective outer peripheral portion 917 is in close contact with the displacement regulating surface 923 and the coil outer peripheral surface 913, and fixes the displacement regulating portion 920 and the coil body 900.

The protective outer peripheral portion 917 extends from the protective body 251. The protective outer peripheral portion 917 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the displacement restricting surface 923. The protection outer circumferential portion 917 is placed in a state of being supported by the plurality of displacement regulating portions 920. The protective outer peripheral portion 917 extends in the axial direction AD along the displacement restricting surface 923. The protective outer peripheral portion 917 is in a state of being supported by the pair of coil body end surfaces 902, similarly to the displacement restricting portion 920. The coil body 900, the displacement restricting portion 920, and the protective outer peripheral portion 917 are arranged in the radial direction RD.

The protective outer peripheral portion 917 has thermal conductivity as a part of the coil protective portion 250. The protective outer peripheral portion 917 releases heat transmitted from the coil body 900 to the displacement restricting portion 920. The protective outer peripheral portion 917 corresponds to a slit heat dissipation portion. The thickness of the protective outer circumferential portion 917 is substantially uniform in both the circumferential direction CD and the axial direction AD. The thickness of the protective outer circumferential portion 917 is, for example, substantially the same as the size of the gap between the displacement regulating surface 923 and the coil outer circumferential surface 913 in the direction orthogonal to the displacement regulating surface 923. Therefore, the state in which heat is transferred from the coil body 900 to the motor case 70 via the protective outer peripheral portion 917 is easily uniformed in the entire circumferential direction CD. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the protective outer peripheral portion 917 is less likely to be deviated in the circumferential direction CD.

Next, a process for manufacturing the motor housing 70 in the manufacturing method of the motor device 60 will be described. The worker forms the motor housing 70 by integrally forming the housing body 71 and the displacement restricting portion 920. The worker manufactures the motor case 70 by, for example, cutting a base material. The base material is prepared as a preparation step worker. The base material is formed of a metal material such as aluminum. After the preparation step, the worker performs cutting of the base material in the machining step to manufacture the motor case 70 from the base material. In addition, the motor housing 70 may also be manufactured by casting.

According to the present embodiment, the displacement restricting portion 920 extends from the housing main body 71 toward the radially inner side so as to enter between two coil portions 215 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, the coil portion 215 is restricted from moving in the circumferential direction CD relative to the motor case 70 by the coil portion 215 being caught by the displacement restricting portion 920. For example, the coil portion 215 and the displacement restricting portion 920 are held to each other via the protective outer peripheral portion 917. Therefore, the displacement of the stator 200 with respect to the motor housing 70 can be suppressed by the displacement restricting portion 920 to rotate in the circumferential direction CD.

The displacement restricting portion 920 extends radially inward to be close to the coil portion 215. In this configuration, heat of the coil portion 215 is easily transferred to the displacement restricting portion 920. Therefore, the heat of the coil portion 215 is easily released to the outside via the motor housing 70. Therefore, the motor device 60 can suppress the positional deviation of the stator 200 and improve the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60.

In the motor device 60, the rotor 300 and the stator 200 are arranged in the axial direction AD to achieve a high output. As a result, an external force generated in the direction of rotating the stator 200 in the circumferential direction CD is easily given to the stator 200 in accordance with the driving rotation of the rotor 300. Therefore, the stator 200 may be displaced so as to rotate in the circumferential direction CD relative to the motor housing 70. In contrast, according to the present embodiment, the displacement of the coil portion 215 in the circumferential direction CD is regulated by the displacement regulating portion 920 as described above, so that the displacement of the stator 200 can be suppressed. In this way, it is effective to apply the structure in which the displacement of the coil portion 215 is regulated by the displacement regulating portion 920 to the axial gap type motor device 60.

According to the present embodiment, the protection outer peripheral portion 917 is provided in the gap between the coil portion 215 and the displacement restricting portion 920, and heat from the coil portion 215 is released to the displacement restricting portion 920. Therefore, the heat transfer property from the coil portion 215 to the displacement restricting portion 920 can be improved by protecting the outer peripheral portion 917. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor case 70 can be improved by the displacement restricting portion 920 and the protective outer peripheral portion 917.

According to the present embodiment, the protection outer circumferential portion 917 is in close contact with the coil portion 215 and the displacement restricting portion 920, respectively. In this configuration, both the heat transfer property from the coil portion 215 to the protective outer peripheral portion 917 and the heat transfer property from the protective outer peripheral portion 917 to the displacement restricting portion 920 can be improved. In this configuration, the relative displacement of the coil portion 215 with respect to the displacement restricting portion 920 can be restricted by the protective outer peripheral portion 917. Therefore, both the heat radiation effect from the coil portion 215 to the displacement regulating portion 920 and the displacement suppressing effect of the coil portion 215 to the displacement regulating portion 920 can be improved by protecting the outer peripheral portion 917.

According to the present embodiment, the displacement restricting surface 923 extends so as to overlap the coil outer circumferential surface 913. In this configuration, the gap between the displacement restricting surface 923 and the coil outer circumferential surface 913 can be reduced as much as possible. Therefore, heat is easily transferred from the coil outer circumferential surface 913 to the displacement restricting surface 923. Therefore, the displacement restricting surface 923 is arranged to overlap the coil outer circumferential surface 913, whereby the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved.

According to the present embodiment, the displacement restricting portion 920 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the pair of coil body end surfaces 902. In this configuration, heat released from the entire coil body 900 in the axial direction AD is easily transferred to the entire displacement restricting portion 920. Therefore, the release effect of the heat of the coil body 900 to the outside via the motor housing 70 can be improved by the displacement restricting portion 920.

According to the present embodiment, the displacement restricting portion 920 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the pair of core teeth 901. In this configuration, heat released from the pair of core teeth 901 is easily transferred to the displacement restricting portion 920. Accordingly, the release effect of the heat of the core teeth 901 to the outside via the motor housing 70 can be improved by the displacement restricting portion 920.

According to the present embodiment, in the motor case 70, the case body 71 is integrally formed with the displacement restricting portion 920. In this configuration, the displacement restricting portion 920 is not displaced relative to the housing main body 71. Therefore, the coil portion 215 can be reliably restrained from being displaced relative to the housing main body 71 by the displacement restricting portion 920.

< eighteenth embodiment >

In the seventeenth embodiment, the motor outer peripheral wall and the displacement restricting portion in the motor housing are integrally formed. In contrast, in the eighteenth embodiment, the displacement restricting portion is mounted on the motor casing and then mounted on the motor outer peripheral wall. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the eighteenth embodiment are the same as those in the seventeenth embodiment. In the eighteenth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the seventeenth embodiment.

As shown in fig. 150 and 151, the motor housing 70 has a rear limiter 930 instead of the displacement limiter 920. The rear regulating portion 930 is mounted on the housing main body 71. The case body 71 and the rear regulating portion 930 are separate members and fixed by a fixing member such as a screw. The rear regulating portion 930 is fixed to the case body 71 so as not to be displaced relative to the case body 71. For example, the rear regulating portion 930 is engaged with the case body 71. In this configuration, the relative displacement of the rear stopper 930 with respect to the case main body 71 is regulated by the engagement portion.

The thermal conductivity of the rear limit portion 930 is lower than that of the case main body 71. For example, the thermal conductivity of the rear limit portion 930 is lower than that of the case body 71. The thermal conductivity of the material forming the rear limit portion 930 is lower than that of the material forming the case main body 71. The electrical insulation of the rear limiter 930 is higher than that of the case body 71. For example, the electrical insulation of the material forming the rear limiter 930 is higher than the electrical insulation of the material forming the case body 71. In the motor case 70, the case main body 71 is formed of, for example, aluminum, and the rear limit portion 930 is formed of, for example, aluminum oxide.

The rear regulating portion 930 is attached to the case body 71 in a different manner from the displacement regulating portion 920, but has the same configuration as the displacement regulating portion 920 in terms of shape and the like. Rear limiter 930 has limiter tip 931, limiter root 932, rear limiter face 933, and limiter end face 935. The rear limiting surface 933 includes a first limiting surface 933a and a second limiting surface 933b. The restricting ridge 931, the restricting root 932, the rear restricting surface 933, and the restricting end surface 935 have the same configuration as the restricting ridge 921, the restricting root 922, the displacement restricting surface 923, and the restricting end surface 925 of the seventeenth embodiment. The first and second restricting surfaces 933a and 933b have the same configuration as the first and second restricting surfaces 923a and 923b of the seventeenth embodiment. The rear limiter 930 corresponds to a motor limiter, and the rear limiter surface 933 corresponds to a limiter surface.

According to the present embodiment, the post-restriction portion 930 extends from the case main body 71 toward the radially inner side so as to enter between the two coil portions 215 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD. In this configuration, the coil portion 215 is restrained from moving in the circumferential direction CD relative to the motor case 70 by hooking the coil portion 215 and the rear restraining portion 930. For example, the coil portion 215 and the rear limiter 930 are held to each other via the protective outer peripheral portion 917. Therefore, the stator 200 can be restrained from being displaced relative to the motor housing 70 by the rear limiter 930 to rotate in the circumferential direction CD.

The rear limiter 930 is disposed at a position close to the coil portion 215 by extending radially inward. In this configuration, the heat of the coil portion 215 is easily transferred to the rear limit portion 930. Therefore, the heat of the coil portion 215 can be easily released to the outside through the motor case 70. Therefore, as in the seventeenth embodiment, the motor device 60 can suppress the positional deviation of the stator 200 and improve the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60.

According to the present embodiment, the protective outer peripheral portion 917 is provided in the gap between the coil portion 215 and the rear limit portion 930, and the heat from the coil portion 215 is released to the rear limit portion 930. Therefore, the heat transfer property from the coil portion 215 to the rear limit portion 930 can be improved by protecting the outer peripheral portion 917. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor case 70 can be improved by the rear limit portion 930 and the protective outer peripheral portion 917.

According to the present embodiment, the protection outer peripheral portion 917 is in close contact with the coil portion 215 and the post-restriction portion 930, respectively. In this configuration, both the heat transfer property from the coil portion 215 to the protective outer peripheral portion 917 and the heat transfer property from the protective outer peripheral portion 917 to the rear limit portion 930 can be improved. In this configuration, the relative displacement of the coil portion 215 with respect to the rear limiter 930 can be limited by the protective outer peripheral portion 917. Therefore, both the heat radiation effect from the coil portion 215 to the post-restriction portion 930 and the positional deviation suppression effect of the coil portion 215 with respect to the post-restriction portion 930 can be improved by protecting the outer peripheral portion 917.

According to the present embodiment, the post-restriction surface 933 extends so as to overlap the coil outer circumferential surface 913. In this configuration, the gap between the rear limiting surface 933 and the coil outer circumferential surface 913 can be reduced as much as possible. Therefore, heat is easily transferred from the coil outer circumferential surface 913 to the rear limiting surface 933. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved by disposing the rear limiting surface 933 so as to overlap the coil outer circumferential surface 913.

According to the present embodiment, the rear limiter 930 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the pair of coil body end surfaces 902. In this configuration, the heat released from the whole of the coil body 900 in the axial direction AD is easily transferred to the whole of the rear limiter 930. Therefore, the release effect of the heat of the coil body 900 to the outside via the motor housing 70 can be improved by the rear limit portion 930.

According to the present embodiment, the rear limiter 930 extends in the axial direction AD so as to bridge the pair of core teeth 901. In this configuration, heat released from the pair of core teeth 901 is easily transferred to the post-restriction portion 930. Therefore, the release effect of the heat of the core teeth 901 to the outside via the motor housing 70 can be improved by the rear limit portion 930.

According to the present embodiment, in the motor case 70, the rear limiter 930 is mounted and fixed to the case main body 71. In this configuration, the rear restriction portion 930 can be formed of a material different from the case main body 71. That is, the degree of freedom can be improved with respect to the material selected to form the post-restriction portion 930. Therefore, even if the degree of freedom of selection of the material forming the case body 71 is limited by the reason peculiar to the case body 71, it is possible to avoid limiting the degree of freedom of selection of the material forming the rear limiting portion 930 due to the reason peculiar to the case body 71. Therefore, by the characteristics of the material forming the rear limiter 930, the positional deviation effect of the stator 200 and the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be further improved.

According to the present embodiment, the electrical insulation of the rear limiter 930 is higher than the electrical insulation of the case body 71. Accordingly, the case body 71 can be electrically connected to the ground, while the electric insulation of the stator 200 from the case body 71 can be ensured by the rear limit portion 930.

In the present embodiment, the larger the cross-sectional area of the portion having conductivity in the motor case 70 is, the larger the eddy current loss generated in the motor case 70 may be. For example, unlike the present embodiment, in the configuration in which both the case body 71 and the rear limiter 930 have conductivity, the eddy current loss tends to increase because the cross-sectional area of the portion of the motor case 70 having conductivity is large. In contrast, according to the present embodiment, the case body 71 has electrical conductivity, while the rear limit portion 930 has electrical insulation. Therefore, the cross-sectional area of the portion having conductivity in the motor case 70 is reduced by the amount of the rear limit portion 930. Therefore, the eddy current loss generated in the motor housing 70 can be reduced.

< nineteenth embodiment >

In the seventeenth embodiment, the motor device 60 includes the coil protection unit 250. In contrast, in the nineteenth embodiment, the motor device 60 does not include the coil protection portion 250. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the nineteenth embodiment are the same as those in the seventeenth embodiment. In the nineteenth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the seventeenth embodiment described above.

As shown in fig. 152 and 153, the motor device 60 includes an outer peripheral heat dissipation portion 941 in place of the coil protection portion 250. The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 are formed of a resin material or the like, similarly to the coil protection portions 250. The outer Zhou Sanre portion 941 is brought into a state between the displacement limiter 920 and the coil body 900, similarly to the protection outer peripheral portion 917 of the seventeenth embodiment. The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 are provided in the entire gap between the displacement restricting surface 923 and the coil outer circumferential surface 913, for example. The outer Zhou Sanre portion 941 is in close contact with the displacement regulating surface 923 and the coil outer circumferential surface 913, and fixes the displacement regulating portion 920 to the coil body 900. The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 correspond to slit heat dissipation portions.

The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 extend in the circumferential direction CD along the displacement limiting surface 923. The outer Zhou Sanre parts 941 are provided in a state of being supported by the plurality of displacement regulating parts 920. The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 extend in the axial direction AD along the displacement restricting surface 923. The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 are in a state of being supported by the pair of coil body end surfaces 902, similarly to the displacement restricting portions 920. The coil body 900, the displacement restricting portion 920, and the outer peripheral heat dissipating portion 941 are arranged in the radial direction RD.

The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 have thermal conductivity as part of the coil protecting portion 250. The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 release heat transferred from the coil body 900 to the displacement restricting portions 920. The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 correspond to slit heat dissipation portions. The thickness of the outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 is substantially uniform in both the circumferential direction CD and the axial direction AD. The thickness of the outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 is substantially the same as the size of the gap between the displacement regulating surface 923 and the coil outer circumferential surface 913 in the direction orthogonal to the displacement regulating surface 923, for example. Therefore, the state in which heat is transferred from the coil body 900 to the motor case 70 via the outer Zhou Sanre portion 941 is easily uniformed in the entire circumferential direction CD. Therefore, the heat dissipation effect of the outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 is less likely to vary in the circumferential direction CD.

The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 have thermal conductivity and easily transfer heat from the coil portion 215. The slit heat dissipation portion has, for example, a thermal conductivity greater than that of air. The outer Zhou Sanre portions 941 are formed of, for example, heat radiating fins or the like. The heat sink is a member having thermal conductivity and formed in a sheet shape. The outer portion Zhou Sanre portion 941 has electrical insulation.

As shown in fig. 153, the motor device 60 includes a coil support 942. The coil support 942 supports the coil body 900. The coil support 942 is fixed to both the motor case 70 and the coil body 900. The coil support 942 connects the coil body 900 to the motor case 70. The coil support 942 is provided at a position parallel to the displacement regulating portion 920 in the axial direction AD, and is fixed to the case body 71 by a screw or the like. The coil support 942 extends radially inward so as to span the displacement limiter 920 and the coil body 900 in the axial direction AD. The coil support 942 is fixed to the coil body 900 by screws or the like. The coil support 942 has, for example, a portion overlapping the core teeth 901, and is fixed to the coil body 900 by being fixed to the core teeth 901. A plurality of coil support portions 942 are arranged in the circumferential direction CD. In the motor device 60, at least one coil body 900 is fixed to the motor housing 70 by a coil support 942.

According to the present embodiment, the outer Zhou Sanre parts 941 are provided in the gap between the coil part 215 and the displacement regulating part 920, and heat from the coil part 215 is released to the displacement regulating part 920. Therefore, the heat transfer property from the coil portion 215 to the displacement restricting portion 920 can be improved by the outer Zhou Sanre portion 941. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor case 70 can be improved by the displacement restricting portion 920 and the outer peripheral heat radiation portion 941.

< formation group L >)

< twentieth embodiment >

In the first embodiment, the inner circumferential tapered surface 316d and the outer circumferential tapered surface 316e of the magnet unit 316 are formed of the plurality of magnet pieces 505. In contrast, in the twentieth embodiment, the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d and the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e are each formed of one magnet piece 505. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twentieth embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment. In the twentieth embodiment, a description will be given mainly on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 154 and 155, the magnet unit 316 includes an inner peripheral end piece 871 and an outer peripheral end piece 872. The inner peripheral end piece 871 and the outer peripheral end piece 872 are magnet pieces 505. Each of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 included in the magnet unit 316 includes an inner peripheral end piece 871 and an outer peripheral end piece 872.

The inner peripheral end piece 871 is a magnet piece 505 disposed on the outermost side in the radial direction among the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The inner peripheral end piece 871 corresponds to the outermost member. In the magnet unit 316, the unit inner peripheral end 316a is formed only by the inner peripheral end piece 871 of the plurality of magnet pieces 505. That is, the inner peripheral tapered surface 316d is formed only by the inner peripheral end piece 871 of the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The inner peripheral tapered surface 316d is formed of only one magnet piece 505 such as the inner side Zhou Duanpian 871.

The outer peripheral end piece 872 is the magnet piece 505 disposed on the innermost side in the radial direction among the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The outer peripheral end piece 872 corresponds to the outermost member. In the magnet unit 316, the unit outer peripheral end 316b is formed only by the outer peripheral end piece 872 among the plurality of magnet pieces 505. That is, the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e is formed only by the outer peripheral end piece 872 of the plurality of magnet pieces 505. The outer peripheral tapered surface 316e is formed of only one magnet piece 505 such as the outer peripheral end piece 872.

The thickness of the inner peripheral end piece 871 and the outer peripheral end piece 872 in the radial direction RD is larger than the thickness of the magnet piece 505 other than the pieces 871 and 872. The thickness dimension of the inner peripheral end piece 871 in the radial direction RD is equal to or larger than the width dimension of the inner peripheral tapered surface 310 d. The thickness of the outer peripheral end piece 872 in the radial direction RD is equal to or greater than the width of the outer peripheral tapered surface 310 e.

As shown in fig. 156, in the magnet 310, the inner peripheral end piece 871 and the outer peripheral end piece 872 are in a state of being caught by the magnet holder 320 and the fixing block 330. Only the outer peripheral end piece 872 of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 is caught by the outer peripheral engaging portion 322. The outer peripheral end piece 872 contacts the engagement tapered surface 322 a. The magnet pieces 505 other than the outer peripheral end piece 872 among the plurality of magnet pieces 505 included in the magnet 310 are not caught by the outer peripheral engaging portion 322.

Only the inner peripheral end piece 871 of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 is caught by the fixing block 330. The inner peripheral end piece 871 contacts the block tapered surface 330 a. The magnet pieces 505 other than the inner peripheral end piece 871 among the plurality of magnet pieces 505 included in the magnet 310 are not caught by the fixing piece 330.

According to the present embodiment, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d is formed only by the inner peripheral end piece 871 provided at the radially innermost side among the plurality of magnet pieces 505 provided in the magnet 310. In this configuration, the boundary portion between the adjacent two magnet pieces 505 does not exist in the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d. Therefore, there is no step difference generated at the boundary portion between the two magnet pieces 505 in the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d. Therefore, the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d can be reliably flattened. This can improve the shape accuracy of the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d.

According to the present embodiment, only the inner peripheral end piece 871 of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 of the magnet 310 holds the fixing block 330. In this configuration, the shape accuracy of the inner peripheral tapered surface 310d formed by the inner peripheral end piece 871 is high, and the positional accuracy of the inner peripheral end piece 871 and the fixed block 330 is high. Therefore, the magnet 310 can be prevented from being displaced from the fixed block 330. For example, the magnet 310 can be prevented from being displaced relative to the fixed block 330, and the magnet 310 can be prevented from unintentionally protruding toward the axial gap 475 side.

According to the present embodiment, the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e is formed only by the outer peripheral end piece 872 provided on the radially outermost side among the plurality of magnet pieces 505 provided in the magnet 310. In this configuration, the boundary portion between the adjacent two magnet pieces 505 does not exist in the outer peripheral tapered surface 310 e. Therefore, there is no step difference generated at the boundary portion between the two magnet pieces 505 in the outer peripheral tapered surface 310 e. Therefore, the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e can be reliably planarized. This can improve the shape accuracy of the outer peripheral tapered surface 310 e.

According to the present embodiment, only the outer peripheral end piece 872 of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 of the magnet 310 is engaged with the outer peripheral engaging portion 322. In this configuration, since the shape accuracy of the outer peripheral tapered surface 310e formed by the outer peripheral end piece 872 is high, the positional accuracy of the outer peripheral end piece 872 and the outer peripheral engaging portion 322 is high. Therefore, the magnet 310 can be prevented from being displaced from the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. For example, the magnet 310 can be prevented from being displaced relative to the outer circumferential engagement portion 322, and the magnet 310 can be prevented from unintentionally protruding toward the axial gap 475 side.

< twenty-first embodiment >, a third embodiment

In the first embodiment, the magnet piece 505 extends in a direction perpendicular to the cell center line C316. In contrast, in the twenty-first embodiment, the magnet piece 505 extends in a direction perpendicular to the magnet center line C310. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-first embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the twenty-first embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 157, the plurality of magnet units 316 include individual units 875. In the independent unit 875, the magnet piece 505 extends in a direction perpendicular to the magnet center line C310. In the parallel magnet 315 included in the independent unit 875, the magnet piece 505 extends in a direction perpendicular to both the unit center line C316 and the magnet center line C310, as in the first embodiment described above. In the inclined magnet 314 of the independent unit 875, the magnet piece 505 extends in a direction perpendicular to the magnet center line C310. In the independent unit 875, the magnet center line C310 is inclined with respect to the unit center line C316. Therefore, the magnet piece 505 of the inclined magnet 314 is inclined with respect to the magnet piece 505 of the parallel magnet 315.

In the independent unit 875, one magnet center line C310 of the two inclined magnets 314 is inclined with respect to the other magnet center line C310. The magnet piece 505 provided on one of the two inclined magnets 314 is inclined with respect to the magnet piece 505 provided on the other.

According to the present embodiment, in the independent unit 875, the magnet piece 505 extends in the direction orthogonal to the magnet center line C310 in each of the plurality of magnets 310. In this configuration, the angle of the magnet piece 505 with respect to the magnet center line is set independently in the plurality of magnets 310. Accordingly, the degree of freedom relating to the direction of the orientation set for the plurality of magnets 310 can be increased.

< twenty-second embodiment >

In the first embodiment described above, two magnets 310 adjacent via the unit outer boundary portion 501b are oriented in a direction in which repulsive force is easily generated. In contrast, in the twenty-second embodiment, two magnets 310 adjacent to each other via the unit outer boundary portion 501b are oriented in a direction in which repulsive force is unlikely to occur. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-second embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the twenty-second embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 158, the plurality of magnets 310 included in the rotor 300 include an inner shaft magnet 882 and an outer shaft magnet 883. In the present embodiment, the inner shaft magnet 882 is provided to the rotor 300 instead of the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the second inner shaft magnet 312b of the first embodiment. In addition, the outer shaft magnet 883 is provided in the rotor 300 instead of the first outer shaft magnet 313a and the second outer shaft magnet 313b in the first embodiment. In the present embodiment, the peripheral magnets 311a and 311b, the inner shaft magnet 882, and the outer shaft magnet 883 are also arranged to enhance the magnetic force to the stator 200. The peripheral magnets 311a, 311b, the inner shaft magnet 882 and the outer shaft magnet 883 are arranged in a halbach array.

A plurality of inner shaft magnets 882 and outer shaft magnets 883 are each arranged in the circumferential direction CD. Two inner magnets 882 and two outer magnets 883 are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction CD. Further, the first peripheral magnet 311a or the second peripheral magnet 311b is provided between the inner shaft magnet 882 and the outer shaft magnet 883.

The inner shaft magnet 882 is oriented toward the stator 200 side in the axial direction AD. The inner shaft magnet 882 is oriented parallel to the motor axis Cm. The outer shaft magnet 883 is oriented toward the opposite side of the stator 200 in the axial direction AD. The outer shaft magnet 883 is oriented parallel to the motor axis Cm. The inner magnet 882 and the outer magnet 883 are oriented orthogonal to the first peripheral magnet 311a and the second peripheral magnet 311b.

The first orientation unit 319a includes an inner shaft magnet 882 and an outer shaft magnet 883 instead of the first inner shaft magnet 312a and the first outer shaft magnet 313a of the first embodiment. In the first orientation unit 319a, the first peripheral magnet 311a is provided between the inner shaft magnet 882 and the outer shaft magnet 883. The second orientation unit 319b includes an inner shaft magnet 882 and an outer shaft magnet 883 instead of the second inner shaft magnet 312b and the second outer shaft magnet 313b of the first embodiment. In the second orienting unit 319b, the second peripheral magnet 311b is provided between the inner shaft magnet 882 and the outer shaft magnet 883.

The plurality of unit outer boundary portions 501b include boundary portions between the inner shaft magnet 882 of the first alignment unit 319a and the inner shaft magnet 882 of the second alignment unit 319 b. In the unit outer boundary portion 501b where the two inner shaft magnets 882 are adjacent, repulsive force is not easily generated in the two inner shaft magnets 882. The plurality of unit outer boundary portions 501b include boundary portions between the outer shaft magnet 883 of the first alignment unit 319a and the outer shaft magnet 883 of the second alignment unit 319 b. In the cell outer boundary portion 501b where the two outer shaft magnets 883 are adjacent, repulsive force is not easily generated in the two outer shaft magnets 883.

In the present embodiment, regardless of the configuration of the tilt magnet unit 317, one of the two tilt magnets 314 included in the tilt magnet unit 317 is the inner shaft magnet 882 and the other is the outer shaft magnet 883, and the tilt magnet unit 317 is configured of the first alignment unit 319a and the second alignment unit 319 b. Similarly, one of the parallel magnets 315 of the parallel magnet unit 318 is an inner shaft magnet 882, and the other is an outer shaft magnet 883.

In the first and second alignment units 319a and 319b, the width dimensions of the peripheral magnets 311a and 311b are smaller than the width dimensions of the inner shaft magnet 882 and the outer shaft magnet 883.

< twenty-third embodiment >

In the first embodiment described above, the magnet unit 316 has three magnets 310. In contrast, in the twenty-third embodiment, the magnet unit 316 has two magnets 310. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-third embodiment are the same as those in the twenty-second embodiment. In the twenty-third embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the above-described twenty-second embodiment.

As shown in fig. 159, the plurality of magnet units 316 include a tilted magnet unit 317, while the plurality of magnet units do not include a parallel magnet unit 318. The plurality of inclined magnet units 317 are identical in shape and size. In this configuration, in the manufacturing process of the rotor 300, a worker only needs to prepare or manufacture one type of the inclined magnet units 317, and does not need to prepare or manufacture a plurality of types of the magnet units 316. Accordingly, the cost for preparing or manufacturing the inclined magnet unit 317 can be reduced.

The inclined magnet units 317 each have one inclined magnet 314 and one parallel magnet 315. The arrangement order of the inclined magnets 314 and the parallel magnets 315 is the same in the plurality of inclined magnet units 317. For example, in each of the plurality of tilt magnet units 317, a tilt magnet 314 is disposed on one side in the circumferential direction CD, and a parallel magnet 315 is disposed on the other side. In the circumferential direction CD, the inclined magnets 314 and the parallel magnets 315 are alternately arranged one by one. The plurality of tilting magnets 314 are identical in shape and size. The plurality of parallel magnets 315 are identical in shape and size. In this configuration, in the manufacturing process of the rotor 300, the worker only needs to prepare or manufacture one type of the inclined magnet 314 and one type of the parallel magnet 315, and does not need to prepare or manufacture a plurality of types of the inclined magnet 314 and a plurality of types of the parallel magnets 315. Therefore, the cost for preparing or manufacturing the inclined magnet 314 and the parallel magnet 315 can be reduced.

In the present embodiment, as in the twenty-second embodiment described above, two magnets 310 adjacent via the unit outer boundary portion 501b are oriented in a direction in which repulsive force is unlikely to occur. As shown in fig. 160, the plurality of magnets 310 included in the rotor 300 include an inner shaft magnet 882 and an outer shaft magnet 883. The inner shaft magnets 882 and the outer shaft magnets 883 are alternately arranged one by one in the circumferential direction CD. In addition, as in the twenty-second embodiment, the first peripheral magnet 311a or the second peripheral magnet 311b is provided between the inner shaft magnet 882 and the outer shaft magnet 883.

The first and second alignment units 319a and 319b each have two magnets 310. The first orientation unit 319a has the first peripheral magnet 311a and the outer shaft magnet 883, and does not have the inner shaft magnet 882. The second orienting unit 319b has the second peripheral magnet 311b and the inner shaft magnet 882, and does not have the outer shaft magnet 883.

The plurality of unit outer boundary portions 501b include boundary portions between the outer shaft magnet 883 of the first alignment unit 319a and the second peripheral magnet 311b of the second alignment unit 319 b. The repulsive force is less likely to occur at the cell outer boundary portion 501b where the outer shaft magnet 883 and the second peripheral magnet 311b are adjacent. The plurality of unit outer boundary portions 501b include boundary portions between the first peripheral magnet 311a of the first alignment unit 319a and the inner shaft magnet 882 of the second alignment unit 319 b. The repulsive force is less likely to occur at the cell outer boundary portion 501b where the first peripheral magnet 311a and the inner shaft magnet 882 are adjacent.

In the first orientation unit 319a, the width dimension of the first peripheral magnet 311a is smaller than the width dimension of the outer shaft magnet 883. In the second orientation unit 319b, the second peripheral magnet 311b has a smaller width dimension than the inner shaft magnet 882.

< formation group N >)

< twenty-fourth embodiment >

In the first embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 and the rear holding portion 376 press the motor seal portion 402 in the radial direction RD. In contrast, in the twenty-fourth embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 and the rear holding portion 376 press the motor seal portion 402 in the axial direction AD. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-fourth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the twenty-fourth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 161, the motor housing 70 has a motor outer peripheral convex portion 821. In fig. 161, the inverter device 80, the unit pipe 100, and the like are not illustrated.

The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 is a protrusion provided on the motor seal holding portion 78 in the case main body 71. The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 protrudes from the housing main body 71 toward the rear frame 370 in the axial direction AD. The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 is provided radially outward of the motor seal holding portion 78. The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 is provided at a position separated radially outward from the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. In the case main body 71, a portion located between the motor outer peripheral convex portion 821 and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b is a motor seal holding portion 78. The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 extends from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a in the axial direction AD. The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the motor outer peripheral surface 70a in a ring shape. In the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral convex portion 821 is located radially outward of the motor seal holding portion 78, so the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is located radially outward of the motor seal holding portion 78 as in the first embodiment described above.

In the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral convex portion 821 and the housing main body 71 are integrally formed. The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 is included in the case body 71, for example, and forms an end portion of the case body 71 on the inverter device 80 side. The outer surface of the motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 is included in the motor outer peripheral surface 70a. In the motor case 70, a motor seal holding portion 78 and a motor outer peripheral convex portion 821 are formed by a cutout portion provided in the case main body 71.

The rear frame 370 has a rear inner peripheral portion 822. Unlike the rear retaining portion 376 of the first embodiment, the rear inner peripheral portion 822 is provided at a position parallel to the motor seal retaining portion 78 in the axial direction AD. The rear inner peripheral portion 822 does not have a motor-side rear groove 376a, unlike the rear retaining portion 376 of the first embodiment.

The rear inner peripheral portion 822 is provided to the rear body 375. The rear inner peripheral portion 822 is located near the outer peripheral end of the rear body 375. The rear inner peripheral portion 822 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in a ring shape. The rear inner peripheral portion 822 protrudes in the axial direction AD from the rear main body 375 toward the motor seal retaining portion 78. The rear inner peripheral portion 822 is provided radially inward of the motor outer peripheral convex portion 821.

The rear inner peripheral portion 822 is located at a position parallel to the motor seal holding portion 78 in the axial direction AD via the motor seal portion 402. The rear inner peripheral portion 822 and the motor seal holding portion 78 are in a state of pressing the motor seal portion 402 in the axial direction AD. The motor seal portion 402 is elastically deformed to collapse in the axial direction AD by the pressing force of the rear inner peripheral portion 822 and the motor seal holding portion 78. The motor seal 402 is brought into close contact with the rear inner peripheral portion 822 and the motor seal holding portion 78 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation.

The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 restricts the motor sealing portion 402 from being displaced radially outward. Further, the motor outer peripheral convex portion 821 restricts the rear inner peripheral portion 822 from being displaced radially outward. The motor outer peripheral protrusion 821 serves as a positioning portion for determining the position of the rear inner peripheral portion 822 in the radial direction RD.

According to the present embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 and the rear inner peripheral portion 822 sandwich the motor seal portion 402 in the axial direction AD. Therefore, the motor seal portion 402 can be restrained from protruding in the axial direction AD from the motor seal holding portion 78 and the rear inner peripheral portion 822. Further, the motor sealing portion 402 can be restricted from moving radially outward by the motor outer peripheral protrusion 821. Therefore, the motor sealing portion 402 can be restrained from protruding radially outward from the motor sealing and holding portion 78 and the rear inner peripheral portion 822.

In the present embodiment, the motor seal portion 402 is held between the rear inner peripheral portion 822 and the motor seal holding portion 78 so as to enter the motor case 70. In contrast, the motor seal holding portion 78 may hold the motor seal 402 between itself and the object holding portion such as the rear inner peripheral portion 822 so as to enter the rear frame 370.

< twenty-fifth embodiment >

In the twenty-fourth embodiment described above, the motor housing 70 restricts the movement of the motor seal 402 radially outward. In contrast, in the twenty-fifth embodiment, the motor housing 70 restricts the movement of the motor seal 402 radially inward. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-fifth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the twenty-fifth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 162, the motor housing 70 has a motor inner peripheral convex portion 823. In fig. 162, the inverter device 80, the unit pipe 100, and the like are not illustrated.

The motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 is a convex portion provided in the motor seal holding portion 78 in the housing main body 71. The motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 protrudes from the housing main body 71 toward the rear frame 370 in the axial direction AD. The motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 is provided radially inward of the motor seal holding portion 78. The motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 is provided at a position separated radially inward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70 a. In the case main body 71, a portion located between the motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is a motor seal holding portion 78. The motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 extends from the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the axial direction AD. The motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 extends in a ring shape in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. In the present embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 forms the motor outer peripheral surface 70a, and therefore, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is located radially outward of the motor seal holding portion 78 as in the first embodiment described above.

In the present embodiment, the motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 and the housing main body 71 are integrally formed. The motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 is included in the case main body 71, and forms an end portion of the case main body 71 on the inverter device 80 side, for example. The outer surface of the motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 is included in the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. In the motor case 70, a motor seal holding portion 78 and a motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 are formed by a cutout portion provided in the case main body 71.

The rear frame 370 has a rear outer peripheral portion 824. The rear outer peripheral portion 824 is provided at a position parallel to the motor seal holding portion 78 in the axial direction AD, similarly to the rear inner peripheral portion 822 of the twenty-fourth embodiment. The rear outer peripheral portion 824 is similar to the rear retaining portion 376 of the twenty-fourth embodiment, and does not have the motor-side rear groove 376a.

The rear outer peripheral portion 824 is provided to the rear body 375. The rear outer peripheral portion 824 is provided at an outer peripheral end of the rear body 375, forming a rear outer peripheral surface 370a. Therefore, the rear outer peripheral portion 824 is also the rear exposed portion 377. The rear outer peripheral portion 824 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the motor outer peripheral surface 70a in a ring shape. The rear outer peripheral portion 824 protrudes in the axial direction AD from the rear body 375 toward the motor seal retaining portion 78. The rear outer peripheral portion 824 is provided radially outward of the motor inner peripheral convex portion 823.

The rear outer peripheral portion 824 is located at a position parallel to the motor seal holding portion 78 in the axial direction AD via the motor seal portion 402. The rear outer peripheral portion 824 and the motor seal holding portion 78 are in a state of pressing the motor seal portion 402 in the axial direction AD. The motor seal portion 402 is elastically deformed to collapse in the axial direction AD by the pressing force of the rear outer peripheral portion 824 and the motor seal holding portion 78. The motor seal portion 402 is brought into close contact with the rear outer peripheral portion 824 and the motor seal holding portion 78 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation.

In the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a are continuously arranged in the axial direction AD via the motor sealing portion 402. The sealing outer peripheral surface of the motor sealing portion 402 is flush with the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the rear outer peripheral surface 370a. The seal outer peripheral surface is a radially outer surface of the motor seal portion 402. The seal outer peripheral surface and the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 370a are located at positions coincident in the radial direction RD. The seal outer peripheral surfaces and the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 370a are arranged continuously in the axial direction AD even at positions slightly offset in the radial direction RD. In this way, no step surface is generated between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the seal outer peripheral surface, and no step surface is generated between the rear outer peripheral surface 370a and the seal outer peripheral surface. The configuration in which the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the seal outer peripheral surface are arranged in the axial direction AD is included in a configuration in which the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided outside the motor seal portion 402.

The motor inner peripheral protrusion 823 restricts the displacement of the motor seal portion 402 to the radially inner side position. Further, the motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 restricts the rear outer peripheral portion 824 from being displaced radially inward. The motor inner peripheral convex portion 823 serves as a positioning portion for determining the position of the rear outer peripheral portion 824 in the radial direction RD.

According to the present embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 and the rear outer peripheral portion 824 sandwich the motor seal portion 402 in the axial direction AD. Therefore, the motor seal portion 402 can be restrained from protruding in the axial direction AD from the motor seal holding portion 78 and the rear outer peripheral portion 824. Further, the motor sealing portion 402 can be restricted from moving radially inward by the motor inner peripheral protrusion 823. Therefore, the motor sealing portion 402 can be prevented from protruding radially outward from the motor sealing and holding portion 78 and the rear outer peripheral portion 824.

In the present embodiment, the motor seal portion 402 is held between the rear outer peripheral portion 824 and the motor seal holding portion 78 so as to enter the motor case 70. In contrast, the motor seal holding portion 78 may hold the motor seal 402 between itself and the object holding portion such as the rear outer peripheral portion 824 so as to enter the rear frame 370.

< twenty-sixth embodiment >

In the first embodiment described above, the fixation target fixed to the motor housing 70 is the rear frame 370. In contrast, in the twenty-sixth embodiment, the fixation target fixed to the motor case 70 is the inverter case 90. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-sixth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the twenty-sixth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 163, the motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90 are not fixed via the rear frame 370. Specifically, the case main body 71 of the motor case 70 and the case main body 91 of the inverter case 90 are adjacent to each other in the axial direction AD without the rear frame 370. The respective ends of the case main bodies 71, 91 are in contact with each other. The inverter device 80 can convert electric power supplied to the motor device 60, and corresponds to an electric power conversion device. The inverter case 90 extends along the motor case 70 in the circumferential direction CD, and corresponds to a device case. The case main body 91 extends in the circumferential direction CD along the case main body 71 provided in the motor case 70. The case body 91 is sometimes referred to as an inverter outer peripheral wall.

The motor device unit 50 includes an in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 and a case seal portion 828. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 is included in the inverter device 80. The case sealing portion 828 is an elastically deformable sealing member, and is formed of a resin material or the like, similarly to the sealing portions 402 and 403 of the first embodiment. The housing seal 828 is, for example, an O-ring. The housing seal section 828 is formed in a ring shape, extending along the circumferential direction CD.

The case seal 828 is sandwiched between the motor case 70 and the inverter case 90. The housing seal 828 blocks the gap between the motor housing 70 and the inverter housing 90. The housing seal section 828 extends in a ring shape along the motor outer peripheral surface 70 a.

The motor seal holding portion 78 and the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 hold the housing seal portion 828, and restrict positional displacement of the housing seal portion 828. The case seal 828 is sandwiched between the motor seal holding portion 78 and the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825, and closes the gap between the holding portions 78 and 825.

The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 is included in the inverter case 90. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 are provided to the case main body 91. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 are provided on the inner peripheral side of the case main body 91. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 protrude radially inward from the inverter inner peripheral surface 90b and extend in the axial direction AD from the housing main body 91 toward the motor housing 70. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 are erected on the case main bodies 71, 91 in the axial direction AD. The inverter inner Zhou Baochi portion 825 overlaps the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 corresponds to an object holding portion.

The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 are disposed at positions parallel to the motor seal holding portion 78 in the radial direction RD. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 are located radially inward of the motor seal retaining portions 78 via the case seal portions 828. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 and the motor seal holder 78 are in a state of pressing the case seal portion 828 in the radial direction RD. The case seal portion 828 is elastically deformed to collapse in the radial direction RD by the pressing force of the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 and the motor seal holding portion 78. The case seal portion 828 is brought into close contact with the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 and the motor seal holding portion 78 by the restoring force accompanying the elastic deformation.

The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 has an inverter inner peripheral groove 825a. The inverter inner peripheral groove 825a is a concave portion recessed inward in the radial direction, and opens outward in the radial direction. The inverter inner peripheral groove 825a extends in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in a groove shape. The inverter inner peripheral groove 825a is provided to wind around the inverter inner Zhou Baochi portion 825a one revolution in the circumferential direction CD.

The inverter inner peripheral groove 825a is provided at a position parallel to the motor seal holding portion 78 in the radial direction RD. The inverter inner peripheral groove 825a is a recess into which the case seal 828 can enter. The case seal 828 closes the gap between the motor seal holder 78 and the inverter inner Zhou Baochi portion 825 when entering the inside of the inverter inner peripheral groove 825a. The in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 limits the positional displacement of the case seal portion 828 relative to the motor seal holding portion 78 and the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825. The case seal 828 is brought into close contact with both the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 and the motor seal holder 78 by a restoring force associated with elastic deformation of the case seal 828. Specifically, the case seal 828 is in close contact with the inner surfaces of the motor inner peripheral surface 70b and the inverter inner peripheral groove 825a, respectively. The inverter inner peripheral groove 825a corresponds to the target recess.

In the motor device unit 50, a motor outer peripheral surface 70a and an inverter outer peripheral surface 90a are arranged continuously in the axial direction AD. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a are flush with each other, and form the same surface. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a are located at the same position in the radial direction RD. Even if the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a are located at positions slightly offset in the radial direction RD, they are continuously arranged in the axial direction AD. In this way, a step surface is not generated at the boundary portion between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a. The inverter outer peripheral surface 90a corresponds to the object outer peripheral surface.

The power lead-out wire 212 is curved so as to avoid the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 radially inward. In the power outlet 212, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is located at a position parallel to the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 in the axial direction AD. The outer periphery lead portion 212a extends toward the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 in the axial direction AD. The cross lead portion 212c is located at a position separated from the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 toward the first rotor 300a in the radial direction RD. The cross lead portion 212c extends radially inward so as to pass between the inner Zhou Baochi portion 825 of the inverter and the first rotor 300 a. The cross lead portion 212c protrudes radially inward from the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position parallel to the inner Zhou Baochi portion 825 of the inverter in the radial direction RD. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position separated radially inward from the inverter inner Zhou Baochi portion 825.

The gas flowing along the outer peripheral surfaces 70a and 90a is contained in the gas flowing outside the motor unit 50 as the gas flow Fb2. The air flow Fb2 passes through the boundary portion between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a in the axial direction AD. At this boundary portion, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a are continuous surfaces, so that the airflow Fb2 is less likely to be disturbed.

According to the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided so as to be arranged continuously with the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the airflow Fb2 flowing in the axial direction AD is less likely to be disturbed by passing through the boundary between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90 a. Further, since the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided outside the motor seal holder 78 in the radial direction RD, the airflow Fb2 is less likely to be disturbed by passing through the motor seal holder 78. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the heat radiation effect of the motor fin 72 due to a decrease in the amount of the gas flowing along the motor fin 72 due to a disturbance of the gas flow Fb2, or the like.

According to the present embodiment, the case seal 828 enters the inverter inner peripheral groove 825a from the radially outer side. Therefore, the positional displacement of the case seal 828 in the axial direction AD can be restricted by the inverter inner peripheral groove 825 a.

According to the present embodiment, the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 are provided radially inward of the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. In this configuration, the inverter inner Zhou Baochi portions 825 do not need to protrude radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a. Accordingly, the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a can be arranged in the axial direction AD so that the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a does not protrude radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a.

According to the present embodiment, the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 are provided radially inward of the motor seal retaining portions 78. In this configuration, as in the case of the configuration in which the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 are provided radially inward of the motor inner peripheral surface 70b, it is not necessary to project the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portions 825 radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a. Accordingly, the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a can be arranged continuously in the axial direction AD so that the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a does not protrude radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a.

In the present embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 and the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 sandwich the case seal portion 828 in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the case seal portion 828 can be prevented from protruding from the motor seal holding portion 78 and the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 in the radial direction RD.

According to the present embodiment, the inverter case 90 is fixed to the motor case 70 as a fixation target. In this configuration, by continuously arranging the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a in the axial direction AD, the disturbance of the airflow Fb2 at the boundary portion between the inverter device 8 and the motor device 60 can be suppressed.

< twenty-seventh embodiment >

In the twenty-sixth embodiment described above, a part of the inverter case 90 protrudes radially inward from the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. In contrast, in the twenty-seventh embodiment, a part of the motor housing 70 protrudes radially inward from the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-seventh embodiment are the same as those in the twenty-sixth embodiment. In the twenty-seventh embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the twenty-sixth embodiment described above.

As shown in fig. 164, the motor device unit 50 includes an in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 instead of the in-inverter Zhou Baochi portion 825 of the twenty-sixth embodiment. The motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 is included in the motor device 60. The inverter case 90 has an inverter seal holding portion 98, as in the first embodiment.

The inverter seal holding portion 98 and the in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 hold the case seal portion 828, and the positional displacement of the case seal portion 828 is restricted. The case seal 828 is sandwiched between the inverter seal holding portion 98 and the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826, and blocks the gap between these holding portions 98 and 826. The in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 corresponds to a seal holding portion.

The motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 is included in the motor housing 70. The motor inner Zhou Baochi part 826 is provided in the casing body 71. The in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 is provided on the inner peripheral side of the casing main body 71. The motor inner Zhou Baochi parts 826 protrude radially inward from the motor inner peripheral surface 70b and extend in the axial direction AD from the housing main body 71 toward the inverter housing 90. The in-motor Zhou Baochi parts 826 are provided so as to be bridged to the housing main bodies 71, 91 in the axial direction AD. The motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 overlaps the inverter inner peripheral surface 90 b.

The in-motor Zhou Baochi portions 826 are provided at positions juxtaposed with the inverter seal holding portion 98 in the radial direction RD. The in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 is located radially inward of the inverter seal retaining portion 98 via the housing seal portion 828. The in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 and the inverter seal holding portion 98 are in a state of pressing the case seal portion 828 in the radial direction RD. The case seal portion 828 is elastically deformed to collapse in the radial direction RD by the pressing force of the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 and the inverter seal holding portion 98. The case seal 828 is brought into close contact with the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 and the inverter seal holding portion 98 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation.

The motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 has a motor inner peripheral groove 826a. The motor inner peripheral groove 826a is a recess recessed inward in the radial direction and opens outward in the radial direction. The motor inner peripheral groove 826a extends in the circumferential direction CD along the inverter inner peripheral surface 90b in a groove shape. The motor inner peripheral groove 826a is provided around the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 in the circumferential direction CD.

The motor inner peripheral groove 826a is provided at a position parallel to the inverter seal holding portion 98 in the radial direction RD. The motor inner peripheral groove 826a is a recess into which the housing seal section 828 can enter. The case seal 828 closes the gap between the inverter seal holding portion 98 and the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 in a state of entering the inside of the motor inner peripheral groove 826a. The in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 limits positional displacement of the housing seal section 828 relative to the inverter seal retaining portion 98 and the in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826. The case seal 828 is brought into close contact with both the motor inner Zhou Baochi part 826 and the inverter seal holding part 98 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation of the case seal 828. Specifically, the case seal 828 is in close contact with the inner surfaces of the inverter inner peripheral surface 90b and the motor inner peripheral groove 826a, respectively.

The power lead wire 212 is curved so as to avoid the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 radially inward. In the power lead line 212, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is located at a position parallel to the in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 in the axial direction AD. The outer peripheral lead portion 212a extends toward the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 in the axial direction AD. The cross lead portion 212c is located at a position separated from the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 toward the first rotor 300a in the radial direction RD. The cross lead-out portion 212c extends radially inward to pass between the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 and the first rotor 300 a. The cross lead portion 212c protrudes radially inward from the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position parallel to the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826 in the radial direction RD. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position separated radially inward from the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826.

According to the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided outside the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826. In this configuration, the airflow Fb2 flowing in the axial direction AD is less likely to be disturbed by passing through the inverter seal holding portion 98. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor fin 72 can be suppressed from being reduced by the motor inner Zhou Baochi portion 826.

According to the present embodiment, the housing seal section 828 enters the motor inner peripheral groove 826a from the radially outer side. Therefore, the housing seal section 828 can be restricted from being displaced in the axial direction AD by the motor inner peripheral groove 826 a.

According to the present embodiment, the motor inner Zhou Baochi parts 826 protrude radially inward from the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. In the motor case 70, the case body 71 is thinned in the radial direction RD, whereby the inverter inner Zhou Baochi part 825 protrudes radially inward from the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. Accordingly, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a are continuously arranged in the axial direction AD, and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is positioned radially outward of the motor seal holding portion 78, whereby the case body 71 can be made thinner.

In the present embodiment, the inverter seal holding portion 98 and the in-motor Zhou Baochi portion 826 sandwich the case seal portion 828 in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the housing seal section 828 can be prevented from protruding from the inverter seal holding section 98 and the in-motor Zhou Baochi section 826 in the radial direction RD.

< twenty-eighth embodiment >

In the twenty-sixth embodiment described above, the fixation target fixed to the motor housing 70 is the inverter housing 90. In contrast, in the twenty-eighth embodiment, the object to be fixed to the motor housing 70 is a motor housing provided in another motor device. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-eighth embodiment are the same as those in the twenty-sixth embodiment. In the twenty-eighth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the above-described twenty-sixth embodiment.

As shown in fig. 165, the motor device unit 50 has a second motor device 830 as another motor device. The second motor device 830 corresponds to another rotary electric machine. The second motor device 830 has the same structure as the motor device 60. For example, the second motor device 830 has a second motor 831 and a second motor housing 832. The second motor 831 has a rotor, a stator, and the like, similar to the motor 61. The second motor 831 is, for example, an axial gap type and a double rotor type rotary electric machine. The second motor 831 is housed in the second motor housing 832. The second motor housing 832 corresponds to a housing.

The second motor housing 832 has a second housing body 833 and second motor fins 834. The second housing body 833 and the second motor fin 834 have the same structure as the housing body 71 and the motor fin 72. The second housing body 833 forms a second motor outer peripheral surface 832a and a second motor inner peripheral surface 832b of the second motor housing 832. The second motor fin 834 is disposed on the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a.

In the present embodiment, the case seal 828 is sandwiched between the motor case 70 and the second motor case 832. The housing seal 828 blocks the gap between the motor housing 70 and the second motor housing 832. The housing seal section 828 extends in a ring shape along the second motor outer peripheral surface 832 a.

The second motor housing 832 has a second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835. The motor seal holding portion 78 and the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 hold the housing seal portion 828, and restrict positional displacement of the housing seal portion 828. The housing seal section 828 is sandwiched between the motor seal holding section 78 and the second inner portion Zhou Baochi section 835 to block the gap between the holding sections 78, 835.

The second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 is included in the second motor housing 832. The second inner Zhou Baochi part 835 is provided in the second housing body 833. The second inner Zhou Baochi part 835 is provided on the inner peripheral side of the second casing body 833. The second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 protrudes radially inward from the second motor inner peripheral surface 832b and extends in the axial direction AD from the second housing body 833 toward the motor housing 70. The second inner portion Zhou Baochi sections 835 are provided so as to be bridged to the housing main bodies 71, 833 in the axial direction AD. The second inner Zhou Baochi portions 835 overlap the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. The second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 corresponds to an object holding portion.

The second inner Zhou Baochi portions 835 are disposed at positions juxtaposed with the motor seal retaining portions 78 in the radial direction RD. The second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 is located radially inward of the motor seal retainer 78 via the housing seal portion 828. The second inner portion Zhou Baochi and the motor seal holder 78 are pressed against the housing seal section 828 in the radial direction RD. The housing seal section 828 is elastically deformed to collapse in the radial direction RD by the pressing force of the second inner Zhou Baochi section 835 and the motor seal holding section 78. The case seal portion 828 is brought into close contact with the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 and the motor seal holding portion 78 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation.

The second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 has a second inner peripheral groove 835a. The second inner peripheral groove 835a is a recess recessed inward in the radial direction and opens outward in the radial direction. The second inner peripheral groove 835a extends in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in a groove shape. The second inner peripheral groove 835a is provided around the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 one circle in the circumferential direction CD.

The second inner peripheral groove 835a is provided at a position parallel to the motor seal holding portion 78 in the radial direction RD. The second inner peripheral groove 835a is a recess into which the housing sealing portion 828 can enter. The case seal section 828 closes the gap between the motor seal holding section 78 and the second inner Zhou Baochi section 835 in a state of entering the second inner peripheral groove 835a. The second inner Zhou Baochi portions 835 limit the positional offset of the housing seal section 828 relative to the motor seal retainer 78 and the second inner Zhou Baochi portions 835. The case seal portion 828 is brought into close contact with both the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 and the motor seal holding portion 78 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation of the case seal portion 828. Specifically, the housing seal section 828 is in close contact with the inner surfaces of the motor inner peripheral surface 70b and the second inner peripheral groove 835a, respectively. The second inner peripheral groove 835a corresponds to the target recess.

In the motor device unit 50, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a are arranged continuously in the axial direction AD. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a are flush with each other, and form the same surface. The motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a are located at the same position in the radial direction RD. Even if the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a are located at positions slightly offset in the radial direction RD, they are continuously arranged in the axial direction AD. In this way, a step surface is not generated at the boundary portion between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the second motor outer peripheral surface 832 a. The second motor outer peripheral surface 832a corresponds to the object outer peripheral surface.

The power outlet 212 is curved so as to avoid the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 radially inward. In the power lead line 212, the outer peripheral lead portion 212a is located at a position parallel to the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 in the axial direction AD. The outer peripheral lead portion 212a extends toward the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 in the axial direction AD. The cross lead portion 212c is located at a position separated from the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 toward the first rotor 300a in the radial direction RD. The cross lead-out portion 212c extends radially inward to pass between the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 and the first rotor 300 a. The cross lead portion 212c protrudes radially inward from the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position parallel to the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835 in the radial direction RD. The inner peripheral lead portion 212b is located at a position separated radially inward from the second inner Zhou Baochi portion 835.

The gas flowing along the outer peripheral surfaces 70a, 832a is contained in the gas flowing outside the motor unit 50 as the gas flow Fb3. The air flow Fb3 passes through the boundary portion between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a in the axial direction AD. At this boundary portion, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a are continuous surfaces, so that the airflow Fb3 is less likely to be disturbed.

According to the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided so as to be arranged continuously with the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the airflow Fb3 flowing in the axial direction AD is less likely to be disturbed by passing through the boundary between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the second motor outer peripheral surface 832 a. Further, since the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided outside the motor seal holder 78 in the radial direction RD, the airflow Fb3 is less likely to be disturbed by passing through the motor seal holder 78. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the heat radiation effect of the motor fin 72 due to a decrease in the amount of the gas flowing along the motor fin 72 due to a disturbance of the gas flow Fb3 or the like.

According to the present embodiment, the case seal 828 enters the second inner peripheral groove 835a from the radially outer side. Therefore, the housing seal section 828 can be restricted from being displaced in the axial direction AD by the second inner peripheral groove 835 a.

According to the present embodiment, the second inner Zhou Baochi portions 835 are provided radially inward of the motor inner peripheral surface 70 b. In this configuration, the second inner portion Zhou Baochi does not need to protrude radially outward from the motor outer circumferential surface 70a. Therefore, the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a can be arranged in the axial direction AD such that the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a does not protrude radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a.

According to the present embodiment, the second inner Zhou Baochi portions 835 are provided radially inward of the motor seal retaining portions 78. In this configuration, as in the case where the second inner Zhou Baochi portions 835 are provided radially inward of the motor inner peripheral surface 70b, it is not necessary to protrude the second inner Zhou Baochi portions 835 radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a. Accordingly, the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a can be arranged continuously in the axial direction AD so that the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a does not protrude radially outward from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a.

In the present embodiment, the motor seal holding portion 78 and the second inner portion Zhou Baochi portion 835 sandwich the housing seal portion 828 in the radial direction RD. Therefore, the housing seal section 828 can be prevented from protruding from the motor seal holding section 78 and the second inner Zhou Baochi section 835 in the radial direction RD.

According to the present embodiment, the second motor housing 832 is fixed to the motor housing 70 as a fixation target. In this configuration, since the second motor outer peripheral surface 832a and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a are arranged continuously in the axial direction AD, the disturbance of the air flow Fb3 at the boundary portion between the second motor device 830 and the motor device 60 can be suppressed.

< twenty-ninth embodiment >

In the twenty-ninth embodiment, the motor device 60 has a blower device. The constitution, operation, and effects not specifically described in the twenty-ninth embodiment are the same as those in the first embodiment. In the twenty-ninth embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 166, the motor device 60 includes a blower fan 840. The blower fan 840 is juxtaposed with the motor housing 70 in the axial direction AD. The blower fan 840 blows air so as to flow air along the motor outer peripheral surface 70a in the axial direction AD. The blower fan 840 is provided on the opposite side of the inverter device 80 in the axial direction AD via the motor device 60, for example. The blower fan 840 blows air such that the air flow Fa4 flows from the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a toward the motor outer peripheral surface 70a, for example. The blower fan 840 can cool the motor device 60 from the outer peripheral side by blowing air. The blower fan 840 corresponds to a blower device.

The blower fan 840 rotates to blow air. The blower fan 840 is driven to rotate by the motor device 60. The blower fan 840 is mounted to the shaft 340 and rotates together with the shaft 340. The blower fan 840 cools the motor device 60 in response to the driving of the motor device 60. The blower fan 840 is accommodated in the unit duct 100. In the unit duct 100, the air flow Fa4 flows through the duct flow path 105 by the air blown by the air blowing fan 840.

According to the present embodiment, the air flow Fa4 flows in the axial direction AD along the motor outer peripheral surface 70a by the air blowing fan 840. Therefore, the gas flowing along the motor fin 72 and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a as the gas flow Fa4 is liable to become large. Accordingly, the heat radiation effect of the motor fin 72 and the motor outer peripheral surface 70a can be improved by the blower fan 840.

< thirty-th embodiment >

In the twenty-seventh embodiment described above, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a are continuously aligned in the axial direction AD. In contrast, in the thirty-first embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is disposed radially inward of the inverter outer peripheral surface 90 a. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the thirty-seventh embodiment are the same as those of the twenty-seventh embodiment. In the thirty-first embodiment, a description will be given mainly of points different from the twenty-seventh embodiment.

As shown in fig. 167, the motor case 70 is placed radially inward of the inverter case 90. The inverter housing 90 has an inverter step surface 846. The inverter step surface 846 is formed by an end surface of the inverter case 90 on the motor device 60 side. The inverter step surface 846 extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction AD. The inverter step surface 846 is provided on the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a in the radial direction RD. The inverter step surface 846 faces the motor outer peripheral surface 70a side in the axial direction AD. The inverter step surface 846 is provided at a boundary portion between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a in the axial direction AD.

The motor housing 70 has a motor repetition holding portion 845. The inverter case 90 has an inverter seal holding portion 98, as in the twenty-seventh embodiment described above. The motor repetition holding portion 845 and the inverter seal holding portion 98 hold the housing seal portion 828, limiting the positional displacement of the housing seal portion 828. The case seal 828 is sandwiched between the motor repeating holding portion 845 and the inverter sealing holding portion 98, and blocks the gaps between these holding portions 845, 98. The motor repetition holding portion 845 corresponds to a seal holding portion.

The motor repetition holder 845 is included in the motor housing 70. The motor repetition holding portion 845 is provided to the housing main body 71. In the present embodiment, the motor repetition holding portion 845 and the housing main body 71 are integrally formed. The motor repetition holding portion 845 is included in the case body 71, and forms an end portion of the case body 71 on the inverter device 80 side, for example. The outer peripheral surface and the inner peripheral surface of the motor repetition holding portion 845 are included in the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. The motor repetition holding portion 845 overlaps with the inverter inner circumferential surface 90 b.

The motor duplicate holding portion 845 is provided at a position juxtaposed with the inverter seal holding portion 98 in the radial direction RD. The motor duplicate holding portion 845 is located radially inward of the inverter seal holding portion 98 via the housing seal portion 828. The motor repetition holding portion 845 and the inverter seal holding portion 98 are in a state of pressing the case seal portion 828 in the radial direction RD. The case seal 828 is elastically deformed to collapse in the radial direction RD by the pressing force of the motor repetition holding portion 845 and the inverter seal holding portion 98. The case seal 828 is brought into close contact with the motor repetition holding portion 845 and the inverter seal holding portion 98 by the restoring force accompanying the elastic deformation.

The motor repetition holding portion 845 has a motor repetition groove 845a. The motor repeating groove 845a is a recess recessed toward the radial inner side and open toward the radial outer side. The motor repeating groove 845a extends in the circumferential direction CD along the inverter inner circumferential surface 90b in a groove shape. The motor repetition groove 845a is provided to wind the motor repetition holding portion 845 one round in the circumferential direction CD.

The motor repeating groove 845a is provided at a position juxtaposed with the inverter seal holding portion 98 in the radial direction RD. The motor repeating groove 845a is a recess into which the housing seal section 828 can enter. The case seal 828, when entering the inside of the motor repeating groove 845a, blocks the gap between the inverter seal holding portion 98 and the motor repeating holding portion 845. The motor duplicate holding portion 845 restricts positional displacement of the case seal portion 828 with respect to the inverter seal holding portion 98 and the motor duplicate holding portion 845. The case seal 828 is brought into close contact with both the motor repeated holding portion 845 and the inverter seal holding portion 98 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation of the case seal 828. Specifically, the case seal 828 is in close contact with the inner surfaces of the inverter inner peripheral surface 90b and the motor repeating groove 845a, respectively.

In the present embodiment, the gas flows from the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a toward the motor outer peripheral surface 70a in the axial direction AD. For example, a blower device such as a blower fan 840 that drives a flow of gas from the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a toward the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided. The airflow Fb4 is included in the flow of the gas from the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a toward the motor outer peripheral surface 70 a. The air flow Fb4 flowing along the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a reaches the motor outer peripheral surface 70a side across the inverter step surface 846. The inverter step surface 846 faces downstream with respect to the air flow Fb4. The inverter step surface 846 is set to be oriented so as not to obstruct the flow of the airflow Fb4.

According to the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided apart from the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a to the radially inner side. In this configuration, the airflow Fb4 flowing from the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a toward the motor outer peripheral surface 70a in the axial direction AD can be prevented from blowing onto the inverter step surface 846. Therefore, even if the inverter step surface 846 is present between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a, the airflow Fb4 is less likely to be disturbed by the inverter step surface 846. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved by the orientation of the inverter step surface 846.

< thirty-first embodiment >

In the thirty-first embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is disposed radially inward of the inverter outer peripheral surface 90 a. In contrast, in the thirty-first embodiment, the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a is disposed radially inward of the motor outer peripheral surface 70 a. The configuration, operation, and effects not specifically described in the thirty-first embodiment are the same as those of the thirty-first embodiment. In the thirty-first embodiment, a description will be given centering on points different from the thirty-first embodiment.

As shown in fig. 168, the inverter case 90 is in a state of being located radially inward of the motor case 70. The motor housing 70 has a motor step surface 848. The motor step surface 848 is formed by an end surface of the motor housing 70 on the inverter device 80 side. The motor step surface 848 extends in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction AD. The motor step surface 848 is provided on the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a in the radial direction RD. The motor step surface 848 faces the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a side in the axial direction AD. The motor step surface 848 is provided at a boundary portion between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a in the axial direction AD.

The motor housing 70 has an inverter repetition holding portion 847. The inverter case 90 has the motor seal holding portion 78, as in the twenty-sixth embodiment described above. Inverter repetition holding portion 847 and motor seal holding portion 78 hold case seal portion 828, and positional displacement of case seal portion 828 is restricted. The case seal 828 is sandwiched between the inverter repetition holding portion 847 and the motor seal holding portion 78, and blocks the gap between these holding portions 847 and 78. Inverter repetition holding portion 847 corresponds to a seal holding portion.

Inverter repetition holding portion 847 is included in motor case 70. The inverter repetition holding portion 847 is provided in the case main body 91. In the present embodiment, the inverter repetition holding portion 847 and the case main body 91 are integrally formed. The inverter repetition holding portion 847 is included in the housing main body 91, and forms an end portion of the housing main body 91 on the motor device 60 side, for example. The outer peripheral surface and the inner peripheral surface of the inverter repetition holding portion 847 are included in the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a and the inverter inner peripheral surface 90b. Inverter repetition holding portion 847 overlaps motor inner peripheral surface 70 b.

Inverter repetition holding portion 847 is provided at a position parallel to motor seal holding portion 78 in radial direction RD. Inverter repetition holding portion 847 is located radially inward of motor seal holding portion 78 via housing seal portion 828. The inverter repetition holding portion 847 and the motor seal holding portion 78 are in a state of pressing the case seal portion 828 in the radial direction RD. The case seal 828 is elastically deformed to collapse in the radial direction RD by the pressing force of the inverter repetition holding portion 847 and the motor seal holding portion 78. The case seal 828 is brought into close contact with the inverter repetition holding portion 847 and the motor seal holding portion 78 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation.

The inverter repetition holding portion 847 has an inverter repetition groove 847a. The inverter repeating groove 847a is a recess recessed inward in the radial direction and opens outward in the radial direction. The inverter repeating groove 847a extends in a groove shape in the circumferential direction CD along the motor inner circumferential surface 70 b. The inverter repetition groove 847a is provided to wind the inverter repetition holding portion 847 in the circumferential direction CD for one revolution.

The inverter repeating groove 847a is provided at a position parallel to the motor seal holder 78 in the radial direction RD. The inverter repeating groove 847a is a recess into which the case seal 828 can enter. The case seal 828 closes the gap between the motor seal holder 78 and the inverter repetition holder 847 in a state of entering the inside of the inverter repetition groove 847a. The inverter repetition holding portion 847 restricts positional displacement of the case seal portion 828 with respect to the motor seal holding portion 78 and the inverter repetition holding portion 847. The case seal 828 is brought into close contact with both the inverter repetition holding portion 847 and the motor seal holding portion 78 by a restoring force accompanying elastic deformation of the case seal 828. Specifically, the case seal 828 is in close contact with the inner surfaces of the motor inner peripheral surface 70b and the inverter repeating groove 847a, respectively.

In the present embodiment, the gas flows from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a toward the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a in the axial direction AD. For example, a blower device such as a blower fan 840 that is driven to flow air from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a toward the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a is provided. The airflow Fb5 is included in the flow of the gas from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a toward the inverter outer peripheral surface 90 a. The air flow Fb5 flowing along the motor outer peripheral surface 70a reaches the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a side beyond the motor step surface 848. The motor step surface 848 faces the downstream side for the air flow Fb5. The motor step surface 848 is oriented so as not to obstruct the flow of the air flow Fb5.

According to the present embodiment, the motor outer peripheral surface 70a is provided so as to be separated radially outward from the inverter outer peripheral surface 90 a. In this configuration, the air flow Fb5 flowing from the motor outer peripheral surface 70a toward the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a in the axial direction AD can be prevented from blowing onto the motor step surface 848. Therefore, even if the motor step surface 848 is provided between the motor outer peripheral surface 70a and the inverter outer peripheral surface 90a, the airflow Fb5 is less likely to be disturbed by the motor step surface 848. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the motor device 60 can be improved by the orientation of the motor step surface 848.

< other embodiments >

The disclosure of this specification is not limited to the illustrated embodiments. The disclosure includes exemplary embodiments and variations based on these embodiments by those skilled in the art. For example, the disclosure is not limited to the combination of the components and elements described in the embodiments, and various modifications can be made. The disclosure can be practiced in a wide variety of combinations. The present invention can have an additional part that can be added to the embodiment. Disclosed are embodiments in which components and elements of the embodiments are omitted. The disclosure includes permutations, combinations, or permutations of components, elements between one embodiment and other embodiments. The technical scope of the disclosure is not limited to the description of the embodiments. It should be understood that the technical scope of the disclosure is shown by the description of the claims, and includes all modifications within the meaning and scope equivalent to the description of the claims.

< formation group A >

In the above embodiments, the busbar unit 260 and the neutral point busbar 290 may be separated in at least one of the axial direction AD, the radial direction RD, and the circumferential direction CD. In addition, the power bus 261 may not be protected by the bus protection unit 270. In this configuration, if the neutral point bus 290 is provided in the stator side space S1 and the power bus 261 is provided in the inverter side space S2, the insulation reliability between these power bus 261 and the neutral point bus 290 is not easily lowered. In addition, one of the power bus 261 and the neutral point bus 290 may be provided in the stator side space S1, and the other may be provided in the inverter side space S2.

< formation group B >)

In the above embodiments, the pair of inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b may be oriented to be opposite to each other in the circumferential direction CD as long as they are oriented obliquely to the motor axis Cm. The pair of outer shaft magnets 313a, 313b may be oriented so as to face each other in the circumferential direction CD as long as they are oriented obliquely to the motor axis Cm. The pair of inner shaft magnets 312a, 312b and the pair of outer shaft magnets 313a, 313b may be inclined in the radial direction RD with respect to the motor axis Cm.

< formation group C >)

In the above embodiments, the coil portion 215 may be disposed in the motor case 70 regardless of the position of the stator holding portion 171. For example, the coil portion 215 may be provided at a position offset from the shaft holding portion 174 in the circumferential direction CD. In the motor case 70, the stator holding portion 171 may not be provided on the inner peripheral surface 70b as long as the coil protection portion 250 is in contact with the inner peripheral surface 70 b.

< formation group D >)

In the above embodiments, the motor device 60 and the inverter device 80 may share the housing. For example, the motor 61 and the inverter 81 may be housed in one housing. In addition, at least one of the motor fins 72 and the inverter fins 92 may be provided in the unit case 51. In the unit case 51, the coil protection portion 250 may be provided at a position separated from the inner peripheral surface 70b.

< formation group E >)

In each of the above embodiments, the outer grommet 258 may extend in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side from the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. For example, in the first embodiment, the outer grommet 258 may extend in the axial direction AD toward the power bus 261 side than the inner peripheral bent portion 212 e. The outer grommet 258 may not extend toward the power bus 261 side in the axial direction AD as compared with the outer Zhou Shequ portion 212 d. That is, the outer grommet 258 may not reach the cross lead portion 212c in the axial direction AD.

In each of the above embodiments, the cross-draw-out portion 212c may extend in the radial direction RD or the circumferential direction CD as long as it crosses the outer circumferential draw-out portion 212 a.

In the above embodiments, the outer insulating portion such as the outer grommet 258 may not be fixed to the motor inner peripheral surface 70b as long as it is interposed between the outer peripheral lead-out portion 212a and the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. For example, the outer insulating portion may be provided at a position separated radially inward from the motor inner peripheral surface 70b. The outer insulating portion may be provided at a position separated radially outward from the outer peripheral lead portion 212 a. As with the outer insulating portion, a modification of the positions of the lead insulating portion and the outer protecting portion with respect to the motor inner peripheral surface 70b and the outer peripheral lead portion 212a can be applied.

< formation group F >)

In the above embodiments, the bracket rib 323 may be provided at any position with respect to the magnet 310 as long as it is positioned at least partially parallel to the magnet 310 in the axial direction AD. For example, the bracket rib 323 may extend at least one of radially inward and radially outward of the magnet 310. The support rib 323 may not extend radially inward or radially outward from the magnet 310. The magnet 310 may extend at least one of radially inward and radially outward from the bracket rib 323.

In the above embodiments, the bracket rib 323 may have any shape as long as it can convey air toward the power outlet 212. The bracket rib 323 may be formed to be capable of supplying air to at least one of the radial direction RD and the axial direction AD. For example, in the bracket rib 323, the rib tapered portion 323d may be not longer than the rib parallel portion 323c in the radial direction RD. The bracket rib 323 may be gradually thinner or thicker from the bracket body 321 toward the distal end in the axial direction AD. For example, the width dimension of the holder rib 323 in the circumferential direction CD may gradually decrease toward the rib parallel portion 323 c.

The plurality of bracket ribs 323 may extend radially without centering on the motor axis Cm. For example, the bracket rib 323 may extend radially inward from the bracket outer peripheral end 320b toward a position offset from the motor axis Cm in the radial direction RD. The rotor 300 may include at least one bracket rib 323.

In the above embodiments, the holder rib 323 may be provided at any position with respect to the holder body 321 as long as it can convey air toward the power outlet 212. The holder rib 323 may be provided at a position separated from at least one direction radial RD of the holder inner circumferential end 320a and the holder outer circumferential end 320 b. For example, the bracket rib 323 is provided at a position separated radially inward from the bracket outer peripheral end 320 b. The holder rib 323 may protrude radially RD from at least one direction of the holder inner circumferential end 320a and the holder outer circumferential end 320 b. For example, the holder rib 323 is configured to protrude radially outward from the holder outer peripheral end 320 b. A plurality of the holder ribs 323 may be arranged in the radial direction RD.

In the above embodiments, the first rotor 300a may have any shape as long as the cooling wind can be generated by the bracket rib 323. For example, the first rotor 300a may have a shape such as a centrifugal fan, a sirocco fan, or an axial fan.

< formation group G >)

In the above embodiments, the magnet unit 316 may have at least one magnet 310. For example, in a configuration in which the magnet unit 316 has only one magnet 310, one magnet 310 corresponds to the magnet unit 316.

In the above embodiments, the magnet fixing member 335 may have any structure as long as the fixing block 330 is fixed to the magnet holder 320. For example, the magnet holder 335 may be screwed into the magnet holder 320 through the block hole 333. In this case, the fixing head portion 337 preferably does not protrude from the fixing block 330 toward the axial gap 475 side.

In each of the above embodiments, the fixing block 330 may have any shape as long as it is in a state of being caught by the inner circumferential tapered surface 316 d. For example, the fixed block 330 may not have the block tapered surface 330a. In this configuration, a part of the fixing block 330 may be caught by the inner peripheral tapered surface 316 d.

In the above embodiments, the fixing block 330 may be provided radially outward of the magnet unit 316. That is, the fixing block 330 may be provided on at least one of the radially outer side and the radially inner side of the magnet unit 316. In addition, a plurality of fixing blocks 330 may be provided for one magnet unit 316. In other words, one magnet unit 316 may be fixed to the magnet holder 320 by a plurality of fixing blocks 330.

In each of the above embodiments, the fixing block 330 may be fixed to the magnet holder 320. For example, the fixing shaft portion 336 may be provided integrally with the fixing block 330. In this configuration, the fixing block 330 can be directly fixed to the magnet holder 320 by screwing the fixing shaft portion 336 into the block hole 329 or the like. The fixing block 330 and the magnet holder 320 are also fixed by a coupling member such as a snap fit.

In the above embodiment, the magnet unit 316 and the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 may have any shape as long as the magnet unit 316 is in a state of being hung on the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. For example, the magnet unit 316 may not have the outer circumferential tapered surface 316e as long as the magnet unit 316 is in a state of being hung on the engagement tapered surface 322a. In this configuration, a part of the magnet unit 316 may be hung on the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e. Further, the outer circumferential engagement portion 322 may not have the engagement tapered surface 322a as long as the outer circumferential tapered surface 316e is engaged with the outer circumferential engagement portion 322. In this configuration, the outer peripheral tapered surface 316e may be hung on a part of the outer peripheral engaging portion 322.

In each of the above embodiments, the fixing block 330 and the bracket receiving portion 328 may have any shape as long as the bracket receiving portion 328 receives the fixing block 330. For example, the bracket receiving portion 328 may not have the bracket receiving surface 328a as long as the block receiving surface 330b can be received by the bracket receiving portion 328. In this configuration, the block receiving surface 330b may be received by a part of the bracket receiving portion 328. The fixing block 330 may not have the block receiving surface 330b as long as the fixing block 330 can be received by the bracket receiving surface 328a. In this configuration, a part of the fixing block 330 can be received by the bracket receiving surface 328a.

In each of the above embodiments, the rotor first surface 301 may have any shape as long as the axial gap 475 is provided between the rotor first surface 301 and the stator 200. For example, at least one of the outer periphery engaging portion 322, the fixing block 330, the magnet fixture 335, and the bracket receiving portion 328 may slightly protrude toward the axial gap 475 side than the magnet unit 316.

In the above embodiments, the positioning portions such as the magnet protrusions 483 may be of any configuration as long as the positions of the magnet units 316 in the circumferential direction CD can be specified. For example, a recess may be provided in the second unit surface 316h or the like of the magnet unit 316, and the magnet protrusion 483 may engage with the recess. The magnet projection 483 may be provided on at least one of the bracket body 321, the outer periphery engaging portion 322, and the bracket receiving portion 328. The magnet projection 483 may be provided on the fixed block 330.

In each of the above embodiments, at least one inclined magnet unit 317 and parallel magnet unit 318 may be provided in each of the plurality of magnet units 316. For example, only one parallel magnet unit 318 may be included in the plurality of magnet units 316, and all of the remaining magnet units 316 may be the inclined magnet units 317. In this configuration, the worker can select the parallel magnet unit 318 at the last time when arranging the plurality of magnet units 316 in the magnet holder 320 in the manufacturing process of the rotor 300.

< formation group H >)

In each of the above embodiments, the connection bent portion 212f may be a portion of the power lead line 212 that is bent to connect the coil 211 to the outer circumference lead portion 212 a. The connecting bent portion 212f may have two curved portions, for example. The connection bent portion 212f may be located at a position separated from the second coil end 211b as long as it is located at a position separated from the first coil end 211a toward the second coil end 211 b. For example, the connecting bent portion 212f may be located between the protection axis Cp and the second coil end 211b in the axial direction AD. The connecting bent portion 212f may be located between the protection axis Cp and the first coil end 211a in the axial direction AD.

In each of the above embodiments, the connecting bent portion 212f and the grommet 255 may not be separated in the axial direction AD. For example, a boundary portion connecting the bent portion 212f and the outer periphery lead portion 212a may be disposed at an end portion of the grommet 450. The connecting bent portion 212f may enter the grommet 450.

In each of the above embodiments, the grommet 255 may not extend beyond the protection axis Cp toward the second coil end 211b in the axial direction AD. The grommet 255 may not extend beyond the first coil end 211a toward the second coil end 211 b.

In the above embodiments, the grommet 255 may have at least the grommet cylindrical body 460. In the configuration in which the grommet 255 does not have the grommet rib 465, the grommet cylinder 460 may be in close contact with the inner peripheral surface of the first concave portion 172 a. This can prevent the molten resin from leaking between the outer surface of the grommet cylinder 460 and the inner surface of the first concave portion 172a during the production of the coil protection portion 250.

In each of the above embodiments, in the grommet 255, the tightening cylinder 461 may be embedded in the coil protection portion 250 or may not be embedded in the coil protection portion as long as at least a part of the expansion cylinder 462 is embedded in the coil protection portion 250. The exposure portion 255b may include a part of the expansion cylinder portion 462. In this configuration, if the tightening cylinder 461 is included in the exposed portion 255b, the leakage of the molten resin from the grommet 450 can be suppressed by the tightening cylinder 461 during the production of the coil protecting portion 250.

In each of the above embodiments, the embedded portion 255a may be shorter than the exposed portion 255b in the grommet 255. The grommet 255 may not have the exposed portion 255b. That is, grommet 255 may not protrude from first protection end 250 a. In this configuration, the tightening cylinder 461 is included in the embedded part 255a. In the grommet 255, the expansion cylinder 462 may be shorter than the tightening cylinder 461. The grommet 255 may not have the expansion cylinder 462.

In the above embodiments, the grommet groove 466 may extend in a direction intersecting the axial direction AD. For example, the grommet groove 466 may be provided on the outer surface of the grommet 255 so as to extend in the circumferential direction CD. The recess portions such as the guard ring groove 466 may not be in a groove shape as long as they can engage with the coil protection portion 250. Further, the embedded engagement portion such as the guard ring groove 466 may not be a recess as long as it can engage with the coil protection portion 250. For example, a convex portion provided on the outer surface of the grommet 255 may be engaged with the coil protection portion 250 as a buried engagement portion.

In the above embodiments, the power lead line 212 may extend toward the second rotor 300b side in the axial direction AD. In this configuration, the second rotor 300b corresponds to a rotor. In addition, the motor device 60 may not have two rotors as long as the electric power lead-out wire 212 extends in the axial direction AD toward the rotor such as the first rotor 300 a.

< formation group I >

In the above embodiments, the rim 344 may have any configuration as long as it supports the rotor 300 against the attractive force F1. For example, the rim 344 may not extend in the circumferential direction CD and may be arranged in a plurality of circumferential directions CD. The rim 344 may be provided at a position separated radially inward from the outer peripheral end of the shaft flange 342, instead of being provided at the outer peripheral end of the shaft flange 342. The rim 344 may be provided independently for each of the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300 b. For example, the shaft flange 342 may be provided separately from the rim 344 for each of the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300 b.

In each of the above embodiments, the rim 344 may be provided at any position as long as it is located at a position separated from the shaft main body 341 toward the magnet 310 side. For example, rim 344 may be disposed at a position where a distance LI8 from inner peripheral end 320a of the holder is smaller than a distance LI5 from magnet 310.

In each of the above embodiments, the rotation fixing portion such as the bracket fixing 350 may have any configuration as long as the rotor 300 is fixed to the spoke 343. For example, the engaging portions provided on the rotor 300 may be engaged with the flange fixing holes 345 to fix the rotor 300 to the spokes 343. In this configuration, the engagement portion provided on the rotor 300 corresponds to a rotation fixing portion.

< formation group J >

In each of the above embodiments, the thermal conductivity of the post-restriction portion 930 may be not lower than the thermal conductivity of the case body 71. For example, in the eighteenth embodiment, the thermal conductivity of the rear limiter 930 may be higher than that of the case main body 71. In this configuration, the thermal conductivity of the rear limit portion 930 is higher than that of the case body 71. The thermal conductivity of the material forming the rear limit portion 930 is higher than that of the material forming the case main body 71.

In the motor case 70, the case main body 71 is formed of, for example, aluminum, and the rear limit portion 930 is formed of, for example, CFRP. When the thermal conductivity of CFRP is higher than that of aluminum, this CFRP may be referred to as a high thermal conductivity CFRP. In the motor case 70 in which the case body 71 is formed of aluminum and the rear restriction portion 930 is formed of CFRP, the electric insulation of the rear restriction portion 930 is higher than that of the case body 71.

In the configuration in which the thermal conductivity of the rear limit portion 930 is higher than that of the case body 71, the heat of the coil portion 215 is easily released to the rear limit portion 930. Therefore, the heat radiation effect of releasing the heat of the coil portion 215 to the outside of the motor case 70 can be improved by the rear limit portion 930.

In the above embodiments, the motor restricting portion may be arbitrarily provided in the motor housing. For example, both the displacement restricting portion 920 of the seventeenth embodiment and the post restricting portion 930 of the eighteenth embodiment may be provided in the motor housing 70 as motor restricting portions. The displacement restricting portions 920 and the post restricting portions 930 may be arranged in the circumferential direction CD or in the axial direction AD.

In the above embodiments, both the stator holding portion 171 and the motor restricting portion may be provided in the motor case. For example, in the seventeenth embodiment, both the stator holding portion 171 and the displacement restricting portion 920 may be provided in the motor case 70. The displacement restricting portion 920 may extend radially inward from the stator holding portion 171.

In the above embodiments, the shape and size of the motor restricting portion may be any shape and size. For example, in the seventeenth embodiment, the displacement restricting portion 920 may not be placed across the two coil bodies 900 in the circumferential direction CD. For example, the displacement restricting portion 920 may extend in a plate shape in a direction orthogonal to the circumferential direction CD. In the displacement restricting portion 920, the displacement restricting surface 923 extends in a direction orthogonal to the circumferential direction CD. The displacement restricting portion 920 may extend in the axial direction AD as compared with the coil body 900, or may not reach the coil body end surface 902. Two displacement restricting portions 920 adjacent in the circumferential direction CD may be separated in the circumferential direction CD.

In each of the above embodiments, the slit heat dissipation portion may be arbitrarily provided. For example, the motor device 60 may include both the coil protection portion 250 of the first embodiment and the outer peripheral heat dissipation portion 941 of the nineteenth embodiment. In addition, the slit heat dissipation portion may not be provided. For example, in the seventeenth embodiment, the coil protection portion 250 may not have the protection outer peripheral portion 917.

In the above embodiments, the motor regulating portion may have any of thermal conductivity and electrical insulation. For example, in the eighteenth embodiment, the thermal conductivity of the rear limiter 930 may not be higher than that of the case main body 71. For example, the thermal conductivity of the rear limiter 930 may be the same as that of the case body 71. The electrical insulation of the rear limiter 930 may be not higher than the electrical insulation of the case body 71. For example, the electrical insulation of the rear limiter 930 may be the same as the electrical insulation of the case body 71.

< formation group K >

In each of the above embodiments, the rotation detecting unit may have any configuration as long as the rotation state of the shaft main body 341 can be detected. As the rotation detecting unit, an MR sensor, an encoder, or the like may be used in addition to the resolver 421. The MR sensor is a magnetic sensor using a magneto-resistive effect element.

In each of the above embodiments, the resolver 421 may be provided at an arbitrary position in the axial direction AD as long as it is in a state of being interposed between the power bus 261 and the shaft main body 341. For example, the resolver 421 may protrude to at least one of the one side and the other side in the axial direction AD as compared with the power bus 261. The resolver 421 may not protrude from the power bus 261 in the axial direction AD.

In each of the above embodiments, the power bus 261 may be provided at any position in the radial direction RD as long as it is provided at a position separated radially outward from the resolver 421. For example, the power bus 261 may be provided closer to the resolver 421 than the motor inner peripheral surface 70b in the radial direction RD. The power bus 261 may be provided at a position separated from the coil portion 215 toward the radially inner side, or may be provided at a position separated from the coil portion 215 toward the radially outer side.

In the above embodiments, the power bus 261 and the resolver 421 may be provided on the rotor 300 side of the rear frame 370. That is, the power bus 261 and the resolver 421 may be provided between the rear frame 370 and the rotor 300. In addition, at least one of the power bus 261 and the resolver 421 may be provided in the rear frame 370. The power bus 261 and the resolver 421 may be provided in the drive frame 390. In this configuration, the drive frame 390 corresponds to a motor cover.

In each of the above embodiments, the neutral point bus 290 may be provided at any position in the axial direction AD as long as it is located at a position separated from the resolver 421 in the axial direction AD. For example, the neutral point bus 290 may be provided closer to the first rotor 300a than the second rotor 300b in the axial direction AD. The neutral point bus 290 may also be disposed between the rear frame 370 and the first rotor 300 a. The neutral point bus 290 may be provided on the opposite side of the resolver 421 in the axial direction AD via both the first rotor 300a and the second rotor 300 b.

In each of the above embodiments, the neutral point bus 290 may be provided at any position in the radial direction RD as long as it is located at a position separated from the resolver 421 in the axial direction AD. For example, the neutral point bus 290 may be provided at a position parallel to the resolver 421 in the axial direction AD. The neutral point bus 290 may be provided at a position separated radially outward from the power bus 261 in the radial direction RD.

In each of the above embodiments, at least one of the power bus 261 and the neutral point bus 290 may be an energizing bus. For example, the power bus 261 and the neutral point bus 290 may be arranged in the radial direction RD. In this configuration, the resolver 421 may be placed inside both the power bus 261 and the neutral point bus 290.

< formation group L >)

In the above embodiments, the thickness of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 of one magnet 310 may be different. For example, the thickness of only a specific magnet piece 505 of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 may be large, or the thickness of only a specific magnet piece may be small. The twentieth embodiment is an example in which the thickness dimension of a specific magnet piece 505, such as only the inner peripheral end piece 871 and the outer peripheral end piece 872, among the plurality of magnet pieces 505 is large. In addition, among the plurality of magnets 310 included in one magnet unit 316, the thickness dimension of the magnet piece 505 included in each magnet 310 may be different. For example, the thickness of the magnet piece 505 of the inclined magnet 314 may be different from the thickness of the magnet piece 505 of the parallel magnet 315.

In each of the above embodiments, as long as one magnet 310 has a plurality of magnet pieces 505, the shape and size of the magnet pieces 505 can be arbitrarily set. For example, the thickness of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 of one magnet 310 may be the same as the thickness of the inner peripheral end piece 871 of the twentieth embodiment. The thickness of the plurality of magnet pieces 505 of one magnet 310 may be the same as the thickness of the outer peripheral end piece 872. The plurality of magnet pieces 505 included in one magnet 310 may include at least one of the inner peripheral end piece 871 and the outer peripheral end piece 872.

In the above embodiments, the magnet piece 505 may not be perpendicular to either of the cell center line C316 and the magnet center line C310. For example, the magnet piece 505 may be inclined with respect to at least one of the cell center line C316 and the magnet center line C310 to at least one of the circumferential direction CD and the axial direction AD. In the magnet piece 505, the inner portion Zhou Pianmian a and the outer portion Zhou Pianmian b may be inclined to each other.

In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of magnet pieces 505 provided in one magnet 310 may be stacked in any direction. For example, a plurality of magnet pieces 505 may be stacked in the axial direction AD or the circumferential direction CD in one magnet 310.

In each of the above embodiments, the direction of the orientation of the magnet piece 505 may not be identical among the plurality of magnet pieces 505 in one magnet 310. That is, in one magnet 310, the magnetization direction of the magnet piece 505 may be different among the plurality of magnet pieces 505. In this configuration, the direction of the orientation of the magnet 310 may be set to a predetermined direction. That is, one magnet 310 may have a specific direction as the magnetization direction.

In each of the above embodiments, the magnet unit 316 may have at least one of the inclined magnet 314 and the parallel magnet 315. For example, the inclined magnet unit 317 may have any number of inclined magnets 314 and parallel magnets 315 as long as the pair of unit side surfaces 316c are inclined with respect to each other. The inclined magnet unit 317 may include, for example, only the inclined magnet 314 and the inclined magnet 314 out of the parallel magnets 315. The parallel magnet unit 318 may have any number of the inclined magnets 314 and the parallel magnets 315 as long as the pair of unit side surfaces 316c are parallel to each other. The parallel magnet unit 318 may have, for example, a tilt magnet 314. In the inclined magnet 314, the length of the magnet inner peripheral end 310a in the circumferential direction CD may be larger than the length of the magnet outer peripheral end 310 b.

In each of the above embodiments, as long as a plurality of magnets 310 are arranged in a halbach array, any combination of the shape, size, number, and orientation of the magnets 310 may be used. For example, in the circumferential direction CD, both the inner shaft magnets 312a and 312b and the inner shaft magnet 882 may be provided between the first circumferential magnet 311a and the second circumferential magnet 311b, or three or more inner shaft magnets 882 may be provided. In the circumferential direction CD, the width dimensions of the circumferential magnets 311a and 311b may be larger than at least one of the inner magnets 312a and 312b and the outer magnets 313a and 313 b. The first alignment unit 319a and the second alignment unit 319b may have only one magnet 310, or may have four or more magnets 310.

In the above embodiments, the rotor 300 may not have the magnet unit 316 as long as it has a plurality of magnets 310. For example, in the rotor 300, all the magnets 310 may be fixed to the magnet holder 320 independently without being unitized.

In each of the above embodiments, in the process of manufacturing the magnet 310, the worker can arbitrarily prepare the bar magnet 512. For example, in the preparation step of preparing the bar magnet 512, the sintered block 511 may be purchased and prepared. The worker performs a bar-shaped process using the prepared sintered block 511 to manufacture a bar-shaped magnet 512. Alternatively, the bar magnet 512 may be purchased and prepared.

In each of the above embodiments, the grinding process of the magnet parent material 513 may be arbitrarily performed at a stage before the production of the unit parent material 514 in the unit parent material process. For example, in the magnet side surface step, at least the magnet side surface 310c may be formed in the magnet parent material 513. In the magnet side surface step, the worker may form at least one of the inner circumferential tapered surface 310d, the outer circumferential tapered surface 310e, the first magnet surface 310g, and the second magnet surface 310h in addition to the magnet side surface 310 c.

< formation group M >)

In each of the above embodiments, the axial gap 475 may have any shape as long as it is a gap between the stator 200 and the rotor 300. For example, in the axial gap 475, the direction in which the gap outer peripheral end 476 opens may not be the radially inner side. The direction in which the gap inner peripheral end 477 opens may not be the radial direction outside. For example, the gap outer peripheral end 476 and the gap inner peripheral end 477 may be open in the axial direction AD.

In the above embodiments, a plurality of rotor inner peripheral holes such as the bracket adjustment holes 326 may be provided between two bracket ribs 323 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD. In addition, the rotor inner peripheral hole may not be provided between two bracket ribs 323 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction CD. The rotor inner Zhou Kongke provided between two adjacent bracket ribs 323 in the circumferential direction CD may be any of slit side holes such as the bracket adjustment hole 326 and the like, and side holes such as the bracket center hole 324 and the like. At least one of the slit side hole and the shaft side hole may be provided as the rotor inner peripheral hole.

In each of the above embodiments, at least one rotor inner peripheral hole such as the bracket adjustment hole 326 may be provided in the rotor 300. For example, in the configuration in which the bracket center hole 324 is provided as the rotor inner peripheral hole, only one rotor inner peripheral hole may be provided. The rotor inner peripheral hole may be provided on at least one of the radially outer side and the radially inner side of the support partition portion such as the rim 344. For example, at least one of the bracket adjustment hole 326 and the bracket center hole 324 may be provided in the rotor 300. At least one of the bracket center hole 324, the bracket fixing hole 325, and the bracket pin hole 327 may be provided as the shaft side hole.

In each of the above embodiments, rotor ribs such as the bracket ribs 323 may be provided arbitrarily as long as the air flow is generated with the rotation of the rotor 300. For example, rotor ribs may also extend radially outward from the carrier outer peripheral end 320 b. In addition, the rotor rib may extend radially inward from the bracket inner peripheral end 320 a. The rotor rib may be provided to extend from at least one of the bracket body 321 and the magnet 310 toward the stator 200. The rotor rib may not be provided as long as the air flow is generated along with the rotation of the rotor 300.

< formation group N >)

In the above embodiments, the recess into which the sealing member enters may be provided in any one of the motor housing 70 and the fixed object, as long as the sealing member is sandwiched between the motor housing 70 and the fixed object. In addition, no recess may be provided in the motor case 70 and the fixing object. Further, if the gap between the motor case 70 and the fixation target is closed by the sealing member, the sealing member may be in contact with any portion of each of the motor case 70 and the fixation target.

In the above embodiments, a plurality of fixation targets may be fixed to the motor housing 70. For example, both the rear frame 370 and the drive frame 390 may be fixed to the motor case 70. In this configuration, a sealing member is provided between the motor housing 70 and the drive frame 390.

< formation group A >

In motors such as axial gap motors, there is a concern that insulation reliability in an electrically insulated state between a power bus bar and a neutral point bus bar is lowered. In contrast, a rotary electric machine capable of improving the reliability of electrical insulation is provided.

According to the feature A1, the neutral point bus bar (290) is provided at a position separated from a bus bar protection portion (270) which has electrical insulation and protects the power bus bar (261). In this configuration, the neutral point bus bar (290) and the power bus bar (261) are certainly not in contact, and even the neutral point bus bar (290) and the bus bar protection unit (270) are not in contact. Therefore, by separating the neutral point bus (290) from the bus protection unit (270), it is possible to suppress a decrease in insulation reliability in the electrically insulated state between the neutral point bus (290) and the power bus (261). Therefore, the neutral point bus 290 is separated from the bus protection 270, thereby improving the electrical insulation reliability of the rotating electrical machine 60.

According to the feature A10, the power bus bar 261 is provided in one of the first space S1 and the second space S2 arranged in the axial direction AD, and the neutral point bus bar 290 is provided in the other. The first space (S1) is separated from the second space (S2) by a space separation section (370). In this configuration, the neutral point bus bar (290) can be restricted from contacting the power bus bar (261) by the space partition (370). Thus, the reduction in insulation reliability in the electrically insulated state between the neutral point bus (290) and the power bus (261) can be suppressed by the space division unit (370). Therefore, the electrical insulation reliability of the rotating electrical machine (60) can be improved by the space partition (370).

[ feature A1]

A rotating electrical machine (60) driven by supplied electric power is provided with:

a stator (200) having coils (211) of a plurality of phases;

a rotor (300, 300a, 300 b) that rotates around a rotation axis (Cm) and that is arranged in parallel with the stator in an Axial Direction (AD) in which the rotation axis extends;

a power bus 261 electrically connected to the coil and supplying power to the coil;

a bus bar protection unit (270) having electrical insulation and protecting the power bus bar; and

a neutral point busbar (290) is provided at a position separated from the busbar protection unit, and is electrically connected to the neutral point (65) side in each of the coils of the plurality of phases.

[ feature A2]

The rotating electrical machine according to the feature A1 includes: a space dividing part (370) extending in a direction perpendicular to the rotation axis and dividing the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) in which the stator is housed and the second space in which the stator is not housed in a manner that the first space and the second space are arranged along the rotation axis,

the power bus is disposed in one of the first space and the second space, and the neutral point bus is disposed in the other space.

[ feature A3]

According to the rotating electrical machine described in the feature A1 or A2, the neutral point busbar and the busbar protection portion are provided at positions separated in the axial direction.

[ feature A4]

The rotary electric machine according to any one of the features A1 to A3 includes a first rotor (300 a) and a second rotor (300 b) arranged in parallel with the first rotor in the axial direction via a stator,

a coil is formed by winding a coil wire (220) having a plurality of bare wires (223).

[ feature A5]

According to the rotary electric machine described in any one of the features A1 to A4, a coil is formed by winding a coil wire (220) and arranging a plurality of coil portions (215) in the Circumferential Direction (CD) of the rotation axis,

the number of turns of the two coil portions adjacent in the circumferential direction is different.

[ feature A6]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features A1 to A5 includes: a relay bus (280) electrically connected to a power conversion unit (81) that converts power and supplies the converted power to the power bus; and

And a terminal block (285) for supporting the connection part between the power bus and the relay bus.

[ feature A7]

According to the rotating electrical machine described in feature A6, when the circumference of the rotation axis is divided into a plurality of divided Regions (REs) at equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis, one relay bus is arranged in each of the plurality of divided regions.

[ feature A8]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features A1 to A7 includes: a bearing (360) rotatably supporting the rotor; and

the support frame (370) has a bearing support portion (372) for supporting the bearing, and a bus bar support portion (371) for supporting the bus bar protection portion.

[ feature A9]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features A1 to A8 includes: an orthogonal frame (370) extending in a direction orthogonal to the rotation axis; and

and a rotation detection unit (421) which is disposed on the opposite side of the neutral point busbar in the axial direction via an orthogonal frame and detects the rotation angle of the rotor.

[ feature A10]

a stator (200) having coils (211) of a plurality of phases;

a rotor (300, 300a, 300 b) which is arranged in parallel with the stator in an Axial Direction (AD) in which the rotation axis (Cm) extends and rotates with respect to the stator about the rotation axis;

a neutral point busbar (290) electrically connected to the neutral point (65) side in each of the coils of the plurality of phases; and

a space dividing part (370) extending in a direction orthogonal to the rotation axis and dividing the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) in which the stator is housed and the second space in which the stator is not housed in an axial direction,

< formation group B >)

In motors such as axial gap motors, there is a concern that energy efficiency may be reduced. In contrast, a rotating electrical machine capable of improving energy efficiency is provided.

According to the feature B1, the magnetic fluxes generated by the pair of peripheral magnets (311 a, 311B) and the pair of inner shaft magnets (312 a, 312B) are concentrated on the stator (200) side or the like, so that the magnetic field on the stator (200) side is easily enhanced. Therefore, the energy efficiency of the rotating electrical machine (60) can be improved.

[ feature B1]

a stator (200) having coils (211) of a plurality of phases; and

the rotor (300, 300a, 300 b) rotates around the rotation axis (Cm) and is arranged in parallel with the stator in the Axial Direction (AD) extending along the rotation axis,

The rotor has:

a plurality of magnets (310, 311a, 311b, 312a, 312b, 313a, 313 b) arranged in the Circumferential Direction (CD) of the rotation axis,

the plurality of magnets include:

a pair of inner shaft magnets (312 a, 312 b) that are circumferentially adjacent and oriented obliquely with respect to the rotation axis to face the stator side in the axial direction; and

a pair of peripheral magnets (311 a, 311 b) are circumferentially adjacent via a pair of inner shaft magnets and are oriented to face each other in the circumferential direction.

[ feature B2]

According to the rotating electrical machine described in the feature B1, the pair of inner shaft magnets are oriented obliquely with respect to the rotation axis in the circumferential direction so as to face the stator side in the axial direction and so as to face each other in the circumferential direction.

[ feature B3]

The rotating electrical machine according to the feature B2, wherein the plurality of magnets includes:

a pair of outer shaft magnets (313 a, 313 b) which are disposed on opposite sides of the pair of inner shaft magnets in the circumferential direction via a peripheral magnet and are adjacent in the circumferential direction,

the pair of outer shaft magnets are oriented obliquely with respect to the rotation axis in the circumferential direction so as to face the opposite side to the stator in the axial direction and face the opposite sides to each other in the circumferential direction.

[ feature B4]

According to the rotary electric machine described in the feature B3, a pair of rotors are arranged in the axial direction via the rotor,

One rotor (300 a) is arranged in point symmetry with respect to the other rotor (300 b) such that a pair of inner shaft magnets provided on one rotor and a pair of outer shaft magnets provided on the other rotor are axially aligned.

[ feature B5]

According to the rotating electrical machine described in any one of the features B1 to B4, the magnet forms a magnet inclined surface (316 d) inclined with respect to the rotation axis,

the rotor has:

a magnet holder (320) that overlaps the magnet from one side in the axial direction; and

and a fixed support part (330) which is provided with a support inclined surface (330 a) inclined relative to the rotation axis and fixes the magnet to the magnet support in a mode that the support inclined surface is overlapped with the magnet inclined surface and the magnet is clamped between the support inclined surface and the magnet support.

[ feature B6]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features B1 to B5, the rotor includes:

a plurality of magnet units (316, 317, 318) having a pair of unit side surfaces (316 c) arranged in the circumferential direction, configured to include at least one magnet and arranged in the circumferential direction,

the plurality of magnet units include:

a tilted magnet unit (317) in which a pair of unit side surfaces are relatively tilted away from each other toward the outside in the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis; and

And a parallel magnet unit (318) having a pair of parallel unit sides.

[ feature B7]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features B1 to B6 includes: a shaft (340) having a shaft flange (342) axially juxtaposed with and fixed to the rotor and rotating together with the rotor about a rotation axis; and

and a pressing member (350) that applies a pressing force (F3) to the rotor on the opposite side of the magnet from the fulcrum (344 a) of the rotor based on the shaft flange in the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis to generate a bending stress (F2) in the rotor in a direction to separate the magnet from the coil against the attractive force (F1) of the magnet and the coil.

[ feature B8]

According to the rotary electric machine described in the feature B7, the pressing member is a fixing member (350) for fixing the rotor to the shaft flange,

the portion (325) of the rotor to which the pressing member is fixed and the portion (345) of the shaft flange to which the pressing member is fixed are separated in the axial direction.

[ feature B9]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features B1 to B8 includes: a first rotor (300 a) as a rotor;

a second rotor (300 b) which is a rotor and is juxtaposed with the first rotor in the axial direction via a stator;

a shaft flange (342) which is provided between the first rotor and the second rotor in the axial direction and rotates together with the first rotor and the second rotor about the rotation axis;

A first rotor hole (325 a) provided in the first rotor and extending in the axial direction;

a second rotor hole (325 b) provided in the second rotor at a position separated from the first rotor hole in the circumferential direction and extending in the axial direction;

a first shaft hole (345 a) provided in the shaft flange at a position axially opposite to the first rotor Kong Bingpai and extending in the axial direction; and

a second shaft hole (345 b) provided in the shaft flange at a position axially opposite to the second rotor Kong Bingpai and extending axially,

a first fixing member (350 a) for fixing the first rotor to the shaft flange is inserted into the first rotor hole and the first shaft hole,

a second fixing member (350 b) for fixing the second rotor to the shaft flange is inserted into the second rotor hole and the second shaft hole.

< formation group C >)

In motors such as axial gap motors, there is a concern that the heat dissipation effect is insufficient. In contrast, a rotating electrical machine capable of improving the heat radiation effect is provided.

According to the feature C1, the coil protection part (250) is provided in a state of overlapping with the inner peripheral surface (70 b) of the motor housing (70). In this configuration, heat of the coil (211) is easily transferred to the motor case (70) via the coil protection part (250). Further, since the heat radiating fins (72) are provided on the outer peripheral surface (70 a) of the motor case (70), the heat transferred from the coil protection unit (250) to the motor case (70) is easily released to the outside through the heat radiating fins (72). Therefore, the heat radiation effect of the rotating electric machine (60) can be improved.

[ feature C1]

a stator (200) having coils (211) of a plurality of phases;

a motor case (70) that houses the stator and the rotor; and

a heat sink (72) provided on the outer peripheral surface (70 a) of the motor case and releasing heat,

the stator has:

and a coil protection unit (250) which is provided in a state of overlapping with the inner peripheral surface (70 b) of the motor housing, has thermal conductivity, and protects the coil.

[ feature C2]

The rotary electric machine according to the feature C1, wherein the motor case has a plurality of protruding portions (171, 172, 173, 174) provided on the inner peripheral surface,

the coil protection part enters between the convex parts from the inner side of the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis.

[ feature C3]

According to the rotating electrical machine described in the feature C2, the plurality of protruding portions include a plurality of shaft protruding portions (174) extending in the axial direction and arranged in the Circumferential Direction (CD) of the rotation axis,

a coil is formed by winding a coil wire 220 and a plurality of coil portions 215 arranged in the circumferential direction,

the coil part is provided at a position facing the shaft protruding part in the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis.

[ feature C4]

The rotary electric machine according to any one of the features C1 to C3, wherein the inner peripheral surface includes a housing base surface (176) and a housing roughened surface (177) roughened compared to the housing base surface,

the coil protection part is overlapped with at least the rough surface of the shell.

[ feature C5]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features C1 to C4 includes a lead wire protection unit (255) for protecting a coil lead wire (212) led out from the coil through the coil protection unit and filling a gap between the coil lead wire and the coil protection unit.

[ feature C6]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features C1 to C5, the stator includes:

the coil bobbin (240) is protected by the coil protection part together with the coil, releases heat to the coil protection part, has electrical insulation, and winds the coil.

[ feature C7]

The rotary electric machine according to the feature C6, wherein the bobbin has a bobbin base surface (246) and a bobbin roughened surface (247) roughened compared to the bobbin base surface,

the coil protecting part is overlapped with at least the rough surface of the coil frame.

[ feature C8]

The rotating electrical machine according to the feature C6 or C7, wherein the stator includes:

an iron core (231) is provided on the inner side of the coil former, and the width of the Circumferential Direction (CD) of the rotation axis is gradually reduced toward the inner side of the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis.

[ feature C9]

The rotating electrical machine according to any one of the features C6 to C8, wherein the bobbin includes:

a bobbin body (241) around which a coil is wound; and

a bobbin flange (242) having a flange surface (243) facing the coil side, extending outward from the outer peripheral surface (241 a) of the bobbin body,

a flange recess (243 a) recessed for passing a coil lead wire (212) led out from the coil is provided on the flange surface.

< formation group D >)

In motors such as axial gap motors, there is a concern that the heat dissipation effect of the motor is insufficient. In addition, it is considered that the motor constituent unit is provided integrally with the inverter. In this unit, it is also considered that the heat dissipation effect of the unit is easily insufficient due to heat from the inverter or the like. In contrast, a rotary electric machine unit is provided that can achieve both miniaturization and improved heat dissipation effects.

According to the feature D1, the unit case (51) accommodates the power conversion unit (81), and the rotors (300, 300a, 300 b) and the stator (200) arranged in the Axial Direction (AD). In this configuration, the rotary electric machine (60) can be made thinner and the rotary electric machine unit (50) can be made smaller. Further, since the heat radiating fins (72, 92) are provided on the outer peripheral surfaces (70 a, 90 a) of the unit case (51), the heat radiating effect of the rotating electric machine unit (50) can be improved by the heat radiating fins (72, 92). Therefore, the rotary electric machine unit (50) can be miniaturized and the heat radiation effect can be improved.

[ feature D1]

A rotary electric machine unit (50) driven by supplied electric power is provided with:

a rotating electric machine (60) having rotors (300, 300a, 300 b) rotating about a rotation axis (Cm), and a stator (200) arranged in parallel with the rotors in an Axial Direction (AD) in which the rotation axis extends;

a power conversion device (80) having a power conversion unit (81) that converts power supplied to the rotating electrical machine;

a unit case (51) that forms both an outer peripheral surface (70 a) of the rotating electrical machine and an outer peripheral surface (90 a) of the power conversion device, and accommodates the rotor, the stator, and the power conversion unit; and

and heat radiating fins (72, 92) provided on the outer peripheral surfaces (70 a, 90 a) of the unit case and releasing heat.

[ feature D2]

According to the rotating electrical machine unit described in the feature D1, the stator includes:

a coil (211) through which a current flows; and

and a coil protection unit (250) which is provided in a state of overlapping with the inner peripheral surface (70 b) of the unit case, has thermal conductivity, and protects the coil.

[ feature D3]

According to the rotating electric machine unit described in the feature D1 or D2, the rotating electric machine includes:

a motor housing (70) which is included in the unit housing, forms the outer peripheral surface of the rotary motor, accommodates the rotor and the stator,

The power conversion device includes:

a device case (90) which is included in the unit case, forms an outer peripheral surface in the power conversion device, accommodates the power conversion unit,

in the unit case, the motor case and the device case are axially juxtaposed.

[ feature D4]

The rotary electric machine unit according to any one of the features D1 to D3 includes: a shaft (340) having a shaft flange (342) axially juxtaposed with and fixed to the rotor and rotating about the rotational axis with the rotor,

the shaft flange has:

an annular portion (344) which is provided inside the stator in the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis and extends in an annular shape in the Circumferential Direction (CD) of the rotation axis along the stator; and

and flange vent holes (345) penetrating the annular portion in the radial direction so as to allow ventilation in the radial direction.

[ feature D5]

The rotary electric machine unit according to any one of the features D1 to D4 includes: balance adjustment holes (326) provided in the rotor for adjusting the balance of the rotor,

the balance adjustment hole is provided inside the stator in the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis so as to penetrate the rotor in the axial direction, and is capable of ventilation in the axial direction.

[ feature D6]

The rotary electric machine unit according to any one of the features D1 to D5 includes: a housing partitioning portion (370, 424) that partitions the interior of the unit housing into a rotary motor side and a power conversion portion side in the axial direction;

A plurality of state detection units (421, 431) for detecting the state of the rotating electrical machine; and

and a wiring collection unit (440) provided on the power conversion device side of the case partition unit, and configured to collect detection wirings (426, 436) electrically connected to the plurality of state detection units, respectively.

[ feature D7]

The rotating electrical machine unit according to the feature D6 includes: a housing partitioning portion (370, 424) that partitions the interior of the unit housing into a rotary motor side and a power conversion portion side in the axial direction;

a partition part (373) into which a coil lead wire (212) led out from a coil (211) provided in the stator is inserted, the housing partition part being opened in the axial direction; and

a partition cover (380) covering the partition opening.

[ feature D8]

The rotary electric machine unit according to any one of the features D1 to D7, the unit case includes:

a motor housing (70) which forms the outer peripheral surface of the rotary motor and accommodates the rotor and the stator,

the motor housing has:

a case body (71) that forms the outer peripheral surface of the rotating electrical machine;

motor flanges (74, 178) protruding outward from the housing body in a Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis; and

and motor fixing holes (74 a, 178 a) provided in the motor flange for fixing the motor housing to a predetermined housing fixing object (90, 390).

[ feature D9]

The rotary electric machine unit according to any one of the features D1 to D8, the unit case includes:

a motor case (70) that forms the outer peripheral surface of the rotating electrical machine and accommodates the rotor and the stator; and

a motor cover (390) fixed to the motor housing and covering the rotor and the stator from one side in the axial direction,

the motor cover has:

a first fixing hole (392 a) for fixing the motor housing to the motor casing; and

the second fixing hole (392 b) is arranged in parallel with the first fixing hole in the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis and is used for fixing the motor cover part to a prescribed cover fixing object (53).

Claims

1. A rotating electrical machine (60) driven by supplied electric power is provided with:

a stator (200) having coils (211) of a plurality of phases;

a rotor (300, 300a, 300 b) which rotates around a rotation axis (Cm) and is arranged in parallel with the stator in an Axial Direction (AD) in which the rotation axis extends;

a motor case (70) that accommodates the stator and the rotor;

a coil lead-out wire (212) which is led out from the coil and is connected to a connection object (261) which is provided on the opposite side of the coil in the axial direction via the rotor in an electrically conductive manner; and

An outer insulating part (258, 801, 805) having electrical insulation and provided between the coil lead wire and an inner peripheral surface (70 b) of the motor case in a Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis,

the coil lead-out wire includes:

an outer periphery lead-out part (212 a) which is provided on the outer periphery side of the rotor and extends in the axial direction along the inner peripheral surface; and

a cross lead-out portion (212 c) provided on the connection object side of the outer peripheral lead-out portion and extending in a direction crossing the outer peripheral lead-out portion,

2. The rotating electrical machine according to claim 1, wherein,

the coil lead wire has an outer Zhou Shequ part (212 d) connecting the outer peripheral lead part and the cross lead part in a bent state,

the outer insulating portion extends toward the connection object side in the axial direction as compared with the outer Zhou Shequ portion.

3. The rotating electrical machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein,

the coil lead wire has an inner peripheral lead portion (212 b) which is provided on the inner side of the outer peripheral lead portion in the radial direction and extends in the axial direction,

The outer insulating portion is provided at a position separated from the inner peripheral lead portion toward the opposite side of the connection object in the axial direction.

4. A rotary electric machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein,

the outer peripheral lead-out portion extends in the axial direction toward the opposite side of the outer insulating portion from the connection object.

5. A rotary electric machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein,

the outer insulating portion extends in the axial direction toward the opposite side of the outer peripheral lead portion from the connection object.

6. The rotating electrical machine according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein,

in the Circumferential Direction (CD) of the rotation axis, the width dimension (Wa 1) of the outer insulating portion is larger than the width dimension (Wa 3) of the outer peripheral lead portion.

7. The rotating electrical machine according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein,

the outer insulating portion extends on both sides of the outer peripheral lead portion in a Circumferential Direction (CD) of the rotation axis.

8. The rotating electrical machine according to any one of claims 1 to 7, comprising:

a sealing resin part (250) formed by solidifying the molten resin, and sealing the coil; and

A seal holding part (255) embedded in the sealing resin part for holding the state in which the molten resin seals the coil,

the outer insulating part (258) is included in the seal holding part.

9. The rotating electrical machine according to any one of claims 1 to 7, comprising:

a sealing resin part (250) formed by solidifying the molten resin and sealing the coil,

the outer insulating part (805) is included in the sealing resin part.

10. The rotating electrical machine according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein,

the outer insulating part (801) has electrical insulation properties and is formed by an insulating paint applied to the inner peripheral surface.

11. The rotating electrical machine according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein,

the rotor includes a first rotor (300 a) and a second rotor (300 b) arranged in parallel with the first rotor in the axial direction via the stator,

the connection object is disposed on the opposite side of the coil in the axial direction via the first rotor,

the outer peripheral lead portion is provided on an outer peripheral side of the first rotor, and extends in the axial direction along the inner peripheral surface.

12. A rotating electrical machine (60) driven by supplied electric power, comprising:

A stator (200) having coils (211) of a plurality of phases;

a motor case (70) that accommodates the stator and the rotor;

lead wire insulation sections (801, 805) which have electrical insulation and extend in the axial direction along the coil lead wire,

the coil lead-out wire includes:

an outer periphery lead-out part (212 a) which is provided on the outer periphery side of the rotor and extends in the axial direction along the inner peripheral surface (70 b) of the motor housing,

the lead wire insulation portion is interposed between the outer peripheral lead portion and the inner peripheral surface, and is not interposed between the outer peripheral lead portion and the rotor.

13. A rotating electrical machine (60) driven by supplied electric power is provided with:

a stator (200) having coils (211) of a plurality of phases;

A motor case (70) that accommodates the stator and the rotor;

an outgoing line protection part (255) having electrical insulation and protecting the coil outgoing line,

the coil lead-out wire includes:

the lead wire protection part comprises:

an inner protection part (257) for protecting the outer circumference leading part from the inner side of the Radial Direction (RD) of the rotation axis; and

an outer protection portion (258) that extends in the axial direction between the outer peripheral lead-out portion and the inner peripheral surface toward the connection object side from the inner protection portion, and protects the outer peripheral lead-out portion from the outer side in the radial direction.